First Revision No. 448-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 65.10.3.15 ]

First Revision No. 448-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 65.10.3.15 ]

65.10.3.15* Retail Sales Displays.

65.10.3.15.1 General. The requirements of this section shall apply only to CFRS areas, unless otherwise specifically indicated. [1124:7.3.15.1]65.10.3.15.2 *

Height of Sales Displays.

To provide for visual access of the retail sales area by the employees and customers, partitions, counters, shelving, cases, and similar space dividers shall not exceed 6 ft (1.8 m) in height above the floor surface inside the perimeter of the retail sales area. [ 1124: 7.3.15.2] Flame Breaks.

65.10.3.15.2.1

Merchandise on display or located on shelves or counters or other fixtures shall not be displayed to a height greater than 6 ft (1.8 m) above the floor surface within the CFRS areaWhere continuous displays of consumer fireworks are located on shelving, cases, counters, and similar display fixtures, a flame break shall be provided so that the maximum distance between flame breaks does not exceed 16 ft (4.9 m) where measured along the length of the display . [ 1124: 7.3.15.2.1]

65.10.3.15.2.

2 Where located along the perimeter of the consumer fireworks retail sales area, the maximum height of sales displays shall be limited to 12 ft (3.66 m). 2Flame breaks shall have a flame break rating of not less than 5 minutes as determined in accordance with PYR 1128, Standard Method of Fire Test for Flame Breaks. [ 1124: 7.3.15.2.2]

65.10.3.15.

3 * Flame Breaks. 65.10.3.15.3.1

Where continuous displays of consumer fireworks are located on shelving, cases, counters, and similar display fixtures, a flame break shall be provided so that the maximum distance between flame breaks does not exceed 16 ft (4.9 m) where measured along the length of the display.

2.2.1

Combustible flame breaks shall have a flame spread index not greater than 75, as determined in accordance with ASTM E 84.[ 1124: 7.3.15.

32 . 2. 1]

65.10.3.15.

Page 801 of 1280National Fire Protection Association Report

1/17/2013http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParams=%28Comment...

32 .

2 3

The flame break shall extend as follows:

From the display surface to not less than 6 in. (150 mm) above the full height of the displayed merchandise or to the underside of the display surface directly above

For the full depth of the displayed merchandise [ 1124: 7.3.15. 2. 3

.2

]

65.10.3.15.

32 .

34 *

Where packaged fireworks merchandise is displayed on the same level as individual unpackaged fireworks devices, the flame break required in 65.10.3.15.3.1 shall not be required where both of the following criteria are met:

The length of the display level containing individual unpackaged fireworks devices is interrupted by packaged fireworks merchandise, or open space, or any combination thereof, having a continuous length of not less than 8 ft (2.4m).

The distance between flame breaks does not exceed 32 ft (9.8 m). [ 1124: 7.3.15.

3

2 .

3

4 ]

65.10.3.15.3

2 .

4 5



Where a merchandise display level contains packaged fireworks merchandise, such merchandise shall be permitted to be displayed in a continuous length on the same level, where the display does not exceed 32 ft (9.8 m) without the flame break required in 65.10.3.15.

32 .1 . [ 1124: 7.3.15.

32 .

45 ]65.10.3.15.

32 .

5 6

An aisle having a minimum width of 48 in. (1.2 m) shall be permitted to substitute for the flame break required in 65.10.3.15.3.1 . [ 1124: 7.3.15.

32 .

56 ]65.10.3.15.

32 .

6 7

Where displays of merchandise face aisles that run along both long sides of the display fixtures or display surface, a flame break shall be installed lengthwise between the abutting display fixtures or along the approximate longitudinalcenterline of the display surface so as to separate the merchandise facing one of the aisles from the merchandise that abuts it facing the other aisle. [ 1124: 7.3.15.

32 .

67 ]65.10.3.15.

32 .

7 8



Freestanding display racks, pallets, tables, or bins containing packaged fireworks merchandise shall be permitted without flame breaks, provided the dimensions of the area occupied by the fireworks merchandise do not exceed 4 ft (1.2 m) inwidth, 8 ft (2.4 m) in length, and 6 ft (1.8 m) in height, and the displayed fireworks merchandise is separated from other displays of merchandise by aisles having a minimum clear width of 4 ft (1.2 m). [ 1124: 7.3.15.

3.7] 65.10.3.15.3.8

Where both of the facing vertical surfaces of the abutting display fixtures are

constructed of perforated hardboard panels not less than 1 ⁄ 4 in. (6 mm)

thick that are separated from each other by an open space not less than 1 1 ⁄2

in.

(38 mm) wide, a flame break specified in 65.10.3.15.3.6 shall not be required. [ 1124: 7.3.15.3.

8]

65.10.3.15.4 Shelving3 Shelving .

65.10.3.15.

43 .1

Shelving or other surfaces used to support fireworks display merchandise shall be permitted to have not more than 10 percent of the area of the shelf contain holes or other openings. [ 1124: 7.3.15.43 .1]65.10.3.15.

43 .2

The 10 percent limitation on the area of holes or other openings in the shelf used to support fireworks display merchandise shall not be applicableunder the following conditions:

Where both of the facing vertical surfaces of the abutting display fixtures are constructed of perforated hardboard panels not less than 1 ⁄ 4 in. (6 mm) thick and separated from each other by an open

space not less than 1 1 ⁄ 2 in. (38 mm) wide

•

Where where such merchandise is suspended from or fastened to the shelf or surface or is displayed as packaged merchandise on the surface or in bins [ 1124: 7.3.15.43 .2]65.10.3.15.

4



3 .3

Flame breaks and solid display surfaces shall not be required for packaged fireworks merchandise displayed in bins or display racks or on pallets or tables located at the end of a row of display fixtures where the following conditions are met:

Such end displays are separated from the ends of the display fixtures by an open space not less than 3 in. (76 mm) wide.

The fireworks merchandise occupies an area having dimensions not greater than the width of the end of the row of display fixtures and a depth not greater than 36 in. (910 mm).

The minimum required widths of the adjacent aisles are maintained, but in no case is the aisle width less than 48 in. (1.2 m). [ 1124: 7.3.15.

4

3 .3]

65.10.3.15.

5 Covered4 Covered Fuses.

65.10.3.15.

54 .1

Only consumer fireworks meeting the criteria for covered fuses as defined in 3.3.81 or as described in 65.10.3.15.5.2

that have been successfully tested in accordance with PYR 1129, Standard Method of Fire Test for Covered Fuse onConsumer Fireworks, to determine compliance with the covered fuse requirements of this code shall be permitted where the retail sales of consumer fireworks are conducted.[ 1124: 7.3.15.

54 .1]65.10.3.15.

54 .2

A The individual consumer fireworks device

shall be considered as having a covered fuse if the fireworks device is contained within a packaged arrangement, container,

or



wrapper that is arranged and configured such that the fuse of the fireworks device cannot be touched directly by a person handling thefireworks without the person having to puncture or tear the packaging or wrapper, unseal or break open a package or container, or otherwise damage or destroy the packaging material, wrapping, or container within which the fireworks are contained

the packaging in which the consumer fireworks device or devices are encapsulated for retail sale shall be labeled to indicate compliance with PYR 1129 . [ 1124: 7.3.15.

54 .2]65.10.3.15.

65 * Aerial Devices.

Aerial devices shall be packaged and displayed for sale in a manner that will limit travel distance of ejected pyrotechnic components if ignition of the fireworks occurs. [ 1124: 7.3.15.

65 ]65.10.3.15.

76 * Horizontal Barriers.

Combustible materials and merchandise shall not be stored directly above the consumer fireworks in retail sales displays unless a horizontal barrier is installed directly above the consumer fireworks as prescribed in 7.4.2.2.

2.5 of NFPA

430400 . [ 1124: 7.3.15.

76 ]

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Gregory Harrington

Organization: National Fire Protection Assoc

Submittal Date: Wed Oct 31 17:04:32 EDT 2012

Committee Statement and Meeting Notes

Committee Statement: Extract update.

Response Message: FR-448-NFPA 1-2012




65.10.3.18 Portable Generators.

65.10.3.18.1 Class II and Class III combustible liquid generator fuel

Fuel for generators shall be permitted to be Class I, Class II, or Class III liquids and shall be limited to not more than 5

gal

gallons (18.9 L). [ 1124: 7.3.18

.1

]

65.10.3.18.2

Portable generators shall be permitted to use Class I flammable liquids as fuel, provided the quantity of such fuel is limited to 2 gal (7.6 L). [ 1124: 7.3.18.2]










First Revision No. 450-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections 65.10.3.20, 65.10.3.21,

65.10.3.22, 65.10.3.23, 65... ]

Sections 65.10.3.20, 65.10.3.21, 65.10.3.22, 65.10.3.23, 65.10.3.2465.10.3.

20 Display and Handling. Not less than 50 percent of the available floor area within the retail sales area shall be open space that is unoccupied by retail displays and used only for aisles and cross-aisles. [ 1124: 7.3.20

] 65.10.3.21* Housekeeping.

65.10.3.

2120 .1

CFRS areas and storage rooms shall be kept free of accumulations of debris and rubbish. [ 1124: 7.3.2120 .1]65.10.3.

2120 .2

Any loose pyrotechnic composition shall be removed immediately. [ 1124: 7.3.2120 .2]65.10.3.

2120 .3

Vacuum cleaners or other mechanical cleaning devices shall not be used to clean up any loose pyrotechnic composition . [ 1124: 7.3.2120 .3]65.10.3.

2120 .4

Brooms, brushes, and dustpans used to sweep up any loose powder or dust shall be made of nonsparking materials. [ 1124: 7.3.2120 .4]65.10.3.2120 .5

Consumer fireworks devices that are damaged shall be removed and not offered for sale. [ 1124: 7.3.2120 .5]



65.10.3.

2120 .6 Damaged consumer fireworks shall be permitted to be returned to the dealer or shall be disposed of according to the manufacturer's instructions. [ 1124: 7.3.2120 .6]65.10.3.

2221 * Training.

All personnel handling consumer fireworks shall receive safety training related to the performance of their duties. [ 1124: 7.3.2221 ]65.10.3.

23 Under22 Under the Influence.

Any person selling consumer fireworks shall not knowingly sell consumer fireworks to any person who is obviously under the influence of alcohol or drugs. [ 1124: 7.3.23] 65.10.3.24 Records.

65.10.3.24.1

Records shall be maintained on available inventory on the premise. [ 1124: 7.3.24.1] 65.10.3.24.2

Records shall be made available to the AHJ upon request. [ 1124: 7.3.24.2] 22]










First Revision No. 451-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections 65.10.4.3, 65.10.4.4 ]

Sections 65.10.4.3, 65.10.4.4

65.10.4.3 Construction Materials. The following construction materials requirements shall apply to new permanent CFRS facilities in jurisdictions that have not adopted a local building code , provided that any new building or structure does not exceed one story in height and does not contain a basement :

Buildings having an area up to and including 8000 ft2 (743 m2) shall be permitted to be constructed of any approved construction materials.

Buildings having an area greater than 8000 ft2 (743 m2) shall beconstructed in accordance with one of the following:

Buildings shall be constructed of noncombustible or limited-combustible materials.

Buildings with exterior walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours shall be permitted to have the roof decking and its supporting structure and interior partitions constructed of combustible materials.

Roof Roof coverings for any building shall have a minimum rating of Class C as determined in accordance with NFPA 256 ASTM E 108 , Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings , or ANSI/UL 790, Standard for Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings . [1124: 7.4.3]

65.10.4.4 Multiple-Tenant Buildings.

65.10.4.4.1

Where a new CFRS facilities are facility is located in a building containing other tenants, the CFRS facility shall be separated from the other tenants by fire barriers having no complying with NFPA 101 , without openings and having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. [1124: 7.4.4.1]65.10.4.4.2

Where the new CFRS facility is protected per Section 13.3 and NFPA 13, the fire resistance rating of the fire barrier required by 65.10.4.4.1 shall be permitted to be not less than 1 hour. [1124:7.4.4.2]65.10.4.4.3

Any penetrations of the fire barrier shall be protected in accordance with NFPA 101. [1124:7.4.4.3]












First Revision No. 452-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 65.10.4.7.2 ]

65.10.4.7.2 Temporary Facilities.

Temporary CFRS facilities shall be located as specified in Table 65.10.4.7.2. [1124:7.4.7.2]Table 65.10.4.7.2 Temporary CFRS Facilities — Minimum Separation Distances

Buildings Combustibles a Tents bVehicleParking Stands c

Storage of Consumer

Fireworks d

ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m

Tents b 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1 10 3.05 20 6.1 20 6.1

Stands c 20 6.1 10 3.05 20 6.1 10 3.05 5

d

e 1.5

d

e 20 6.1

a The required clearances to combustibles shall also comply with 65.10.4.6.1.

b Tents refers to temporary retail sales of consumer fireworks in tents, canopies, and membrane structures.

c Stands refers to temporary CFRS stands.

d

Where

The separation distance shall be allowed to be reduced to 10 ft (3.05 m) where the consumer fireworks

are stored in a mobile storage unit.

e Where stands are separated from each other by less than 20 ft (6.1 m), the aggregate area of such stands shall not exceed 800 ft2 (74 m2 ). [1124:Table 7.4.7.2]












First Revision No. 453-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 65.10.4.9.1.1 ]

65.10.4.9.1.1

Temporary wiring installed in a temporary structure structures , including tents and canopies, shall comply with Article 305 590 of NFPA 70. [1124:7.4.9.1.1]











65.10.4.9.2 Portable Generators.

65.10.4.9.2.1 Portable generators supplying power to CFRS facilities shalluse only Class II or Class III combustible liquid fuels. [ 1124: 7.4.9.2.1] 65.10.4.9.2.2

Portable generators shall be located not less than 20 ft (6.1 m) from the CFRS facility. [1124:7.4.9.2.2 1 ]65.10.4.9.2.3 2

Generator fuels shall be stored not less than 20 ft (6.1 m) from the CFRS facility. [1124:7.4.9.2.3 2 ]65.10.4.9.2.4 3 *

Where the generator fuel storage is located not less than 50 ft (15.2 m) from the CFRS facility, the quantity of such fuel shall not be limited by 65.10.3.18. [1124:7.4.9.2.4 3 ]










First Revision No. 455-NFPA 1-2012 [ New Section after

65.10.4.9.3.2 ]

65.10.4.10 Occupied Floor Area Limitations.

65.10.4.10.1

The floor area occupied by the retail displays of consumer fireworks in permanent CFRS facilities shall not exceed 40 percent of the available floor area within the retail sales area. [1124:7.4.10.1]

65.10.4.10.2

Not less than 50 percent of the available floor area within the retail sales area shall be open space that is unoccupied by retail displays and used only for aisles and cross-aisles. [1124:7.4.10.2]










First Revision No. 456-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections 65.10.4.10,

65.10.4.11 ]

Sections 65.10.4.10, 65.10.4.1165.10.4.10 Quantity 11 Quantity Limitations.

The floor area occupied by the retail displays of consumer fireworks in permanent CFRS facilities shall not exceed 40 percent of the available floor area within the retail sales area.

65.10.4.11.1* Height of Sales Displays.

To provide for visual access of the retail sales area by the employees and customers, partitions, counters, shelving, cases, and similar space dividers shall not exceed 6 ft (1.8 m) in height above the floor surface inside the perimeter of the retail sales area. [ 1124: 7.4.11.1]

65.10.4.11.1.1

Merchandise on display or located on shelves or counters or other fixtures shall not be displayed to a height greater than 6 ft (1.8 m) above the floor surface within the CFRS area. [ 1124: 7.4.11.1.1]

65.10.4.11.1.2

Where located along the perimeter of the consumer fireworks retail sales area, the maximum height of sales displays shall be limited to 12 ft (3.66 m).[ 1124: 7.4.

10

11.1.2 ]

65.10.4.

11 Flame12 Flame Breaks.

In CFRS facilities the longitudinal flame break required in 65.10.3.15.3

2 .6

7 shall not be required where the display fixture or surface is adjacent to an aisle that is not used for public egress. [ 1124: 7.4.

11] 12]

65.10.4.13 Height of Sales Displays.

To provide for visual access of the retail sales area by the employees and customers, partitions, counters, shelving, cases, and similar space dividers shall not exceed 6 ft (1.8 m) in height above the floor surface inside the perimeter of the retail sales area. [ 1124: 7.4.13]

65.10.4.13.1

Merchandise on display or located on shelves, counters, or other fixtures shall not be displayed to a height greater than 6 ft (1.8 m) above the floor surface within the CFRS area. [ 1124: 7.4.13.1]













65.10.5.3 Storage Rooms.

Storage rooms containing consumer fireworks in a new permanent store shall be protected with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 13.3 and NFPA 13 or separated from the retail sales area by a fire barrier having a fire resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. [ 1124: 7.5.3] 65.10.5.3.1

Door and window openings in the fire barrier wall shall be protected by self-closing fire doors or fixed fire windows having a fire protection rating of not less than 1 hour and shall be installed in accordance with Section 12.4 and NFPA 80. [ 1124: 7.5.3.1] 65.10.5.3.2

Any other openings or penetrations in the fire barrier wall shall be protected in accordance with NFPA 101 . [ 1124: 7.5.3.2]











65.10.6.4.3 Storage 3 Height of Sales Displays .

In temporary CFRS stands where the interior is not accessible to the public, the maximum height of sales displays shall be limited to 8 ft (2.44 m). [1124:7.6.4.3]











66.6.7.6

Where provided, fire control systems shall be designed, installed, and maintained in accordance with this code and the following NFPA standards, as applicable:

NFPA 11, Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam

NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems

NFPA 12A, Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems

NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems

NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection

NFPA 16, Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems

NFPA 17, Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems

NFPA 750, Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems

NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems

[30: 6.7.6]




Submittal Date: Thu Nov 01 09:08:55 EDT 2012






First Revision No. 460-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 66.8 ]

66.8 Reserved8 Application of Area Classification .

Area classification is used to assure that fixed electrical utilization equipment, electrical fixtures, and wiring are properly installed within Class I, Division 1; Class I, Zone 1; Class I, Division 2; or Class I, Zone 2 designated areas, as defined by Article 500 of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code . [ 30: 7.4.1]











66.9.3.12

Storage, handling, and use of Class II and Class III liquids heated at or above their flash point shall follow the requirements for Class I liquids, unless an engineering evaluation conducted in accordance with Section 66.6 justifies following the requirements for some other liquid class. (See 66.6.4.1.2 and A.66.6.4.1.2.) [ 30 :9.3.12]










First Revision No. 462-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 66.9.4.1 [Excluding

any Sub-Sections] ]

Only the following approved containers, intermediate bulk containers, and portable tanks shall be used for Class I, Class II, and Class IIIA liquids:

Metal containers, metal intermediate bulk containers, and metal portable tanks meeting the requirements of and containing products authorized by the U.S. Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Regulations in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 100–199, or by Part 6 of the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods

Plastic or metal consumer-use containers meeting the requirements of,and used for petroleum products within the scope of one or more of the following specifications:

ASTM F 852, Standard Specification for Portable Gasoline Containers for Consumer Use

ASTM F 976, Standard Specification for Portable Kerosine Kerosene and Diesel Containers for Consumer Use

ANSI/UL1313

30 , Standard for Nonmetallic

Metal Safety Cansfor Petroleum Products

ANSI/UL30

1313 , Standard for Metal

Nonmetallic Safety Cans

ANSI/UL 1314, Standard for Special Purpose Metal Containers for Petrolleum Products

FM Global Approval Standard for Safety Containers and Filling, Supply, and Disposal Containers — Class Number 6051 and 6052

Plastic containers that meet requirements set by and contain products authorized by the following:

The U. S. Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Regulations in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 100–199, or by Part 6 of the UN publication Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods



Items 256 or 258 of the National Motor Freight Classification(NMFC) for liquids that are not classified as hazardous by the U.S.Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Regulations in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 100–199, or by Part 6 of the UN publication Recommendations on the Transport ofDangerous Goods

Fiber drums that meet the following:

Requirements of Items 294 and 296 of the National Motor Freight Classification (NMFC), or Rule 51 of the Uniform Freight Classification (UFC), for Types 2A, 3A, 3B-H, 3B-L, or 4A

Requirements of, and containing liquid products authorized by, either the U.S. Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Regulations in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Chapter I, or by U.S. Department of Transportation exemption

Glass containers up to the capacity limits stated in Table 66.9.4.3 and inaccordance with U.S. Department of Transportation Hazardous MaterialsRegulations in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 100–199

[30: 9.4.1]








* Rigid nonmetallic intermediate bulk containers that meet requirements set by and contain products authorized by the following:

The U.S. Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Regulations in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 100–199, or by Part 6 of the UN publication Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, for Classes 31H1, 31H2, and 31HZ1

The National Motor Freight Classification (NMFC), or the International Safe Transit Association for liquids that are not classified as hazardous by the U.S. Department of TransportationHazardous Materials Regulations in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 100–199, or by Part 6 of the UN publication Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods



First Revision No. 463-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 66.9.5.5 [Excluding

any Sub-Sections] ]

Storage cabinets shall be marked as follows include the following marking : WARNING:

FLAMMABLE

KEEP FIRE AWAY [30:9.5.5]











66.9.10.2.2

Portable fire extinguishers shall meet the following requirements:

At least one portable fire extinguisher having a capability of not less than 40:B shall be located outside of, but not more than 10 ft (3 m) from, the door opening into a liquid storage area.

At least one portable fire extinguisher having a capability of not less than 40:B shall be located within 30 ft (9 m) of any Class I or Class II liquids located outside of a liquid storage area .

Exception : An acceptable alternative is

or at least

one

on portable fire extinguisher having a capacity of 80:B located within 50 ft (15 m) of such a storage area. [ 30 : 9.10.2.2]











66.16.3.2

Unless otherwise specified in this section, single-row racks shall not be more than 4.5 ft (1.4 m) wide in depth and double-row racks shall not be more than 9 ft (2.8 m) wide in depth . [30:16.3.2]











66.16.3.4

Viscous liquids, as defined in 66.16.2.4 5 , shall be permitted to be protectedusing either of the following, as applicable:

Criteria for a Class IIIB liquid in accordance with Figure 66.16.4.1(a) orFigure 66.16.4.1(b)

Criteria for cartoned unexpanded Group A plastics in accordance with Figure 66.16.4.1(b) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems

[30:16.3.4]










First Revision No. 468-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 66.16.4.1

[Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

Where automatic sprinkler systems or low-expansion foam-water sprinkler systems are used to protect storage of liquids, Figure 66.16.4.1(a), Figure 66.16.4.1(b), or Figure 66.16.4.1(c), whichever is applicable, and the appropriate table in 66.16.5 shall be used to determine protection criteria. [30:16.4.1]Figure 66.16.4.1(a) Fire Protection Criteria Decision Tree for Miscible and Nonmiscible Flammable and Combustible Liquids in Metal Containers. [ 30:Figure*****INSERT REVISED NFPA 30 FIGURES 16.4.1(a)]

Figure 66., 16.4.1(b)

Fire Protection Criteria Decision Tree for Miscible and Nonmiscible Flammable and Combustible Liquids in Nonmetallic Containers. [ 30: Figure, and 16.4.1(

b)]



Figure 66.16.4.1(c) Fire Protection Criteria Decision Tree for Miscible Flammable and Combustible Liquids in Nonmetallic Containers. [ 30:Figure 16.4.1(c)]

c)*****










First Revision No. 467-NFPA 1-2012 [ New Section after 66.16.5.1.1 ]

66.16.5.1.1.1

The protection criteria in Table 66.16.5.2.1 through Table 66.16.5.2.12 shall only be used with ceilings having a pitch of 2 in 12 or less. [30:16.5.1.1.1]











66.16.5.1.5

The ceiling heights given in Table 66.16.5.2.1 through Table 66.16.5.2.12 ,excluding Table 66.16.5.2.8, shall be permitted to be increased by amaximum of 10 percent if an equivalent percent increase in ceiling sprinklerdesign density is provided. [30: 16.5.1.5]










First Revision No. 470-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections 66.16.5.1.9,

66.16.5.1.10 ]

Sections 66.16.5.1.9, 66.16.5.1.1066.16.5.1.9

For the purposes of 66.16.5, the following shall apply:

1 gal = 3.8 L; 1 ft = 0.3 m; 1 ft2 = 0.09 m2

1 gpm/ft2 is equivalent to 40.7 L/min/m2 or 40.7 mm/min

A gauge pressure of 1 psi is equivalent to a gauge pressure of 6.9 kPa

SR = standard response sprinkler; QR = quick response sprinkler; ESFR = early suppression fast response sprinkler; (ot) OT = ordinarytemperature; HT = high temperature

Where an ordinary-temperature sprinkler is indicated, an intermediate-temperature sprinkler shall be used where ambient conditions require.

[30:16.5.1.9]66.16.5.1.10

For the purposes of 66.16.5, the following shall apply to the in-rack sprinkler design layouts specified in Table 66.16.5.2.1 through Table 66.16.5.2.12:

Layout A 1, as referenced in Table 66.16.5.2.1, shall mean one line of in-rack sprinklers 8 ft (2.4 m) above the floor in the longitudinal flue space , with sprinklers spaced not more than 10 ft (3 m) on center.Sprinklers shall be staggered vertically.

Layout B

Layout 2, as referenced in Table 66.16.5.2.1, shall mean one line of in-rack sprinklers 6 ft (1.8 m) above the floor and one line of in-rack sprinklers 12 ft (3.6 m) above the floor in the longitudinal flue space , with sprinklers spaced not more than 10 ft (3 m) on center. Sprinklers shall be staggered vertically.

Layout C Layout 3, as referenced in Table 66.16.5.2.1 and Table66.16.5.2.3 , shall mean one line of in-rack sprinklers at every storage level above the floor except above the top tier , with sprinklers spaced not more than 10 ft (3 m) on center. Sprinklers shall be staggered vertically, where more than one level of in-rack sprinklers is installed .

Layout D 4, as referenced in Table 66.16.5.2.1 and Table 66.16.5.2.3, shall mean one line of in-rack sprinklers in the longitudinal flue space at every other storage level, except above the top tier, beginning above the first storage level, with sprinklers spaced not more than 10 ft (3 m) on center. Sprinklers shall be staggered vertically where more than one level of in-rack sprinklers is installed .

Layout E 5, as referenced in Table 66.16.5.2.1, shall mean one line of in-rack sprinklers in the longitudinal flue space at every storage level above the floor except above the top tier and face sprinklers at the first storage level at each rack upright. In-rack sprinklers shall be spaced not more than 9 ft (2.7 m) on center and shall be staggered vertically, where more than one level of in-rack sprinklers is installed .



Layout F 6, as referenced in Table 66.16.5.2.1, shall mean one line of in-rack sprinklers in the longitudinal flue space at every other storage level above the first storage level except above the top tier and face sprinklers at the first storage level at each rack upright. In-rack sprinklers shall be spaced not more than 10 ft (3 m) on center and shall be staggered vertically, where more than one level of in-rack sprinklers is installed .

Layout G 7, as referenced in Table 66.16.5.2.8, shall be as shown in Figure 66.16.6.4(a) .

Layout H 8, as referenced in Table 66.16.5.2.8, shall be as shown in Figure 66.16.6.4( d b ) or Figure 66.16.6.4( e c ) .

Layout I 9, as referenced in Table 66.16.5.2.8, shall be as shown in Figure 66.16.6.4( b d ) or Figure 66.16.6.4( c e ) .

[30: 16.5.1.10]











66.16.5.2.1

Table 66.16.5.2.1 shall apply to the following:

Automatic sprinkler protection

Single- or double-row rack storage

Nonmiscible liquids and miscible liquids with concentration of flammable or combustible component greater than 50 percent by volume

Metal containers, metal portable tanks, metal intermediate bulk containers

Relieving- or nonrelieving-style containers

[ 30: 16.5.2.1]

Table 66.16.5.2.1 Design Criteria for Sprinkler Protection of Single- and Double-Row Rack Storage of Liquids in Metal Containers, Portable Tanks, and IBCs

Container Style and Capacity (gal) Maximum Storage Height (ft) Maximum Ceiling Height (ft) Ceiling Sprinkler Protection In-Rack Sprinkler ProtectionNotes Fire Test Ref. [See Table D.2(a) of NFPA 30]Sprinkler Design Sprinkler Discharge Flow (gpm)Layout Type Response Density (gpm/ft 2 ) Area

(ft 2 ) Type Response NONRELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASSES IB, IC, II, IIIA ≤1 16 30 K≥11.2 QR (HT) 0.60 2000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR(OT) 30 A 1, 2 1 20 30 K≥11.2 SR or QR (HT) 0.60 2000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR(OT)30 B 1, 2 2 ≤5 25 30 K≥8.0 SR or QR (HT) 0.30 3000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR(OT)30 C 1 3 >5 and ≤60 25 30 K≥11.2 SR (HT) 0.40 3000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR or SR(OT) 30 E 1 5 NONRELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASSIIIB ≤5 40 50 K≥8.0 SR or QR (HT) 0.30 2000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR(OT) 30 D 1, 3 4 >5 and ≤60 40 50 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.30 3000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR(OT) 30 D 1, 3 6 RELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASSES IB, IC, II, IIIA ≤5 14 18 K≥11.2 pendent only QR (HT) 0.65 2000 No in-rack sprinklers required 4 7 25 30 K≥8.0 SR or QR (HT) 0.30 3000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR(OT)30 D 1, 5 8 >5 and ≤60 25 30 K≥11.2 SR

(HT) 0.60 3000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR(OT) 30 F 1 10 Portable tanks and IBCs 25 30 K≥11.2 SR

(HT) 0.60 3000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR or SR(OT) 30 E 1 12 RELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASS IIIB ≤ 5 gal 40 50 K≥8.0 SR or QR (HT)0.30 2000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR(OT) 30 D 1 9 >5 and ≤60 40 50 K≥8.0 SR

(HT) 0.30 3000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR(OT) 30 D 1, 3 11 Portable tanks andIBCs 40 50 K≥8.0 SR

(HT) 0.30 3000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR(OT) 30 D 1, 6 13

For SI units, 1 gal = 3.8 L, 1 ft = 0.3 m, 1 ft 2 = 0.09 m 2 , 1 gpm/ft 2 = 40.7L/min/m 2 = 40.7 mm/min.

SR: Standard response sprinkler. QR: Quick response sprinkler. OT: Ordinary temperature. HT: High temperature.



Notes:

(1) In-rack sprinkler design based on 6 most hydraulically remote sprinklers in each of upper three levels or on 8 most hydraulically remote sprinklers, if only one level.

(2) Protection for uncartoned or case-cut nonsolid shelf display up to 6.5 ft. (2 m) and storage above in pallets on racking, shelf materials, open wire mesh, or 2 in. × 6 in. (50 mm × 150 mm) wooden slats, spaced a minimum of 2 in. (50 mm) apart.

(3) For K=8.0 and larger ceiling sprinklers, increase ceiling density to 0.60 if more than one level of storage exists above the top level of in-rack sprinklers.

(4) Double-row racks limited to maximum 6 ft (1.8 m) width.

(5) For K=8.0 and larger ceiling sprinklers, increase ceiling density to 0.60 over 2000 ft 2 if more than one level of storage exists above the top level of in-rack sprinklers.

(6) Reduce in-rack sprinkler spacing to maximum 9 ft (2.7 m) centers. [ 30:Table 16.5.2.1]

*****INSERT REVISED NFPA 30 TABLE 16.5.2.1*****











66.16.5.2.2



Palletized or stacked storage




[30:16.5.2.2]Table 66.16.5.2.2 Design Criteria for Sprinkler Protection of Palletized and Stacked Storage of Liquids in Metal Containers, Portable Tanks, and IBCs



Container Style and Capacity

(gal)

Maximum Storage Height

(ft)

Maximum Ceiling Height

(ft)

Ceiling Sprinkler Protection

Notes

FTR[T

(bN3

Sprinkler Design

Type ResponseDensity

(gpm/ft 2 )

Area

(ft 2 )

NONRELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASSES IB, IC, II, IIIA

≤5 4 18 K≥8.0 SR or QR (HT)

0.21 1500 1

5 18 K≥8.0SR or QR (HT) 0.30 3000 —

6.5 30 K≥11.2 QR (HT) 0.45 3000 —

>5 and ≤60 5 18 K≥11.2 SR (HT) 0.40 3000 —

NONRELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASS IIIB

≤5 18 30 K≥8.0SR or QR (HT) 0.25 3000 —

>5 and ≤60 10 20 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.25 3000 —

18 30 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.35 3000 —

RELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASSES IB, IC, II, IIIA

≤5 12 30K≥11.2pendent only

QR (HT) 0.60 3000 2

>5 and ≤60 5 30 K≥11.2 SR (HT) 0.40 3000 —

6.5 30 K≥11.2 SR (HT) 0.60 3000 3

Portabletanks

1-high 30 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.30 3000 —

and IBCs 2-high 30 K≥11.2 SR (HT) 0.60 3000 —

RELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASS IIIB

≤5 18 30 K≥8.0 SR or QR (HT)

0.25 3000 —

>5 and ≤60 10 20 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.25 3000 —

18 30 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.35 3000 —

Portabletanks 1-high 30 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.25 3000 —

and IBCs 2-high 30 K≥11.2 SR (HT) 0.50 3000 —

For SI units, 1 gal = 3.8 L, 1 ft = 0.3 m, 1 ft2 = 0.09 m2, 1 gpm/ft2 = 40.7 L/min/m2 = 40.7 mm/min.

SR: Standard response sprinkler. QR: Quick response sprinkler. HT: High temperature.

For definitions of abbreviations used in the Response column, see 66.16.5.1.9(4). See also 66.16.5.1.9(5).

Notes:

(1) Minimum hose stream demand can be reduced to 250 gpm for 2 hours.



(2) Sprinklers must also be hydraulically calculated to provide a density of 0.80 gpm/ft2 over 1000 ft2.

(3) Drums must be placed on open slatted pallet, not nested, to allowpressure relief from drums on lower levels. [30: Table 16.5.2.2]











66.16.5.2.3


Foam water sprinkler protection





[ 30: 16.5.2.3]

Table 66.16.5.2.3 Design Criteria for Foam-Water Sprinkler Protection of Single- or Double-Row Rack Storage of Liquids in Metal Containers, Portable Tanks, and IBCs

Container Style and Capacity (gal) Maximum Storage Height

(ft) Maximum Ceiling Height (ft) Ceiling Sprinkler Protection In-Rack Sprinkler Protection Notes Fire Test Ref. [See Table D.2(c) of NFPA 30]Sprinkler Design Sprinkler Discharge Flow (gpm)Layout Type Response Density (gpm/ft 2 ) Area

(ft 2 ) Type Response NONRELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASSES IB, IC, II, IIIA ≤5 25 30 K≥8.0 SR or QR (HT) 0.30 2000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR or SR (OT) 30 C 1, 2, 4 1 >5 and ≤60 25 30 K≥8.0 SR (HT)0.30 3000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR or SR (OT) 30 C 1, 3, 4 2 NONRELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASS IIIB ≤60 40 50 K≥8.0 SR (HT)0.30 2000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR or SR (OT) 30 D 1 3 RELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASSES IB, IC, II, IIIA ≤5 25 30 K≥8.0 SR or QR (HT) 0.30 2000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR or SR (OT) 30 D 1, 2, 4 4 >5 and ≤60, portable tanks and IBCs 25 30 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.30 3000 K=5.6 or 8.0 30 D 1, 3, 4 5 RELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASSIIIB ≤60 40 50 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.30 2000 K=5.6 or 8.0 QR or SR (OT) 30 D 1 6

For SI units, 1 gal = 3.8 L, 1 ft = 0.3 m, 1 ft 2 = 0.09 m 2 , 1 gpm/ft 2 = 40.7L/min/m 2 = 40.7 mm/min.

OR: Quick response sprinkler. SR: Standard response sprinkler. OT: Ordinary temperature. HT: High temperature.

Notes:

(1) In-rack sprinkler design based on 6 most hydraulically remote sprinklers in each of upper three levels.

(2) Design area can be reduced to 1500 ft 2 when using a pre-primed foam-water system installed in accordance with NFPA 16, Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems , and maintained according to NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems .



(3) Design area can be reduced to 2000 ft 2 when using a pre-primed foam-water system installed in accordance with NFPA 16 and maintained according to NFPA 25.

(4) In-rack sprinkler hydraulic design can be reduced to three sprinklers operating per level, with three levels operating simultaneously, when using a pre-primed foam-water sprinkler system designed in accordance with NFPA 16 and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. [ 30: Table 16.5.2.3]












66.16.5.2.4


Foam water sprinkler protection





[30:16.5.2.4]Table 66.16.5.2.4 Design Criteria for Foam-Water Sprinkler Protection of Palletized and Stacked Storage of Liquids in Metal Containers, Portable Tanks, and IBCs

ContainerStyle and Capacity

(gal)

MaximumStorage Height

(ft)

MaximumCeiling Height

(ft)


Notes

FiTeRe[STabD.2

oNF30

Sprinkler Design

Type Response

Density

(gpm/ft 2 )

Area

(ft 2 )

NONRELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASSES IB, IC, II, IIIA

≤5, cartoned 11 30 K≥11.2

SR or QR (HT) 0.40 3000 1 1

≤5, uncartoned 12 30 K≥8.0

SR or QR (HT) 0.30 3000 1 2

>5 and ≤60 5 (1-high) 30 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.30 3000 1 3

RELIEVING-STYLE CONTAINERS — LIQUID CLASSES IB, IC, II, IIIA

>5 and ≤606.5 (2-high) 30 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.30 3000 2, 3 4

10 (3-high) 33 K≥11.2 SR (HT) 0.45 3000 2, 3 6

13.75 (4-high) 33 K≥11.2 SR (HT) 0.60 3000 2, 3 7

Portable tanks and IBCs

1- or 2-high 30 K≥8.0 SR (HT) 0.30 3000 5


QR: Quick response sprinkler. SR: Standard response sprinkler. HT: High temperature.For definitions of abbreviations used in the Response column, see 66.16.5.1.9(4). See also 66.16.5.1.9(5).



Notes:

(1) Design area can be reduced to 2000 ft2 when using a pre-primed foam-water system installed in accordance with NFPA 16, Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems, and maintained according to NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems.

(2) Both 3⁄4 in. (20 mm) and 2 in. (50 mm) listed pressure-relieving mechanisms are required on containers greater than 6 gal (23 L) capacity.

(3) Drums placed on open slatted pallet, not nested, to allow pressure relief from drums on lower levels. [30: Table 16.5.2.4]











66.16.5.2.5



Single-, double-, or multiple-row rack storage

Class IIIB nonmiscible liquids and Class IIIB miscible liquids with concentration of flammable or combustible component greater than 50 percent by volume

Nonmetallic containers or intermediate bulk containers

Cartoned or uncartoned

[30:16.5.2.5]Table 66.16.5.2.5 Design Criteria for Sprinkler Protection of Single-, Double-, and Multiple-Row Rack Storage of Class IIIB Liquids

Closed-Cup Flash

Point (°F)

Container or IBC

Capacity (gal) Packaging


(ft)


(ft)

Minimum Aisle

Width (ft) Rack

Width



Depth(ft)

Sprinkler ProtectionFire Test Ref. [See Table D.2(e)

of NFPA 30]

CeilingSprinkler

Type Design

≥200 ≤5

Plasticcontainers, cartoned or uncartoned

Unlimited Unlimited 4 Any Any

See66.16.6.1, Fire Protection System Design Scheme “A”

1

≥375 ≤275

Flexibleplastic liner within a composite continuously wound corrugated paperboardintermediate bulk container (See Special Note 1)

28 30 8 Any Any

See66.16.6.3, Fire Protection System Design Scheme “C”

2

≥375 ≤6

Flexibleplastic liner within a composite corrugated paperboard box

Unlimited Unlimited 8 Any Any

See66.16.6.3, Fire Protection System Design Scheme “C”

2

For SI units, 1 gal = 3.8 L, 1 ft = 0.3 m, 200°F = 93°C, 375°F = 190°C.

Note: Construction of intermediate bulk container to be a minimum of 8 layers of paperboard, with a minimum nominal thickness of 1 1⁄2 in. (38 mm) at the center of any side panel. [30: Table 16.5.2.5]











66.16.5.2.6



Shelf storage


Nonrelieving-style metal containers

[30:16.5.2.6]Table 66.16.5.2.6 Design Criteria for Sprinkler Protection of Shelf Storage of Liquids in Metal Containers


(gal)


(ft)


(ft)


SpecialNotes

FTeRe[STaD.

oNF30

Sprinkler Design


(gpm/ft 2 )

Area

(ft 2 )

≤ 1, nonrelieving style

6 18 K≥8.0SR or QR

(HT) 0.19 1500 1, 2 1


QR: Quick response sprinkler. SR: Standard response sprinkler. HT: High temperature.For definitions of abbreviations used in the Response column, see 66.16.5.1.9(4). See also 66.16.5.1.9(5).

Notes:

(1) Protection limited to mercantile shelving that is 2 ft (600 mm) or less in depth per side, with backing between each side.

(2) Minimum hose stream demand can be reduced to 250 gpm for 2 hours.

(3) The minimum aisle width shall not be less than 5 ft (1.5 m) [ 30: Table16.5.2.6]













66.16.5.2.7




Water-miscible liquids with concentration of flammable or combustible component greater than 50 percent by volume

Plastic Glass or plastic containers

Cartoned or uncartoned

Minimum 8 ft (2.4 m) aisle width

[30:16.5.2.7]Table 66.16.5.2.7 Design Criteria for Sprinkler Protection of Single- and Double-Row Rack Storage of Water-Miscible Liquids in Glass or Plastic Containers

Container Style andCapacity

Maximum StorageHeight

(ft)

Maximum CeilingHeight

(ft)


Notes

Fire Test Ref.[See Table D.2(g)

ofNFPA 30]

CeilingSprinkler

ProtectionIn-Rack

Sprinklers

16 oz, cartoned

Unlimited Unlimited



1, 2 3

≤1 gal, cartoned Unlimited Unlimited

See66.16.6.2, Fire Protection System Design Scheme “B”


1, 2 1

≤60 gal, cartoned or uncartoned

25 30



1, 2 2

For SI units, 1 gal = 3.8 L, 1 ft = 0.3 m.

Notes:



(1) Minimum aisle width in all cases is 8 ft (2.4 m).

(2) Maximum rack width depth in all cases is 9 ft (2.7 m). [30: Table 16.5.2.7]











66.16.5.2.8



Single- or double-row rack storage or palletized storage


Relieving-style metal containers

[ 30: 16.5.2.8]

Table 66.16.5.2.8 Design Criteria for Single-Row Rack, Double-Row Rack, and Palletized Storage of Liquids in Relieving-Style Metal Containers

Container Style and Capacity

(gal) Maximum Storage Height (ft) Maximum Ceiling Height

(ft) Ceiling Sprinkler Protection In-Rack Sprinkler Protection Notes Fire Test Ref. [See Table D.2(h) of NFPA 30] Sprinkler Type Design (Number of sprinklers @ Stated Pressure) Sprinkler End Sprinkler DesignPressure Layout Type Response LIQUID CLASSES IB, IC, II, IIIA, IIIB

RACK STORAGE with MAXIMUM 6 ft RACK WIDTH and MINIMUM 7.5 ft AISLE WIDTH ≤5, cartoned or uncartoned 14 24 Pendent ESFR K≥14.0 12 @ 50 psi K=11.2 QR (OT) 10 psi G 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1 14 24 Pendent ESFR K≥25.0 12 @ 25 psi No in-rack sprinklers required 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 2 LIQUID CLASSES IB, IC, II, IIIA, IIIB

RACK STORAGE with MAXIMUM 9 ft RACK WIDTH and 8 ft MINIMUM AISLE WIDTH ≤1, cartoned only 20 30 Pendent ESFR K≥14.0 (OT) 12 @ 75 psi No in-rack sprinklers required — 3 ≤1, cartoned only 25 30 Pendent ESFR K≥14.0 (OT) 12 @ 50 psi K=8.0 QR (OT) 15 psi H 1, 2, 5 4 ≤5, cartoned or uncartoned 25 30 Pendent ESFR K≥14.0 (OT) 12 @ 75 psi K=8.0 QR (OT) 30 psi I 1, 2, 5 5 LIQUID CLASSES IB, IC, II, IIIA, IIIB PALLETIZED STORAGE with MINIMUM 7.5 ft AISLE WIDTH ≤1, cartoned only 8 30 Pendent ESFR K≥14.0 (OT) 12 @ 50 psi — — — — — 6 ≤5, cartoned or uncartoned 12 30 Pendent ESFR K≥14.0 (OT) 12 @ 75 psi — — — — — 7

For SI units, 1 gal = 3.8 L, 1 ft = 0.3 m, 1 psi = 6.9 kPa.

ESFR: Early suppression fast response sprinkler. QR: Quick response sprinkler. OT: Ordinary temperature.

Notes:

(1) The in-rack sprinkler water demand shall be based on the simultaneous operation of the most hydraulically remote sprinklers as follows:

(a) Seven sprinklers where only one level of in-rack sprinklers is installed.

(b) Fourteen sprinklers (seven on each of the two top levels) where more than one level of in-rack sprinklers is installed.

(2) The in-rack sprinkler water demand should be balanced with the ceiling sprinkler water demand at their point of connection.

(3) One-gallon and 1-quart containers are not required to be relieving style.



(4) Provide minimum 3 in. transverse flue at rack uprights.

(5) For Class IIIB liquids, see also Table 66.16.5.2.5.

(6) Racks can have open-mesh wire intermediate shelving on lower levels. [ 30: Table 16.5.2.8]












66.16.5.2.9



Palletized storage

Class II and Class III nonmiscible and Class II and Class III miscible liquids

Listed and labeled rigid nonmetallic intermediate bulk containers

[30:16.5.2.9]Table 66.16.5.2.9 Design Criteria for Sprinkler Protection of Palletized Storage of Class II and Class III Liquids in Listed and Labeled Rigid Nonmetallic IBCs

MaximumCapacity

(gal)



(ft)


Notes

FirTesRef[SeTabD.2

ofNFP30]

Sprinkler Design


(gpm/ft 2 )

Area

(ft 2 )

793 1-high 30 K≥11.2 SR (HT) 0.45 3000 1, 2, 4 1

793 2-high 30 K≥11.2 SR (HT) 0.60 30001, 2, 3,

4 2

For SI units, 1 gal = 3.8 L, 1 ft = 0.3 m, 1 gpm/ft2 = 40.7 L/min/m2 = 40.7 mm/min, 1 ft2 = 0.9 m2.

SR: Standard response sprinkler. HT: High temperature.For definitions of abbreviations used in the Response column, see 66.16.5.1.9(4). See also 66.16.5.1.9(5).

Notes:

(1) Foam-water sprinkler protection shall be permitted to be substituted for water sprinkler protection, provided the same design criteria are used.

(2) Rigid nonmetallic intermediate bulk containers shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2368, Standard for Fire Exposure Testing of Intermediate Bulk Containers for Flammable and Combustible Liquids ; FMClass 6020 , Approval Standard for Intermediate Bulk Containers ; or an equivalent test procedure.

(3) The sprinkler operating gauge pressure shall be a minimum 30 psi (207 kPa).

(4) See also Section E.1. [30: Table 16.5.2.9]













66.16.5.2.10




Class II and Class III nonmiscible and Class II and Class III miscible liquids

Listed and labeled rigid nonmetallic intermediate bulk containers

[30:16.5.2.10]Table 66.16.5.2.10 Design Criteria for Sprinkler Protection of Single- and Double-Row Rack Storage of Class II and Class III Liquids in Listed and Labeled Rigid Nonmetallic IBCs

MaximumCapacity

(gal)

MaximumStorage

Height (ft)

MaximumCeiling

Height (ft)


Notes

FireTest Ref. [SeeTable D.2(j)

of NFPA 30]

SprinklerType Design

793 25 30 Standard spray

See 66.16.6.2, Fire Protection SystemDesign Scheme “B”

1, 2, 3, 4 1

For SI units, 1 gal = 3.8 L, 1 ft = 0.3 m.

Notes:

(1) Rigid nonmetallic intermediate bulk containers are listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2368, Standard for Fire Exposure Testing of Intermediate Bulk Containers for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, or an equivalent testprocedure.

(2) Maximum rack width depth is 9 ft (2.7 m).

(3) Minimum aisle width is 8 ft (2.4 m).

(4) See also Section E.1. [30: Table 16.5.2.10]













66.16.5.2.11




Unsaturated polyester resins (UPRs) with not more than 50 percent by weight of Class IC, II, or IIIA liquid

Metal containers; nonrelieving style allowed only up to 6 gal (23 L)

[30:16.5.2.11]Table 66.16.5.2.11 Design Criteria for Sprinkler Protection of Palletized or Stacked Storage of Unsaturated Polyester Resins in Metal Containers

Capacity (gal)


(ft)


(ft)


Notes

FiTeRe[STabD

(k)NF30

Sprinkler Design


(gpm/ft 2 )

Area

(ft 2 )

>5 and <60

10 33 K≥11.2 SR (HT or OT)

0.45 3000 1, 2, 3 1


SR: Standard response sprinkler. OT: Ordinary temperature. HT: High temperature.For definitions of abbreviations used in the Response column, see 66.16.5.1.9(4). See also 66.16.5.1.9(5).

Notes:

(1) Drums placed on open, slatted pallet, not nested, to allow pressure relief from drums on lower levels.

(2) Storage areas containing unsaturated polyester resin (UPR) should not be located in the same spill containment area or drainage path of other Class I or Class II liquids, unless protected as required for such other liquids.

(3) Both 3⁄4 in. (20 mm) and 2 in. (50 mm) listed and labeled pressure-relieving devices are required on containers that exceed 6 gal (23 L) capacity. [30:Table 16.5.2.11]













66.16.5.2.12




Miscible liquids with concentration of flammable or combustible components no greater than 80 percent by volume

Glass or plastic containers

[30:16.5.2.12]Table 66.16.5.2.12 Design Criteria for Sprinkler Protection of Palletized or Stacked Storage of Miscible Liquids in Glass or Plastic Containers



(ft)


(ft)


Sprinkler Design

Notes

FireTesRef[SeTabAnnD.2(

ofNFP30]Type Response

Density(gpm/ft 2 )

Area

(ft 2 )

≤ 8 oz 5 38K ≥

11.2 QR (OT) 0.47 2000 — S61


QR: Quick response sprinkler. OT: Ordinary temperature. For definitions ofabbreviations used in the Response column, see 66.16.5.1.9(4). See also66.16.5.1.9(5). [30: Table 16.5.2.12]











66.16.6.1.4

In-rack sprinklers shall meet the following requirements:

In-rack sprinklers shall be nominal K=8.0, ordinary temperature–rated quick-response sprinklers and shall have a nominal K-factor equal to orgreater than8 .0. Intermediate-temperature sprinklers shall be used where ambient conditions require.

In-rack sprinklers shall be installed below each barrier level.

In-rack sprinklers shall provide a minimum end operating pressure (gauge pressure) of 50 psi (345 kPa) out of the hydraulically flow of 57 gpm out of each of the hydraulically most remote six sprinklers (three on two lines) , if if one barrier level is provided, or out of each of the hydraulically most remote eight sprinklers (four on two lines) , if two or more barrier levels are provided. The minimum in-rack sprinkler discharge pressure shall not be less than a gauge pressure of 10 psi.

[30:16.6.1.4]











66.16.6.1.9

Barriers shall not be required for liquids with closed-cup flash points of 450°F (230°C) or greater. If barriers are omitted, the following shall apply:

Ceiling sprinkler protection shall provide a minimum density of 0.3 gpm/ft2 over the most hydraulically remote 2000 ft2 (12 mm/min over 180 m2) using ordinary temperature, standard-response sprinklers with a .

Sprinklers shall have a nominal K-factor equal to or greater than 8.0.Intermediate-temperature sprinklers shall be used where ambient conditions require.

The ceiling sprinkler water demand and the in-rack water demand shall be balanced at their point of connection.

The sprinklers located at the rack face shall be staggered vertically.

[30:16.6.1.9]











66.16.6.2.4


In In -rack sprinklers shall be nominal K= ordinary temperature–ratedquick-response sprinklers and shall have a nominal K-factor equal to orgreater than 8.0, ordinary temperature–rated quick-response sprinklers . Intermediate-temperature sprinklers shall be used where ambient conditions require .


For For containers that do not exceed 60 gal (230 L) capacity and where there is only one horizontal barrier, in-rack sprinklers shall provide a minimum end operating pressure (gauge pressure) of 50 psi (345 kPa) out of discharge flow of 57 gpm out of each of the hydraulically mostremote six sprinklers (three on two lines) , if one barrier level is provided, or the out of each of the hydraulically most remote eight sprinklers (four on two lines) , if two or more barrier levels are provided.

For

The minimum in-rack sprinkler discharge pressure shall not be less than a gauge pressure of 10 psi.

For containers that exceed 60 gal (230 L) capacity, but do not exceed 793 gal (3000 L), in-rack sprinklers shall provide a minimum operating pressure (gauge pressure) of 50 psi (345 kPa) from the minimum discharge flow of 57 gpm out of each of the hydraulically most remote 12 sprinklers, six each on two lines. The minimum in-racksprinkler discharge pressure shall not be less than a gauge pressure of 10 psi.

[30: 16.6.2.4]











66.16.6.3.3


In-rack sprinklers shall be nominal K=8.0, ordinary temperature–rated, quick-response sprinklers. Sprinklers shall have a nominal K-factorequal to or greater than 8.0. An intermediate-temperature sprinkler shall be used where ambient conditions require.


In-rack sprinklers shall provide a minimum end operating pressure(gauge pressure) of 14 psi (97 kPa) out of discharge flow of 30 gpm out of each of the hydraulically most remote six sprinklers (three on two lines) , if one barrier level is provided, or the out of each of thehydraulically most remote eight sprinklers (four on two lines) , if two or more barrier levels are provided. The minimum in-rack sprinkler discharge pressure shall not be less than a gauge pressure of 10 psi.

[30:16.6.3.3]











66.16.6.4 In-Rack Sprinkler Layouts for Table 66.16.5.2.8.

Where indicated in Table 66.16.5.2.8 , in-rack sprinklers shall be installed as follows:

(1) Where Layout 7 is required, in -rack sprinklers shall be installed in accordance with Figure 66.16.6.4(a) .

(2) Where Layout 8 is required , in-rack sprinklers shall be installed inaccordance with Figure 66.16.6.4(b)

,or Figure 66.16.6.4(c) .

(3) Where Layout 9 is required , in-rack sprinklers shall be installed in accordance with Figure 66.16.6.4(d)

,or Figure 66.16.6.4(e) , whichever is applicable.

[30: 16.6.4]Figure 66.16.6.4(a) Double-Row Rack Sprinkler Layout G. [30: Figure 16.6.4(a)]

Figure 66.16.6.4(b) Double-Row Rack Sprinkler Layout I — Option #1. [30: Figure 16.6.4(b)]



Figure 66.16.6.4(c) Double-Row Rack Sprinkler Layout I — Option #2. [30: Figure 16.6.4(c)]

Figure 66.16.6.4(d) Double-Row Rack Sprinkler Layout H — Option #1. [30: Figure 16.6.4(d)]



Figure 66.16.6.4(e) Double-Row Rack Sprinkler Layout H — Option #2. [30: Figure 16.6.4(e)]













66.21.5.2.4

Horizontal shop-fabricated aboveground tanks shall be tested for tightness eitherhydrostatically or with air pressure at not less than a gauge pressure of 3 psi (20 kPa) and not more than a gauge pressure of 5 psi (35 kPa). [30:21.5.2.4]

66.21.5.2.5

Vertical shop-fabricated aboveground tanks shall be tested for tightness eitherhydrostatically or with air pressure at not less than a gauge pressure of 1.5 psi (10 kPa) and not more than a gauge pressure of 2.5 psi (17 kPa). [30:21.5.2.5]

66.21.5.2.6

Single-wall underground tanks and piping, before being covered, enclosed, or placed in use, shall be tested for tightness either hydrostatically or with air pressure at notless than a gauge pressure of 3 psi (20 kPa) and not more than a gauge pressure of 5 psi (35 kPa). [30:21.5.2.6]

66.21.5.2.7*

Underground secondary containment tanks and horizontal aboveground secondary containment tanks shall have the primary (inner) tank tested for tightness eitherhydrostatically or with air pressure at not less than a gauge pressure of 3 psi (20 kPa) and not more than a gauge pressure of 5 psi (35 kPa). [30:21.5.2.7]

66.21.5.2.7.1

The interstitial space of such tanks shall be tested either hydrostatically or with air pressure at a gauge pressure of 3 to 5 psi (20 to 35 kPa), by vacuum at 5.3 in. Hg (18 kPa), or in accordance with the tank’s listing or the manufacturer’s instructions. These limits shall not be exceeded. [30:21.5.2.7.1]

66.21.5.2.7.2

The pressure or vacuum shall be held for not less than 1 hour or for the durationspecified in the listing procedures for the tank. [30:21.5.2.7.2]

66.21.5.2.8

Vertical aboveground secondary containment–type tanks shall have their primary (inner) tank tested for tightness either hydrostatically or with air pressure at not less than a gauge pressure of 1.5 psi (10 kPa) and not more than a gauge pressure of 2.5 psi (17 kPa). [30:21.5.2.8]

66.21.5.2.8.1

The interstitial space of such tanks shall be tested either hydrostatically or with air pressure at a gauge pressure of 1.5 to 2.5 psi (10 to 17 kPa), by vacuum at 5.3 in. Hg (18 kPa), or in accordance with the tank’s listing or manufacturer’s instructions. These limits shall not be exceeded. [30:21.5.2.8.1]

66.21.5.2.8.2

The pressure or vacuum shall be held for not less than 1 hour or for the durationspecified in the listing procedures for the tank. [30:21.5.2.8.2]













66.24.5.6*

Access aisles of at least not less than 3 ft (0.9 m) in width shall be maintained for movement of fire-fighting personnel and fire protection equipment provided and maintained from the exterior of the storage tank building into the building and around all storage tanks . [30:24.5.6]











66.24.13.5

Vents shall terminate outside the building in accordance with 66.27.8.1 .Emergency relief vents on protected aboveground tanks complying with UL 2085 containing Class II and Class III liquids shall be allowed to discharge inside the building. [30:24.13.5]










First Revision No. 491-NFPA 1-2012 [ New Section after 66.28.11.3 ]

66.28.11.4

The person responsible for loading or unloading shall remain in attendance during the operation or be able to locally or remotely monitor and control the operation for the duration of the operation.

Exception: A responsible person shall not be required where a hazards analysis shows that the loading or unloading operation can be safely shut down in an emergency. [30:28.11.4]

66.28.11.4.1*

The responsible person shall be trained to recognize unsafe conditions and takeappropriate actions. [30:28.11.4.1]











69.1.1.3 Stationary Installations.

Plans for stationary installations utilizing storage containers of over 2000 gal (7.6 m 3 m3 ) individual water capacity, or with aggregate water capacity exceeding 4000 gal (15.1 m 3 m3 ), and all rooftop installations of ASME containers shall be submitted to the AHJ before the installation is started by the person or company that either installs or contracts to have the containers installed, before the installation is started . [See also 6. 19 20 .11.1(F) of NFPA 58.] [58:4.3.1]











69.2.1.2.1

Cylinders of 1000 lb (454 kg) water capacity [nominal 420 lb (191 kg) propane capacity] or less shall incorporate protection against physical damage to cylinder appurtenances and immediate connections to such appurtenances when not in use by either any of the following means:

A ventilated cap

A ventilated collar

A cylinder valve providing inherent protection as defined by DOT in 49 CFR 173.301(h)(3) [ 58: 5.2.6.1]











69.3.2.2

LP-Gas containers shall be allowed in buildings only for the following applications:

Cylinders as specifically provided for in Section 6.19 20 of NFPA 58

Containers of less than 125 gal (0.5 m3) water capacity for the purposes of being filled in buildings or structures complying with Chapter 10 of NFPA 58

Containers on LP-Gas vehicles complying with, and parked or garaged in accordance with, Chapter 9 of NFPA 58

Containers used with LP-Gas portable engine fuel systems shall comply with 11.15.1 of NFPA 58

Containers used with LP-Gas stationary engine fuel systems shall comply with 11.15.2 of NFPA 58

Containers used with LP-Gas–fueled industrial trucks complying with 11.13.4 of NFPA 58

Containers on LP-Gas–fueled vehicles garaged in accordance with Section 11.16 of NFPA 58

Cylinders awaiting use, resale, or exchange when stored in accordance with Section 69.5 [58:6.2.2]










First Revision No. 495-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 69.3.3 ]

69.3.3 Container Separation Distances.

69.3.3.1 Aboveground Containers.

69.3.3.1 .1 *

Containers installed outside of buildings, whether of the portable type replaced on a cylinder exchange basis or permanently installed and refilled at the installation, shall be located with respect to the adjacent containers, important building, group of buildings, or line of adjoining property that can be built upon, in accordance with Table 69.3.3.1 .1 , Table 69.3.4. 1. 2 , Table 69.3.4.5.8 ,and 69.3.3. 1. 2 through 69.3.3.11 . [ 58: 6.3.1]Table 69.3.3. 1. 1 Separation Distances Between Containers, Important Buildings, and Line of Adjoining Property That Can Be Built Upon

Minimum Distances

Water Capacity

per Container

Mounded or Underground Containers a

AbovegroundContainers b

BetweenContainers c

gal m 3 ft m ft m ft m

<125 d <0.5 d 10 3 0 e 0 e 0 0

125-2500.5–1.0 10 3 10 3 0 0

251-500 >1.0-1.9 10 3 10 3 3 1

501-2,000 >1.9-7.6

10 3 25 f 7.6 3 1

2,001-30,000

>7.6-114

50 15 50 15 5 1.5

30,001-70,000

>114-265

50 15 75 23

1 ⁄ 4 of sum of diameters of

adjacent containers

70,001-90,000

>265-341

50 15 100 30

90,001-120,000

>341-454 50 15 125 38

120,001-200,000

>454-757 50 15 200 61

200,001–1,000,000

>757-3785 50 15 300 91

>1,000,000 >3785 50 15 400 122

a See 69.3.3.4.

b See 69.3.3.11.

c See 69.3.3.10.



d See 69.3.3.9.

e See 69.3.3.7 and 69.3.3.8.

f See 69.3.3.3.

[ 58: Table 6.3.1 .1 ]

69.3.3. 1. 2

When the provisions of 6.26

27 .3 through 6.26

27 .5 of NFPA 58 are met, the minimum distance from an ASME container to a building shall be reduced by one-half for ASME containers of 2001 gal through 30,000 gal (7.6 m 3 through 114 m 3 ) water capacity. [ 58: 6.3. 1. 2]69.3.3. 1. 3

The 25 ft (7.6 m) minimum distance from aboveground ASME containers of 501 gal through 2000 gal (1.9 m 3 through 7.6 m 3 )water capacity to buildings, a group of buildings, or the line of adjoining property that can be built upon shall be reduced to 10 ft (3 m) for a single ASME container of 1200 gal (4.5 m 3 ) or less water capacity where such container is at least 25 ft (7.6 m) from anyother LP-Gas container of more than 125 gal (0.5 m 3 ) water capacity. [ 58: 6.3. 1. 3]

69.3.3.

4 2 Underground or Mounded ASME Containers.

69.3.3.2.1

Minimum distances for underground or mounded ASME containers of 2001 gal through 30,000 gal (7.6 m 3 through 114 m 3 ) water capacity incorporating all the provisions of Section 6.

2627 of NFPA 58 shall be reduced to 10 ft (3 m). [ 58: 6.3.

42.1 ]69.3.3.

42 .

1 2

Distances for all underground and mounded ASME containers shall be measured from the container surface. [ 58: 6.3.

42 .

12 ]



69.3.3.

42 .

2 3

No part of an underground or mounded ASME container shall be less than 10 ft (3 m) from a building or line of adjoining property that can be built upon. [ 58: 6.3.

42 .

23 ]

69.3.3.

5 3 Minimum Separation Distances for ASME Containers.

69.3.3.3.1

The minimum separation distances specified in Table 69.3.3.1 .1between containers and buildings of other than wood-frame construction devoted exclusively to gas manufacturing and distribution operations shall be reduced to 10 ft (3 m). [ 58: 6.3.

53.1 ]69.3.3.

6 3.2

If the aggregate water capacity of a multicontainer installation is 501 gal (1.9 m 3 ) or more and the installation is comprised of individual containers, each with a water capacity of less than 125 gal (0.5 m 3 ), the minimum distance shall comply with Table 69.3.3.1

and the following: .1 and 69.3.3.3.2.1 through 69.3.3.3.2.3. [ 58 :6.3.3.2]

69.3.3.3.2.1

The aggregate capacity shall be used rather than the capacity per container. [ 58 :6.3.3.2(A)]

69.3.3.3.2.2

If more than one such installation is made, each installation shall be separated from any other installation by at least 25 ft (7.6 m). [ 58 :6.3.3.2(B)]

69.3.3.3.2.3

The minimum distances between containers shall not be applied to installations covered by 69.3.3.6 . [ 58: 6.3.



63.2(C) ]

69.3.3.

7 4.1

Cylinders less than 125 gal water capacity shall not be located and installed underneath any building unless the space is open to the atmosphere for 50 percent of its perimeter or more. [ 58: 6.3.

74.1 ]69.3.3.

8 4.2

The distance measured horizontally from the point of discharge of a container pressure relief valve to any building opening below the level of such discharge shall be in accordance with Table 69.3.3.8 . [ 58: 6.3.

84.2 ]Table 69.3.3.

8 Separation4.2 Separation Distance Between Container Pressure Relief Valve and Building Openings

Container Type

Exchange or Filled on Site at the Point of

Use

DistanceHorizontally from Relief

Valve Discharge to

Opening Below

Discharge

Discharge from Relief Valve, Vent

Discharge, and Filling Connection to Exterior Source

of Ignition, Openings into

Direct-Vent Appliances, and

MechanicalVentilation Air

Intakes

ft m ft m

Cylinder Exchange 3 0.9 5 1.5

CylinderFilled on site at the point of use

3 0.9 10 3.0

ASMEFilled on site at the point of use

5 1.5 10 3.0

[ 58: Table 6.3.

84.2 ]



69.3.3.

9 4.3

The distance measured in any direction from the point of discharge of a container pressure relief valve, vent of a fixed maximum liquid level gauge on a container, and the container filling connection to exterior sources of ignition,openings into direct-vent (sealed combustion system) appliances, and mechanical ventilation air intakes shall be in accordance with Table 69.3.3.

84 . 2 . [ 58: 6.3.

94.3 ]69.3.3.

10 4.4

Access at the ends or sides of individual underground containers having a water capacity of 125 gal (0.5 m 3 ) or more shall be provided in multicontainer installations to facilitate working with cranes or hoists. [ 58: 6.3.

10] 69.3.3.11

The horizontal distance between the portion of a building that overhangs out of the building wall and an ASME container of 125 gal (0.5 m 3 ) or more water capacity shall comply with the following:

The horizontal distance shall be measured from a point determined by projecting the outside edge of the overhanging structure vertically downward to grade or other level upon which the container is installed.

•

The horizontal distance specified in 69.3.3.11 (1) shall be at least 50 percent of the separation distance required in Table 69.3.3.1 .

•

The horizontal distance requirement shall apply only when the overhang extends more than 5 ft (1.5 m) from the building.

•

The horizontal distance requirement shall not apply when the overhanging structure is 50 ft (15 m) or more above the relief valve discharge outlet.

•

The horizontal distance requirement shall not apply to ASME containers of 2001 gal through 30,000 gal (7.6 m 3 through 114 m 3 ) water capacity where the container distance from a building is in accordance with 6.26.2 of NFPA 58. [ 58: 6.3.11

4.4 ]













69.3.4 Other Container Location Requirements.

69.3.4.1 ASME Multi-Container Requirements.

69.3.4.1. 1

Where storage containers having an aggregate water capacity of more than 4000 gal (15.1 m3 ) are located in heavily populated or congested areas, the siting provisions of 69.3.3.1.1 and Table 69.3.3.1.1 shall be permitted to be modified as indicated by the fire safety analysis described in 6.25 26 .3 of NFPA 58. [58: 6.4.1.1 ]69.3.4.1. 2

Aboveground multicontainer installations comprised of ASME containers having an individual water capacity of 12,000 gal (45 m3 ) or more andinstalled for use in a single location shall be limited to the number ofcontainers in one group, with each group separated from the next group inaccordance with the degree of fire protection provided in Table 69.3.4.1. 2 . [58: 6.4.1. 2]Table 69.3.4.1. 2 Maximum Number of Containers in a Group and Their Separation Distances

Fire Protection Provided by

Maximum Number of Containers in One

Group

MinimumSeparation Between

Groups

ft m

Hose streams only (see6.4. 1. 2 and 6.25.3.1 of NFPA 58)

6 50 15

Fixed monitor nozzles per 6.25.6.3 of NFPA 58 6 25 7.6

Fixed water spray per 6.25.3.1 of NFPA 58

9 25 7.6

Insulation per 6.25.5.1 of NFPA 58

9 25 7.6

[58: Table 6.4.1. 2]

69.3.4.1. 3

Where the provisions of 6.26 27 .3 and 6.26 27 .4 of NFPA 58 are met, the minimum separation distance between groups of ASME containers protected by hose stream only shall be one-half the distances required in Table69.3.4.1. 2 . [58: 6.4.1. 3]

69.3.4.

4 2 Underground and Mounded ASME Containers.

69.3.4.2.1



Underground or mounded ASME containers shall be located in accordance with 69.3.4.4 2 .1 2 through 69.3.4.4 2 .5 3 . [58: 6.4.4 2.1 ]69.3.4.4 2 .1 2 Underground or mounded containers shall be located outside of anybuildings. [58: 6.4.4 2 .1 2 ]69.3.4.4 2 .2 3

Buildings shall not be constructed over any underground or mounded containers. [58: 6.4.4 2 .2 3 ]

69.3.4. 3 General Requirements.

69.3. 4.3 3.1

The sides of adjacent containers shall be separated in accordance with Table 69.3.3.1 but shall not be separated by less than 3 ft (1 m). [58: 6.4.4 3 .3 1 ]69.3.4.4 3 .4 2

Where containers are installed parallel with ends in line, the number of containers in one group shall not be limited. [58: 6.4.4 3 .4 2 ]69.3.4.4 3 .5 3

Where more than one row of containers is installed, the adjacent ends of thecontainers in each row shall be separated by not less than 10 ft (3 m). [58: 6.4.4 3 .5 3 ]

69.3.4.

5 4 Additional Container Installation Requirements.

69.3.4.4.1

Additional container installation requirements shall comply with 69.3.4. 5 4 .1 .1 through 69.3.4. 5.12, 69.3. 4. 6, 14 and 69.3.4. 7 5 . [58: 6.4.5 4.1 ]69.3.4.5 4 .1 2

Containers shall not be stacked one above the other. [58: 6.4.5 4 .1 2 ]69.3.4.5 4 .2

Loose or piled combustible material and weeds and long dry grass shall be separated from containers by a minimum of 3*

Combustible materials shall not be stored within 10 ft (3 m) of a container . [58: 6.4.5 4 .2 3 ]69.3.4.5 4 .3 4 *

The area under containers shall be graded or shall have dikes or curbs installed so that the flow or accumulation of flammable liquids with flash points below 200°F (93.4°C) is prevented. [58: 6.4.5 4 .3 4 ]69.3.4.5 4 .4 5

LP-Gas containers shall be located at least 10 ft (3 m) from the centerline of the wall of diked areas containing flammable or combustible liquids. [58: 6.4.4. 5.4 ]69.3.4.5 4 .5 6



The minimum horizontal separation between aboveground LP-Gas containers and aboveground tanks containing liquids having flash points below 200°F (93.4°C) shall be 20 ft (6 m). [58: 6.4.5 4 .5 6 ]69.3.4.5 4 .6 7

The requirements of 69.3.4.5 4 .5 6 shall not apply where LP-Gas containers of 125 gal (0.5 m3 ) or less water capacity are installed adjacent tofuel oil supply tanks of 660 gal (2.5 m3 ) or less capacity. [58: 6.4.5 4 .6 7 ]69.3.4.5 4 .7 8

No horizontal separation shall be required between aboveground LP-Gas containers and underground tanks containing flammable or combustible liquids installed in accordance with NFPA 30. [58: 6.4.5 4 .7 8 ]69.3.4.5 4 .8 9 *

The minimum separation between LP-Gas containers and oxygen or gaseous hydrogen containers shall be in accordance with Table69.3.4.5.8 . NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code . [58: 6.4.5.8] Table 69.3.

4.

5.8 Separation Distances of LP-Gas Containers and Oxygen and Hydrogen Containers LP-Gas Containers Aggregate Water Capacity Separation from Oxygen Containers

Aggregate Capacity Separation from Gaseous Hydrogen

Containers Aggregate Capacity 400 ft 3

(11 m 3 )*

or Less More Than 400 ft 3

to

20,000 ft 3

(11 m 3 to 566 m 3 )*,

Including Unconnected Reserves More Than 20,000 ft 3

(566 m 3 )*, Including Unconnected Reserves Less Than 400 ft 3

(11 m 3 )* 400 ft 3 to 3000 ft 3 (11 m 3 to 85 m 3 )* More Than 3000 ft 3

(85 m 3 )* gal m 3 ft m ft m ft m ft m ≤1200 ≤4.5 None 20 6 25 7.6 — — — —— >1200 >4.5 None 20 6 50 15 — — — — — ≤500 ≤1.

9

— — — — — None 10 3 25 7.6 >500 >1.9 — — — — — None 25 7.6 50 15

*Measurement of ft 3 (m 3 ) at 70°F (21°C) and atmospheric pressure.

[ 58: Table 6.4.5.8

]

69.3.4.5 4 .9 10

Where protective structures having a minimum fire resistance rating of 2 hours interrupt the line of sight between uninsulated portions of the oxygen or hydrogen containers and the LP-Gas containers, no minimum distance shall apply. [58: 6.4.5 4 .9 10 ]



69.3.4.5 4 .10 11

The minimum separation between LP-Gas containers and liquefied hydrogen containers shall be in accordance with NFPA 55, Compressed Gases andCryogenic Fluids Code . [58: 6.4.5 4 .10 11 ]69.3.4.5 4 .11 12

Where LP-Gas cylinders are to be stored or used in the same area with other compressed gases, the cylinders shall be marked to identify their content in accordance with ANSI/CGA C-7, Guide to the Preparation of Precautionary Labeling and Marking of Compressed Gas Containers . [58: 6.4.5 4 .11 12 ]69.3.4.5 4 .12 13

An aboveground LP-Gas container and any of its parts shall not be located within 6 ft (1.8 m) of a vertical plane beneath overhead electric power lines that are over 600 volts, nominal. [58: 6.4.5 4 .12 13 ]69.3.4.6 4.14 *

Refrigerated LP-Gas containers shall be located within an impoundment in accordance with Section 12.3 of NFPA 58. [58: 6.4.6 4.14 ]69.3.4.7 5 * Structure Requirements.

Structures such as fire walls, fences, earth or concrete barriers, and other similar structures shall not be permitted around or over installed nonrefrigerated containers unless specifically allowed as follows:

Structures partially enclosing containers shall be permitted if designed in accordance with a sound fire protection analysis.

Structures used to prevent flammable or combustible liquid accumulation or flow shall be permitted in accordance with 69.3.4.5 4 .3 4 .

Structures between LP-Gas containers and gaseous hydrogen containers shall be permitted in accordance with 69.3.4.5 4 .9 10 .

Structures such as fences shall be permitted in accordance with 6.18 19 .4 of NFPA 58. [58: 6.4.7]











69.3.5 Location of Transfer Operations.69.3.5.1 Transfer of Liquids.

69.3.5.1.1 *

Liquid shall be transferred into containers, including containers mounted on vehicles, only outdoors or in structures specially designed for such purpose. [58: 6.5.1.1 ]69.3.5.1.1 2

The transfer of liquid into containers mounted on vehicles shall not take place within a building but shall be permitted to take place under a weather shelter or canopy. (See 6.24 25 .3.3 of NFPA 58.) [58: 6.5.1.1 2 ]69.3.5.1.2 3

Structures housing transfer operations or converted for such use after December 31, 1972, shall comply with Chapter 10 of NFPA 58. [58: 6.5.1.2 3 ]69.3.5.1.3 4

The transfer of liquid into containers on the roofs of structures shall bepermitted, provided that the installation conforms to the requirements contained in 6.6.7 and 6.19.11 of NFPA 58. [58: 6.5.1.3 4 ]69.3.5.1.4 5

The transfer hose shall not be routed in or through any building except thosespecified in 69.3.5.1.2 3 . [58: 6.5.1.4 5 ]69.3.5.2 1.6

Filling of containers located outdoors in stationary installations in accordance with 69.3.3 shall be permitted to be filled at that location. [58: 6.5.2 1.6 ]

69.3.5.

3 2 Container Point of Transfer Location Requirements.

69.3.5.2.1

If the point of transfer of containers located outdoors in stationary installations is not located at the container, it shall be located in accordance with Table 69.3.5.3 2 . 1 . [58: 6.5.3 2.1 ]Table 69.3.5.3 Distance 2.1 Distance Between Point of Transfer and Exposures



Part Exposure

MinimumHorizontal Distance

ft m

ABuildings, a mobile homes, recreational vehicles, and modular homes with at least 1-hour fire-rated walls b

10 c 3.1

B Buildings a with other than at least 1-hour fire-rated walls b 25 c 7.6 c

C Building wall openings or pits at or below the level of the point of transfer 25 c 7.6 c

D Line of adjoining property that can be built upon 25 c 7.6 c

EOutdoor places of public assembly, including schoolyards, athletic fields, and playgrounds 50 c 15 c

F Public ways, including public streets, highways, thoroughfares, and sidewalks

(1) From points of transfer in LP-Gas dispensing stations and at vehicle fuel dispensers

10 3.1

(2) From other points of transfer 25 c 7.6 c

G Driveways d 5 1.5

H Mainline railroad track centerlines 25 7.6

I Containers e other than those being filled 10 3.1

J Flammable and Class II combustible liquid f

dispensers and the fill connections of containers10 c 3.1 c

KFlammable and Class II combustible liquid containers, aboveground containers, andcontainers under ground

20 6.1

a For the purpose of the table, buildings also include structures such as tents and box trailers at construction sites.

b See NFPA 251 ASTM E 119 , Standard Test Methods of for Fire Testsof Fire Endurance of Building Construction and Materials , or ANSI/UL 263, Fire Tests for Building Construction and Materials .

c See 69.3.5.4.4.

d Not applicable to driveways and points of transfer at vehicle fueldispensers.

e Not applicable to filling connections at the storage container or to dispensing vehicle fuel dispenser units of 2000 gal (7.6 m3 ) water capacity or less when used for filling containers not mounted on vehicles.

f NFPA 30 defines these as follows: Flammable liquids include those having a flash point below 100°F (37.8°C) and having a vapor pressure not exceeding 40 psia (276 kPa) at 100°F (37.8°C). Class II combustible liquids include those having a flash point at or above 100°F (37.8°C) and below 140°F (60°C).

[58: Table 6.5.3 2.1 ]

69.3.5.4 2.2



Containers not located in stationary installations shall be filled at a location determined by the point of transfer in accordance with Table 69.3.5.3 2 . 1 . [58: 6.5.4 2.2 ]

69.3.5.

4.3 Separation Distance from Point of Transfer.

69.3.5.3. 1 If the point of transfer is a component of a system covered by Section 6.23 24 or Chapter 11 of NFPA 58, the requirements of parts A, B, and C of Table 69.3.5.3 2.1 shall not apply to the structure containing the point of transfer. [58: 6.5.4 3 .1]69.3.5.4 3 .2

If LP-Gas is vented to the atmosphere under the conditions stipulated in 7.3.1(5) of NFPA 58, the distances in Table 69.3.5.3 2.1 shall be doubled. [58: 6.5.4 3 .2]69.3.5.4 3 .3

If the point of transfer is housed in a structure complying with Chapter 10 of NFPA 58, and the common walls comply with 10.2.1 of NFPA 58, separation distances in Table 69.3.5.3 2.1 shall not be required where the common walls comply with 10.3.1.3 of NFPA 58. [58: 6.5.4 3 .3]69.3.5.4 3 .4

The distances in Table 69.3.5.3 2.1 , parts B, C, D, E, F(2), and J, shall be reduced by one-half where the system incorporates the provisions of low emission transfer as provided in 6.26 27 .5 of NFPA 58. [58: 6.5.4 3 .4]











69.3.6.1.2 2 Vehicle Barrier Protection (VBP).

LP-Gas containers or systems of which they are a part shall be protected from damage from vehicles. , installed within 10 ft of public vehicular thoroughfares shall be provided with a means of vehicle barrier protection. [58:6.6.1.2]











69.3.6.2 Installation of Cylinders.

69.3.6.2.

1 1

Cylinders shall be installed only aboveground and shall be set upon a firm foundation or otherwise be firmly secured. (See 69.3.6.2.2.) [ 58: 6.6.2.1]

69.3.6.2.2

The cylinder shall not be in contact with the soil. [ 58: 6.6.2.

12 ]

69.3.6.2.

2 3

Flexibility shall be provided in the connecting piping. (See 69.3.6.2.4.)[ 58: 6.6.2.3]

69.3.6.2.4

Where flexible connectors are used, they shall comply with 6.9.6 of NFPA 58.[ 58: 6.6.2.

24 ]










First Revision No. 500-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections 69.3.8.9, 69.3.8.10,

69.3.8.11 ]

Sections 69.3.8.9, 69.3.8.10, 69.3.8.1169.3.8.

9 9

Emergency shutoff valves required by NFPA 58 shall be tested annually for the functions required by 5.12.

42.3 (2) and (3) of NFPA 58 , and the results of the test shall be documented .[ 58: 6.12.9]

69.3.8.10

Backflow check valves installed in lieu of emergency shutoff valves shall be checked annually for proper operation

. The , and the results of the test shall be documented. [ 58: 6.12.

910 ]

69.3.8.

10 11

All new and existing emergency shutoff valves shall comply with

the following: 69.3.8.11.1 through 69.3.8.11.3.

69.3.8.11.1

Each emergency shutoff valve shall have at least one clearly identified and easily accessible manually operated remote emergency shutoff device. [ 58: 6.12.11.1]

69.3.8.11.2

The shutoff device shall be located not less than 25 ft (7.6 m) or more than 100 ft (30 m) in the path of egress from the emergency shutoff valve. [ 58: 6.12.11.2]

69.3.8.11.3

Where an emergency shutoff valve is used in lieu of an internal valve in compliance with 5.7.4.2(D)(2) of NFPA 58, the remote shutoff device shall be installed in accordance with 69.3.7.4 and 69.3.7.5 . [ 58: 6.12.

1011.3 ]

69.3.8.

11 12

Emergency shutoff valves for railroad tank car transfer systems shall be in accordance with 6.



1819 .2.6, 6.

2627 .4, 7.2.3.7, and 7.2.3.8 of NFPA 58. [ 58: 6.12.

1112 ]











69.3.9 Installation 9* Installation in Areas of Heavy Snowfall.

In areas where the local building codes have specified a minimum design snow load for roofs equal to, or exceeding, 125 psf (610 kg/m2), piping, regulators, meters, and other equipment installed in the piping system shall be protected from the forces anticipated as a result of accumulated snow. [58:6.15 16 ]











69.3.10 LP-Gas Systems in Buildings or on Building Roofs or ExteriorBalconies. 69.3.10.1 Application.

69.3.10.1.1

Subsection 69.3.10 shall apply to the installation of the following LP-Gas systems in buildings or structures:

Cylinders inside of buildings or on the roofs or exterior balconies of buildings

Systems in which the liquid is piped from outside containers into buildings or onto the roof [58:6.19 20 .1.1]

69.3.10.1.2

Cylinders in use shall mean connected for use. [58:6.19 20 .1.2]69.3.10.1.2.1

The use of cylinders indoors shall be only for the purposes specified in 6.19 20 .4 through 6.19 20 .9 of NFPA 58. [58:6.19 20 .1.2(A)]69.3.10.1.2.2

The use of cylinders indoors shall be limited to those conditions where operational requirements make the indoor use of cylinders necessary and location outside is impractical. [58:6.19 20 .1.2(B)]69.3.10.1.2.3

The use of cylinders on roofs shall be limited to those conditions where operational requirements make the use of cylinders necessary and location other than on roofs of buildings or structures is impractical. [58:6.19 20 .1.2(C)]69.3.10.1.2.4

Liquid LP-Gas shall be piped into buildings or structures only for the purposesspecified in 6.9.1.1(4 D ) of NFPA 58. [58:6.19 20 .1.2(D)]69.3.10.1.3

Storage of cylinders awaiting use shall be in accordance with Chapter 8 of NFPA 58. [58:6.19 20 .1.3]69.3.10.1.4

Transportation of cylinders within a building shall be in accordance with 6.19 20 .3.6 of NFPA 58. [58:6.19 20 .1.4]69.3.10.1.5

The following provisions shall be required in addition to those specified inSections 6.2 and 6.3 of NFPA 58:

Liquid transfer systems shall be in accordance with Chapter 7 of NFPA 58.

Engine fuel systems used inside buildings shall be in accordance with Chapter 11 of NFPA 58.

LP-Gas transport or cargo tank vehicles stored, serviced, or repaired in buildings shall be in accordance with Chapter 9 of NFPA 58. [58:6.19 20 .1.5]



69.3.10.2 Additional Equipment Requirements for Cylinders, Equipment, Piping, and Appliances Used in Buildings, Building Roofs, and Exterior Balconies.

69.3.10.2.1

Cylinders shall be in accordance with the following:

Cylinders shall not exceed 245 lb (111 kg) water capacity [nominal 100 lb (45 kg) propane capacity] each.

Cylinders shall comply with other applicable provisions of Section 5.2 of NFPA 58, and they shall be equipped as provided in Section 5.7 of NFPA 58.

Cylinders shall be marked in accordance with 5.2.8.1 and 5.2.8.2 of NFPA 58.

Cylinders with propane capacities greater than 2 lb (0.9 kg) shall be equipped as provided in Table 5.7.4.1 of NFPA 58, and an excess-flow valve shall be provided for vapor service when used indoors.

Cylinder valves shall be protected in accordance with 5.2.6.1 of NFPA 58.

Cylinders having water capacities greater than 2.7 lb (1.2 kg) and connected for use shall stand on a firm and substantially level surface.

Cylinders shall be secured in an upright position if necessary.

Cylinders and the valve-protecting devices used with them shall be oriented to minimize the possibility of impingement of the pressure relief device discharge on the cylinder and adjacent cylinders. [58:6.19.2.1]

69.3.10.2.2

Only regulators recommended by the manufacturer for use with LP-Gas shall be used. [ 58: 6.19.2.2] 69.3.10.2.3

Manifolds and fittings connecting cylinders to pressure regulator inlets shall be designed for at least 250 psig (1.7 MPag) service pressure. [58:6.19 20 .2.3 2 ]69.3.10.2.4 3 Piping shall comply with Section 5.9 of NFPA 58 and shall have a pressure rating of 250 psig (1.7 MPag). [58:6.19 20 .2.4 3 ]69.3.10.2.5 4

Liquid piping and vapor piping at pressures above 125 psig (0.9 MPag) shall be installed in accordance with 6.9.3 of NFPA 58. [58:6.19 20 .2.5 4 ]69.3.10.2.6 5

Hose, hose connections, and flexible connectors shall comply with the following:

Hose used at pressures above 5 psig (34 kPag) shall be designed for a pressure of at least 350 psig (2.4 MPag).

Hose used at a pressure of 5 psig (34 kPag) or less and used in agricultural buildings not normally occupied by the public shall be designed for the operating pressure of the hose.

Hose shall comply with 5.9.6 of NFPA 58.

Hose shall be installed in accordance with 6.20 21 .3 of NFPA 58.

Hose shall be as short as practical, without kinking or straining the hose or causing it to be close enough to a burner to be damaged by heat.

Hoses greater than 10 ft (3 m) in length shall be protected from damage. [58:6.19 20 .2.6 5 ]



69.3.10.2.7 6 *

Portable heaters, including salamanders, shall comply with the following:

Portable heaters shall be equipped with an approved automatic device to shut off the flow of gas to the main burner and to the pilot, if used, in the event of flame extinguishment or combustion failure.

Portable heaters shall be self-supporting unless designed for cylinder mounting.

Portable heaters shall not be installed utilizing cylinder valves, connectors, regulators, manifolds, piping, or tubing as structural supports.

Portable heaters having an input of more than 50,000 Btu/hr (53 MJ/hr) shall be equipped with either a pilot that must be lighted and proved before the main burner can be turned on or an approved electric ignition system. [58:6.19 20 .2.7 6 ]

69.3.10.2.8 7 The provisions of 69.3.10.2.7 6 shall not be applicable to the following:

Tar kettle burners, hand torches, or melting pots

Portable heaters with less than 7500 Btu/hr (8 MJ/hr) input if used with cylinders having a maximum water capacity of 2.7 lb (1.2 kg) and filled with not more than 16.8 oz (0.522 kg) of LP-Gas [58:6.19 20 .2.8 7 ]

69.3.10.3 Buildings Under Construction or Undergoing Major Renovation.

69.3.10.3.1

Where cylinders are used and transported in buildings or structures under construction or undergoing major renovation and such buildings are not occupied by the public, the requirements of 69.3.10.3.2 through 69.3.10.3.10shall apply. [58:6.19 20 .4.1]69.3.10.3.2

The use and transportation of cylinders in the unoccupied portions of buildings or structures under construction or undergoing major renovation that are partially occupied by the public shall be approved by the AHJ. [58:6.19 20 .4.2]69.3.10.3.3

Cylinders, equipment, piping, and appliances shall comply with 69.3.10.2. [58:6.19 20 .4.3]69.3.10.3.4

Heaters used for temporary heating shall be located at least 6 ft (1.8 m) from any cylinder. (See 69.3.10.3.5 for an exception to this requirement.) [58:6.19 20 .4.4]69.3.10.3.5

Integral heater-cylinder units specifically designed for the attachment of the heater to the cylinder, or to a supporting standard attached to the cylinder, and designed and installed to prevent direct or radiant heat application to the cylinder shall be exempt from the spacing requirement of 69.3.10.3.4. [58:6.19 20 .4.5]69.3.10.3.6

Blower-type and radiant-type units shall not be directed toward any cylinder within 20 ft (6.1 m). [58:6.19 20 .4.6]69.3.10.3.7



If two or more heater-cylinder units of either the integral or nonintegral type are located in an unpartitioned area on the same floor, the cylinder(s) of each such unit shall be separated from the cylinder(s) of any other such unit by at least 20 ft (6.1 m). [58:6.19 20 .4.7]69.3.10.3.8

If heaters are connected to cylinders manifolded together for use in anunpartitioned area on the same floor, the total water capacity of cylindersmanifolded together serving any one heater shall not be greater than 735 lb (333 kg) [nominal 300 lb (136 kg) propane capacity]. If there is more than one such manifold, it shall be separated from any other by at least 20 ft (6.1 m). [58:6.19 20 .4.8]69.3.10.3.

9 9

Where cylinders are manifolded together for connection to a heater(s) on another floor,

the following shall apply:69.3.10.3.9.1 through 69.3.10.3.9.3 shall apply.

69.3.10.3.9.1

Heaters shall not be installed on the same floors with manifolded cylinders.[ 58: 6.20.4.9(A)]

69.3.10.3.9.2

The total water capacity of the cylinders connected to any one manifold shall not be greater than 2450 lb (1111 kg) [nominal 1000 lb (454 kg) propane capacity]. [ 58: 6.20.4.9(B)]

69.3.10.3.9.3

Manifolds of more than 735 lb (333 kg) water capacity [nominal 300 lb (136 kg) propane capacity], if located in the same unpartitioned area, shall be separated from each other by at least 50 ft (15 m). [ 58: 6.

1920 .4.9 (C) ]

69.3.10.3.10

Where compliance with the provisions of 69.3.10.3.6 through 69.3.10.3.9 is impractical, alternate installation provisions shall be allowed with the approval of the AHJ. [58:6.19 20 .4.10]69.3.10.4 Buildings Undergoing Minor Renovation When Frequented by the Public.

69.3.10.4.1

Cylinders used and transported for repair or minor renovation in buildings frequented by the public during the hours the public normally occupies the building shall comply with the following:

The maximum water capacity of individual cylinders shall be 50 lb (23 kg) [nominal 20 lb (9.1 kg) propane capacity], and the number of cylinders in the building shall not exceed the number of workersassigned to the use of the propane.

Cylinders having a water capacity greater than 2.7 lb (1.2 kg) shall not be left unattended. [58:6.19 20 .5.1]

69.3.10.4.2

During the hours the building is not open to the public, cylinders used and transported within the building for repair or minor renovation and with a water capacity greater than 2.7 lb (1.2 kg) shall not be left unattended. [58:6.19 20 .5.2]



69.3.10.5 Buildings Housing Industrial Occupancies.

69.3.10.5.1

Cylinders used in buildings housing industrial occupancies for processing, research, or experimental purposes shall comply with 69.3.10.5.1.1 and 69.3.10.5.1.2. [58:6.19 20 .6.1]69.3.10.5.1.1

If cylinders are manifolded together, the total water capacity of the connectedcylinders shall be not more than 735 lb (333 kg) [nominal 300 lb (136 kg)propane capacity]. If there is more than one such manifold in a room, it shallbe separated from any other by at least 20 ft (6.1 m). [58:6.19 20 .6.1(A)]69.3.10.5.1.2

The amount of LP-Gas in cylinders for research and experimental use in the building shall be limited to the smallest practical quantity. [58:6.19 20 .6.1(B)]69.3.10.5.2

The use of cylinders to supply fuel for temporary heating in buildings housingindustrial occupancies with essentially noncombustible contents shall complywith the requirements in 69.3.10.3 for cylinders in buildings under construction. [58:6.19 20 .6.2]69.3.10.5.3

The use of fuel cylinders for temporary heating shall be permitted only where portable equipment for space heating is essential and a permanent heating installation is not practical. [58:6.19 20 .6.3]69.3.10.6 Buildings Housing Educational and Institutional Occupancies.

69.3.10.6.1 The use of cylinders in classrooms shall be prohibited unless they are used temporarily for classroom demonstrations in accordance with 69.3.10.8.1. [58:6.19 20 .7.1]69.3.10.6.2

Where cylinders are used in buildings housing educational and institutional laboratory occupancies for research and experimental purposes, the following shall apply:

The maximum water capacity of individual cylinders used shall be 50 lb (23 kg) [nominal 20 lb (9.1 kg) propane capacity] if used in educational occupancies and 12 lb (5.4 kg) [nominal 5 lb (2 kg) propane capacity] if used in institutional occupancies.

If more than one such cylinder is located in the same room, the cylinders shall be separated by at least 20 ft (6.1 m).

Cylinders not connected for use shall be stored in accordance with Chapter 8 of NFPA 58.

Cylinders shall not be stored in a laboratory room. [58:6.19 20 .7.2]

69.3.10.7 Temporary Heating and Food Service Appliances in Buildings in Emergencies. 69.3.10.7.1

Cylinders shall not be used in buildings for temporary emergency heating purposes except when all of the following conditions are met:

The permanent heating system is temporarily out of service.

Heat is necessary to prevent damage to the buildings or contents.

The cylinders and heaters comply with, and are used and transported in accordance with, 69.3.10.2 and 69.3.10.3.

The temporary heating equipment is not left unattended.



Air for combustion and ventilation is provided in accordance with NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code. [58:6.19 20 .8.1]

69.3.10.7.2 When a public emergency has been declared and gas, fuel, or electrical service has been interrupted, portable listed LP-Gas commercial food service appliances meeting the requirements of 69.3.10.8.4 shall be permitted to be temporarily used inside affected buildings. [58:6.19 20 .8.2]69.3.10.7.3

The portable appliances used shall be discontinued and removed from the building at the time the permanently installed appliances are placed back in operation. [58:6.19 20 .8.3]69.3.10.8 Use in Buildings for Demonstrations or Training, and Use of Small Cylinders for Self-Contained Torch Assemblies and Food ServiceAppliances.

69.3.10.8.1 Cylinders used temporarily inside buildings for public exhibitions or demonstrations, including use in classroom demonstrations, shall be in accordance with the following:

The maximum water capacity of a cylinder shall be 12 lb (5.4 kg) [nominal 5 lb (2 kg) propane capacity].

If more than one such cylinder is located in a room, the cylinders shall be separated by at least 20 ft (6.1 m). [58:6.19 20 .9.1]

69.3.10.8.2

Cylinders used temporarily in buildings for training purposes related to the installation and use of LP-Gas systems shall be in accordance with the following:

The maximum water capacity of individual cylinders shall be 245 lb (111 kg) [nominal 100 lb (45 kg) propane capacity], but not more than 20 lb (9.1 kg) of propane shall be placed in a single cylinder.

If more than one such cylinder is located in the same room, the cylinders shall be separated by at least 20 ft (6.1 m).

The training location shall be acceptable to the AHJ.

Cylinders shall be promptly removed from the building when the training class has terminated. [58:6.19 20 .9.2]

69.3.10.8.3*

Cylinders used in buildings as part of approved self-contained torch assemblies or similar appliances shall be in accordance with the following:

Cylinders used in buildings shall comply with ANSI/UL 147A, Standard for Nonrefillable (Disposable) Type Fuel Gas Cylinder Assemblies.

Cylinders shall have a maximum water capacity of 2.7 lb (1.2 kg). [58:6.19 20 .9.3]

69.3.10.8.4

Cylinders used with commercial food service appliances shall be used inside restaurants and in attended commercial food catering operations in accordance with the following:

Cylinders and appliances shall be listed.

Commercial food service appliances shall not have more than two 10 oz (296 ml) nonrefillable butane gas cylinders, each having a maximum capacity of 1.08 lb (0.490 kg).



Cylinders shall comply with ANSI/UL 147B, Standard for Nonrefillable (Disposal Disposable ) Type Metal Container Assemblies for Butane.

Cylinders shall be connected directly to the appliance and shall not be manifolded.

Cylinders shall be an integral part of the listed, approved, commercial food service device and shall be connected without the use of a rubber hose.

Storage of cylinders shall be in accordance with 8.3.1 of NFPA 58. [58:6.19 20 .9.4]

69.3.10.9 Cylinders on Roofs or Exterior Balconies.

69.3.10.9.1

Where cylinders are installed permanently on roofs of buildings, the buildings shall be of fire-resistant construction or noncombustible construction having essentially noncombustible contents, or of other construction or contents that are protected with automatic sprinklers. [58:6.19 20 .11.1]69.3.10.9.1.1

The total water capacity of cylinders connected to any one manifold shall be not greater than 980 lb (445 kg) [nominal 400 lb (181 kg) propane capacity]. If more than one manifold is located on the roof, it shall be separated from any other by at least 50 ft (15 m). [58:6.19 20 .11.1(A)]69.3.10.9.1.2

Cylinders shall be located in areas where there is free air circulation, at least 10 ft (3 m) from building openings (such as windows and doors), and at least 20 ft (6.1 m) from air intakes of air-conditioning and ventilating systems. [58:6.19 20 .11.1(B)]69.3.10.9.1.3

Cylinders shall not be located on roofs that are entirely enclosed by parapets more than 18 in. (460 mm) high unless the parapets are breached with low-level ventilation openings not more than 20 ft (6.1 m) apart, or unless allopenings communicating with the interior of the building are at or above the top of the parapets. [58:6.19 20 .11.1(C)]69.3.10.9.1.4

Piping shall be in accordance with 69.3.10.2.4 3 through 69.3.10.2.6 5 . [58:6.19 20 .11.1(D)]69.3.10.9.1.5

Hose shall not be used for connection to cylinders. [58:6.19 20 .11.1(E)]69.3.10.9.1.6

The fire department shall be advised of each installation. [58:6.19 20 .11.1(F)]69.3.10.9.2

Cylinders having water capacities greater than 2.7 lb (1 kg) [nominal 1 lb (0.5 kg) LP-Gas capacity] shall not be located on decks or balconies of dwellings of two or more living units above the first floor unless they are served by exterior stairways. [58:6.19 20 .11.2]













69.3.11 Installation of Appliances.

69.3.11.1 Installation of Patio Heaters. 69.3.11.1.1

Patio heaters utilizing an integral LP-Gas container greater than 1.08 lb (0.49 kg) propane capacity shall comply with 69.3.11.1.2 and 69.3.11.1.3. [58:6.20 21 .2.1]69.3.11.1.2

Patio heaters shall be listed and used in accordance with their listing and themanufacturer’s instructions. [58:6.20 21 .2.2]69.3.11.1.3

Patio heaters shall not be located within 5 ft (1.5 m) of exits from an assemblyoccupancy. [58:6.20 21 .2.3]69.3.11.2 Hose for Portable Appliances.

69.3.11.2.1

The requirements of 69.3.11 shall apply to hoses used on the low-pressure side of regulators to connect portable appliances. [58:6.20 21 .3.1]69.3.11.2.2

Where used inside buildings, the following shall apply:

The hose shall be the minimum practical length and shall be in accordance with 69.3.10.2.6.

The hose shall not extend from one room to another or pass through any partitions, walls, ceilings, or floors except as provided by 69.3.10.3.9.

The hose shall not be concealed from view or used in concealed locations. [58:6.20 21 .3.2]

69.3.11.2.3

Where installed outside of buildings, the hose length shall be permitted to exceed 10 ft (3.3 m) but shall be as short as practical. [58:6.20 21 .3.3]69.3.11.2.4

Hose shall be securely connected to the appliance. [58:6.20 21 .3.4]69.3.11.2.5

The use of rubber slip ends shall not be permitted. [58:6.20 21 .3.5]69.3.11.2.6

A shutoff valve shall be provided in the piping immediately upstream of the inlet connection of the hose. [58:6.20 21 .3.6]69.3.11.2.7

Where more than one such appliance shutoff is located near another, the valves shall be marked to indicate which appliance is connected to each valve. [58:6.20 21 .3.7]69.3.11.2.8

Hose shall be protected against physical damage. [58:6.20 21 .3.8]













69.3.12 LP-Gas Systems on Vehicles (Other Than Engine FuelSystems). 69.3.12.1* Application.

Subsection 69.3.12 shall apply to the following:

Nonengine fuel systems on all vehicles

Installations served by exchangeable (removable) cylinder systems and by permanently mounted containers [58:6.23 24 .1]

69.3.12.2 Nonapplication.

Subsection 69.3.12 shall not apply to the following:

Systems installed on mobile homes

Systems installed on recreational vehicles

Cargo tank vehicles, cargo tank vehicles (trailers and semitrailers), and similar units used to transport LP-Gas as cargo, which are covered by Chapter 9 of NFPA 58

LP-Gas engine fuel systems on the vehicles, which are covered by Chapter 11 of NFPA 58 [58:6.23 24 .2]

69.3.12.3 Container Installation Requirements.

69.3.12.3.1 Containers shall comply with 69.3.12.3.1.1 through 69.3.12.3.1.4. [58:6.23 24 .3.1]69.3.12.3.1.1

ASME mobile containers shall have a MAWP of 250 psig (1.7 MPag) if constructed prior to April 1, 2001, or 312 psig (2.2 MPag) if constructed on or after April 1, 2001. [58:6.23 24 .3.1(A)]69.3.12.3.1.2

LP-Gas fuel containers used on passenger-carrying vehicles shall not exceed 200 gal (0.8 m3) aggregate water capacity. [58:6.23 24 .3.1(B)]69.3.12.3.1.3 The capacity of individual LP-Gas containers on highway vehicles shall be inaccordance with Table 69.3.12.3.1.3. [58:6.23 24 .3.1(C)]Table 69.3.12.3.1.3 Maximum Capacities of Individual LP-Gas Containers Installed on LP-Gas Highway Vehicles

VehicleMaximum Container Water Capacity

gal m 3

Passenger vehicle 200 0.8

Nonpassenger vehicle 300 1.1

Road surfacing vehicle 1000 3.8

Cargo tank vehicle Not limited by NFPA 58

[58:Table 6.23 24 .3.1(C)]

69.3.12.3.1.4



Containers designed for stationary service only and not in compliance with the container appurtenance protection requirements of 5.2.6 of NFPA 58 shall not be used. [58:6.23 24 .3.1(D)]69.3.12.3.2

ASME containers and cylinders utilized for the purposes covered by 69.3.12shall not be installed, transported, or stored (even temporarily) inside any vehicle covered by 69.3.12, except for ASME containers installed in accordance with 69.3.12.3.4.9, Chapter 9 of NFPA 58, or DOT regulations. [58:6.23 24 .3.2]69.3.12.3.3

The LP-Gas supply system, including the containers, shall be installed either on the outside of the vehicle or in a recess or cabinet vaportight to the inside of the vehicle but accessible from and vented to the outside, with the vents located near the top and bottom of the enclosure and 3 ft (1 m) horizontally away from any opening into the vehicle below the level of the vents. [58:6.23 24 .3.3]69.3.12.3.4

Containers shall be mounted securely on the vehicle or within the enclosing recess or cabinet. [58:6.23 24 .3.4]69.3.12.3.4.1

Containers shall be installed with road clearance in accordance with 11.8.3 of NFPA 58. [58:6.23 24 .3.4(A)]69.3.12.3.4.2

Fuel containers shall be mounted to prevent jarring loose and slipping or rotating, and the fastenings shall be designed and constructed to withstand, without permanent visible deformation, static loading in any direction equal to four times the weight of the container filled with fuel. [58:6.23 24 .3.4(B)]69.3.12.3.4.3

Where containers are mounted within a vehicle housing, the securing of the housing to the vehicle shall comply with this provision. Any removable portions of the housing or cabinet shall be secured while in transit. [58:6.23 24 .3.4(C)]69.3.12.3.4.4

Field welding on containers shall be limited to attachments to nonpressure parts such as saddle plates, wear plates, or brackets applied by the containermanufacturer. [58:6.23 24 .3.4(D)]69.3.12.3.4.5 All container valves, appurtenances, and connections shall be protected to prevent damage from accidental contacts with stationary objects; from loose objects, stones, mud, or ice thrown up from the ground or floor; and from damage due to overturn or similar vehicular accident. [58:6.23 24 .3.4(E)]69.3.12.3.4.6

Permanently mounted ASME containers shall be located on the vehicle to provide the protection specified in 69.3.12.3.4.5. [58:6.23 24 .3.4(F)]69.3.12.3.4.7

Cylinders shall have permanent protection for cylinder valves andconnections. [58:6.23 24 .3.4(G)]69.3.12.3.4.8

Where cylinders are located on the outside of a vehicle, weather protection shall be provided. [58:6.23 24 .3.4(H)]69.3.12.3.4.9

Containers mounted on the interior of passenger-carrying vehicles shall be installed in compliance with Section 11.9 of NFPA 58. Pressure relief valve installations for such containers shall comply with 11.8.5 of NFPA 58. [58:6.23 24 .3.4(I)]



69.3.12.3.5

Cylinders installed on portable tar kettles alongside the kettle, on the vehicle frame, or on road surface heating equipment shall be protected from radiant or convected heat from open flame or other burners by the use of a heat shield or by the location of the cylinder(s) on the vehicle. In addition, the following shall apply:

Cylinder valves shall be closed when burners are not in use.

Cylinders shall not be refilled while burners are in use as provided in 7.2.3.2(B) of NFPA 58. [58:6.23 24 .3.5]

69.3.12.4 Installation of Container Appurtenances.

69.3.12.4.1

Container appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the following:

Pressure relief valve installation on ASME containers installed in the interior of vehicles complying with Section 11.9 of NFPA 58 shall comply with 11.8.5 of NFPA 58.

Pressure relief valve installations on ASME containers installed on the outside of vehicles shall comply with 11.8.5 of NFPA 58 and 69.3.12.3.3.

Main shutoff valves on containers for liquid and vapor shall be readily accessible.

Cylinders shall be designed to be filled in either the vertical or horizontal position, or if they are the universal type, they are permitted to be filled in either position.

All container inlets, outlets, or valves installed in container inlets or outlets, except pressure relief devices and gauging devices, shall be labeled to designate whether they communicate with the vapor or liquid space.

Containers from which only vapor is to be withdrawn shall be installed and equipped with connections to minimize the possibility of the accidental withdrawal of liquid. [58:6.23 24 .4.1]

69.3.12.4.2

Regulators shall be installed in accordance with 6.8.2 of NFPA 58 and 69.3.12.4.2.1 through 69.3.12.4.2.5. [58:6.23 24 .4.2]69.3.12.4.2.1

Regulators shall be installed with the pressure relief vent opening pointing vertically downward to allow for drainage of moisture collected on thediaphragm of the regulator. [58:6.23 24 .4.2(A)]69.3.12.4.2.2

Regulators not installed in compartments shall be equipped with a durable cover designed to protect the regulator vent opening from sleet, snow,freezing rain, ice, mud, and wheel spray. [58:6.23 24 .4.2(B)]69.3.12.4.2.3

If vehicle-mounted regulators are installed at or below the floor level, they shall be installed in a compartment that provides protection against the weather and wheel spray. [58:6.23 24 .4.2(C)]69.3.12.4.2.4

Regulator compartments shall comply with the following:

The compartment shall be of sufficient size to allow tool operation for connection to and replacement of the regulator(s).

The compartment shall be vaportight to the interior of the vehicle.



The compartment shall have a 1 in.2 (650 mm2) minimum vent opening to the exterior located within 1 in. (25 mm) of the bottom of thecompartment.

The compartment shall not contain flame or spark-producing equipment. [58:6.23 24 .4.2(D)]

69.3.12.4.2.5

A regulator vent outlet shall be at least 2 in. (51 mm) above the compartment vent opening. [58:6.23 24 .4.2(E)]69.3.12.5 Piping.

69.3.12.5.1 Piping shall be installed in accordance with 6.9.3 of NFPA 58 and 69.3.12.5.1.1 through 69.3.12.5.1.13. [58:6.23 24 .5.1]69.3.12.5.1.1

Steel tubing shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.049 in. (1.2 mm). [58:6.23 24 .5.1(A)]69.3.12.5.1.2

A flexible connector shall be installed between the regulator outlet and the fixed piping system to protect against expansion, contraction, jarring, and vibration strains. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(B)]69.3.12.5.1.3

Flexibility shall be provided in the piping between a cylinder and the gas piping system or regulator. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(C)]69.3.12.5.1.4

Flexible connectors shall be installed in accordance with 6.9.6 of NFPA 58. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(D)]69.3.12.5.1.5

Flexible connectors longer than the length allowed in the Code, or fuel lines that incorporate hose, shall be used only where approved. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(E)]69.3.12.5.1.6

The piping system shall be designed, installed, supported, and secured to minimize the possibility of damage due to vibration, strains, or wear and to preclude any loosening while in transit. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(F)]69.3.12.5.1.7

Piping shall be installed in a protected location. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(G)]69.3.12.5.1.8

Where piping is installed outside the vehicle, it shall be installed as follows:

Piping shall be under the vehicle and below any insulation or false bottom.

Fastening or other protection shall be installed to prevent damage due to vibration or abrasion.

At each point where piping passes through sheet metal or a structural member, a rubber grommet or equivalent protection shall be installed to prevent chafing. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(H)]

69.3.12.5.1.9 Gas piping shall be installed to enter the vehicle through the floor directlybeneath or adjacent to the appliance served. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(I)]69.3.12.5.1.10

If a branch line is installed, the tee connection shall be located in the main gasline under the floor and outside the vehicle. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(J)]69.3.12.5.1.11



Exposed parts of the fixed piping system either shall be of corrosion-resistant material or shall be coated or protected to minimize exterior corrosion. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(K)]69.3.12.5.1.12

Hydrostatic relief valves shall be installed in isolated sections of liquid piping as provided in Section 6.13 of NFPA 58. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(L)]69.3.12.5.1.13

Piping systems, including hose, shall be pressure tested and proven free of leaks in accordance with Section 6.14 of NFPA 58. [58:6.23 24 .5.1(M)]69.3.12.5.2

There shall be no fuel connection between a tractor and trailer or other vehicle units. [58:6.23 24 .5.2]69.3.12.6 Equipment Installation.

Equipment shall be installed in accordance with Section 6.17 of NFPA 58 and 69.3.12.6.1 and 69.3.12.6.2. [58:6.23 24 .6]69.3.12.6.1

Installation shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer'srecommendations and, in the case of approved equipment, as provided in theapproval. [58:6.23 24 .6.1]69.3.12.6.2

Equipment installed on vehicles shall be protected against vehicular damage as provided for container appurtenances and connections in 69.3.12.3.4.3. [58:6.23 24 .6.2]69.3.12.7 Appliance Installation on Vehicles.

69.3.12.7.1

Paragraph 69.3.12.7 shall apply to the installation of all appliances on vehicles. It shall not apply to engines. [58:6.23 24 .7.1]69.3.12.7.2 All appliances covered by 69.3.12.7 installed on vehicles shall be approved. [58:6.23 24 .7.2]69.3.12.7.3

Where the device or appliance, such as a cargo heater or cooler, is designed to be in operation while the vehicle is in transit, means, such as a cargoheater or cooler, means an excess flow valve to stop the flow of gas in the event of a line break, such as an excess-flow valve, shall be installed. [58: 6.23 24 .7.3]69.3.12.7.4

Gas-fired heating appliances shall be equipped with shutoffs in accordance with 5.20.7(A) of NFPA 58 except for portable heaters used with cylinders having a maximum water capacity of 2.7 lb (1.2 kg), portable torches, melting pots, and tar kettles. [58:6.23 24 .7.4]69.3.12.7.5

Gas-fired heating appliances, other than ranges and illuminating appliances installed on vehicles intended for human occupancy, shall be designed or installed to provide for a complete separation of the combustion system from the atmosphere inside the vehicle. [58:6.23 24 .7.5]69.3.12.7.6*

Where unvented-type heaters that are designed to protect cargo are used on vehicles not intended for human occupancy, provisions shall be made to provide air from the outside for combustion and dispose of the products of combustion to the outside. [58:6.23 24 .7.6]69.3.12.7.7

Appliances installed in the cargo space of a vehicle shall be readily accessible whether the vehicle is loaded or empty. [58:6.23 24 .7.7]



69.3.12.7.8

Appliances shall be constructed or otherwise protected to minimize possible damage or impaired operation due to cargo shifting or handling. [58:6.23 24 .7.8]69.3.12.7.9

Appliances shall be located so that a fire at any appliance will not block egress of persons from the vehicle. [58:6.23 24 .7.9]69.3.12.7.10

A permanent caution plate shall be provided, affixed to either the appliance or the vehicle outside of any enclosure and , shall be adjacent to the container(s), and shall include the following items instructions :

CAUTION:

Be sure all appliance valves are closed before opening container valve.

Connections at the appliances, regulators, and containers shall be checked periodically for leaks with soapy water or its equivalent.

Never use a match or flame to check for leaks.

Container valves shall be closed when equipment is not in use. [58:6.23 24 .7.10]

69.3.12. 7.11

Gas-fired heating appliances and water heaters shall be equipped with automatic devices designed to shut off the flow of gas to the main burner and the pilot in the event the pilot flame is extinguished. [ 58: 6.24.7.11]

69.3.12. 8 General Precautions.

Mobile units containing hotplates and other cooking equipment,

69.3.12.8.1

Mobile units including mobile kitchens and catering vehicles

, that contain hotplates and other cooking equipment shall be provided with at least one approved portable fire extinguisher rated in accordance with Section 13.6 and NFPA 10 at not less than 10-B:C. [ 58: 6.24.8.1]

69.3.12.8.2 Where fire extinguishers have more than one letter classification, they can be considered as meeting the requirements ofeach letter class. [58: 6.23 24 .8.2 ]

69.3.12.9 Parking, Servicing, and Repair.

69.3.12.9.1

Where vehicles with LP-Gas fuel systems used for purposes other than propulsion are parked, serviced, or repaired inside buildings, the requirements of 69.3.12.9.2 through 69.3.12.9.4 shall apply. [58: 6.23 24 .9.1]69.3.12.9.2

The fuel system shall be leak-free, and the container(s) shall not be filled beyond the limits specified in Chapter 7 of NFPA 58. [58: 6.23 24 .9.2]69.3.12.9.3

The container shutoff valve shall be closed, except that the container shutoff valve shall not be required to be closed when fuel is required for test or repair. [58: 6.23 24 .9.3]



69.3.12.9.4

The vehicle shall not be parked near sources of heat, open flames, or similarsources of ignition, or near unventilated pits. [58: 6.23 24 .9.4]69.3.12.9.5

Vehicles having containers with water capacities larger than 300 gal (1.1 m3 ) shall comply with the requirements of Section 9.7 of NFPA 58. [58: 6.23 24 .9.5]











69.3.13 Vehicle Fuel Dispenser and Dispensing Stations.

69.3.13.1 Application. 69.3.13.1.1

Subsection 69.3.13 includes the location, installation, and operation of vehicle fuel dispensers and dispensing stations. [58:6.24 25 .1.1]69.3.13.1.2

The provisions of 69.3.2 and 69.3.3, as modified by 69.3.13, shall apply. [58:6.24 25 .1.2]69.3.13.2 Location.

69.3.13.2.1

Location of vehicle fuel dispensers and dispensing stations shall be in accordance with Table 69.3.5.3 2 . 1 . [58:6.24 25 .2.1]69.3.13.2.2

Vehicle fuel dispensers and dispensing stations shall be located away from pits in accordance with Table 69.3.5.3, with no drains or blow-offs from the unit directed toward or within 15 ft (4.6 m) of a sewer system's opening.[58:6.24 25 .2.2]69.3.13.3 General Installation Provisions. 69.3.13.3.1

Vehicle fuel dispensers and dispensing stations shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. [58:6.24 25 .3.1]69.3.13.3.2

Vehicle fuel dispensers and dispensing stations shall not be located within a building , except as allowed in or structure, unless they comply with Chapter 10 of NFPA 58. [58: 6.24 25 .3.2]69.3.13.3.3

Where a vehicle fuel dispenser is installed under a weather shelter or canopy, the area shall be ventilated and shall not be enclosed for more than 50 percent of its perimeter. [58:6.24 25 .3.3]69.3.13.3.4

Control for the pump used to transfer LP-Gas through the unit into containers shall be provided at the device in order to minimize the possibility of leakage or accidental discharge. [58:6.24 25 .3.4]69.3.13.3.5 An excess-flow check valve or a differential back pressure valve shall be installed in or on the dispenser at the point at which the dispenser hose is connected to the liquid piping. [58:6.24 25 .3.5]69.3.13.3.6

Piping and the dispensing hose shall be provided with hydrostatic relief valves in accordance with Section 6.13 of NFPA 58. [58:6.24 25 .3.6]69.3.13.3.7

Protection against trespassing and tampering shall be in accordance with 6.18.4 of NFPA 58. [58:6.24 25 .3.7]69.3.13.3.8

The container liquid withdrawal opening used with vehicle fuel dispensers and dispensing stations shall be equipped with one of the following:



An internal valve fitted for remote closure and automatic shutoff using thermal (fire) actuation

A positive shutoff valve that is located as close to the container as practical in combination with an excess-flow valve installed in the container, plus an emergency shutoff valve that is fitted for remote closure and installed downstream in the line as close as practical to the positive shutoff valve [58:6.24 25 .3.8]

69.3.13.3.9

An identified and accessible remote emergency shutoff device for either the internal valve or the emergency shutoff valve required by 69.3.13.3.8 (1) or (2) shall be installed not less than 3 ft (1 m) or more than 100 ft (30 m) from the liquid transfer point. [58:6.24 25 .3.9]69.3.13.3.10

Emergency shutoff valves and internal valves that are fitted for remote closure as required in this section shall be tested annually for proper operation. [58:6.24 25 .3.10]69.3.13.3.11

A manual shutoff valve and an excess-flow check valve shall be located in the liquid line between the pump and the dispenser inlet where the dispensing device is installed at a remote location and is not part of a complete storage and dispensing unit mounted on a common base. [58:6.24 25 .3.11]69.3.13.3.

12 12

All dispensers

either shall be installed either on a concrete foundation or shall be part of a complete storage and dispensing unit mounted on a common base and installed in accordance with 6.6.3.1(G) of NFPA 58.

Protection against physical damage [ 58: 6.25.3.12]

69.3.13.3.13

Vehicle barrier protection (VBP) shall be provided for containers serving liquid dispensers where those containers are located within 10 ft of a vehicle thoroughfare or parking location . Such protection shall be either 69.3.13.3.13.1 or 69.3.13.3.13.2. [ 58: 6.

24.3.1225.3.13]

69.3.13.3.13.1

Concrete filled guard posts constructed of steel not less than 4 in. (102 mm) in diameter, with the following characteristics:

(1) Spaced not more than 4 ft (1219 mm) between posts on center.

(2) Set not less than 3 ft (914 mm) deep in a concrete footing of not less than15-in. diameter.

(3) Set with the top of the posts not less than 3 ft above ground.

(4) Located not less than 3 ft (914 mm) from the protected installation. [ 58: 6.25.3.13(A)]

69.3.13.3.13.2

Equivalent protection in lieu of guard posts shall be aminimum of 36 in. (914 mm) in height and shall resist a force of 12,000 lb (53375 N) applied 36 inches (914 mm) above the adjacent ground surface. [ 58: 6.25.3.13(B) ]



69.3.13.3.

13 14

Where the dispenser is not mounted on a common base with its storage container and the dispensing unit is located within 10 ft of a vehicle thoroughfare, parking location, or a engine fuel filling station, the dispenser shall be provided with VBP. [ 58: 6.25.3.14]

69.3.13.3.15

Dispensers shall be protected from physical damage. [ 58: 6.25.3.15]

69.3.13.3.16

A listed quick-acting shutoff valve shall be installed at the discharge end of the transfer hose. [58: 6.24 25 .3.13 16 ]69.3.13.3.14 17

An identified and accessible switch or circuit breaker shall be installed outside at a location not less than 20 ft (6.1 m) or more than 100 ft (30.5 m) from the dispensing device(s) to shut off the power in the event of a fire, an accident, or other emergency. [58: 6.24 25 .3.14 17 ]69.3.13.3.15 18

The markings for the switches or breakers shall be visible at the point of liquid transfer. [58: 6.24 25 .3.15 18 ]69.3.13.4 Installation of Vehicle Fuel Dispensers.

69.3.13.4.1

Hose shall comply with the following:

Hose length shall not exceed 18 ft (5.5 m) unless approved by the AHJ.

All hose shall be listed.

When not in use, the hose shall be secured to protect them the hose from damage. [58: 6.24 25 .4.1]

69.3.13.4.2

A listed emergency breakaway device complying shall be installed and shall comply with ANSI/UL 567, Standard Pipe Connectors for Flammable and Combustible Liquids and for Emergency Breakaway Fittings, Swivel Connectors, and Pipe-Connection Fittings for Petroleum Products and LP-Gas , and designed to retain liquid on both sides of the breakaway point, orother devices affording equivalent protection approved by the AHJ, shall beinstalled . [58: 6.24 25 .4.2]69.3.13.4.3 Dispensing devices for LP-Gas shall be located as follows:

Conventional systems shall be at least 10 ft (3.0 m) from any dispensing device for Class I liquids.

Low-emission transfer systems in accordance with Section 6.26 27.5 of NFPA 58 shall be at least 5 ft (1.5 m) from any dispensing device for Class I liquids. [58: 6.24 25 .4.3]












First Revision No. 506-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 69.4.2.3.2.1 ]

69.4.2.3.2.1

Internal combustion engines within 15 ft (4.6 m) of a point of transfer shall be shut down while such transfer operations are in progress, with the exception of the following:

Engines of LP-Gas cargo tank vehicles, constructed and operated in compliance with Chapter 9 of NFPA 58, while such engines are driving transfer pumps or compressors on these vehicles to load containers inaccordance with 6.5.4 2.2 of NFPA 58

Engines installed for industrial (and forklift) trucks powered by LP-Gas used in buildings as provided in Section 11.13 of NFPA 58 [58:7.2.3.2(A)]











69.4.2.3.5

Transfers to containers serving agricultural or industrial equipment requiring refueling in the field shall comply with 69.4.2.3.5(A) and 69.4.2.3.5(B).(A)* Where the intake of air-moving equipment is less than 50 ft (15 m) from a point of transfer, it shall be shut down while containers are being refilled.(B) Equipment employing open flames or equipment with integral containers shall beshut down while refueling.

[58:7.2.3.5]

69.4.2.3.6

During the time railroad tank cars are on sidings for loading or unloading, thefollowing shall apply:(1) A caution sign, with wording such as “STOP. TANK CAR CONNECTED,” shall be placed at the active end(s) of the siding while the car is connected, as required by DOT regulations.(2) Wheel chocks shall be placed to prevent movement of the car in either direction.

[58:7.2.3.6]

69.4.2.3.7

Where a hose or swivel-type piping is used for loading or unloading railroad tankcars, it shall be protected as follows:(1) An emergency shutoff valve shall be installed at the railroad tank car end of the hose or swivel-type piping where flow into or out of the railroad tank car is possible.(2) An emergency shutoff valve or a backflow check valve shall be installed on the railroad tank car end of the hose or swivelpiping where flow is only into the railroad tank car.

[58:7.2.3.7]

69.4.2.3.8

Where cargo tank vehicles are filled directly from railroad tank cars on a private track with nonstationary storage tanks involved, the following requirements shall be met:(1) Transfer protection shall be provided in accordance with Section 6.12 of NFPA 58.(2) Ignition source control shall be in accordance with Section 6.22 of NFPA 58.(3) Control of ignition sources during transfer shall be provided in accordance with 7.2.3.2 of NFPA 58.(4) Fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with 9.4.7 of NFPA 58.(5) Transfer personnel shall meet the provisions of 7.2.1 of NFPA 58.(6) Cargo tank vehicles shall meet the requirements of 7.2.3 of NFPA 58.(7) The points of transfer shall be located in accordance with Table 6.5.3 of NFPA 58 with respect to exposures.(8) Provision for anchorage and breakaway shall be provided on the cargo tank vehicle side for transfer from a railroad tank car directly into a cargo tank vehicle.

[58:7.2.3.8]

69.4.2.3.9



Where cargo tank vehicles are filled from other cargo tank vehicles or cargo tanks,the following requirements shall apply:(1) Transfer between cargo tanks or cargo tank vehicles where one is used as a bulk plant shall be temporary installations that comply with 4.3.2, 6.18.1, 6.18.2, 6.18.4 through 6.18.6 of NFPA 58, and 69.4.2.3.1.(2) Arrangements and operations of the transfer system shall be in accordance with the following:(a) The point of transfer shall be in accordance with Table 6.5.3 of NFPA 58.(b) Sources of ignition within the transfer area shall be controlled during the transfer operation as specified in 69.4.2.3.2.(c) Fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with 9.4.7 of NFPA 58.(3) Cargo tanks shall comply with the requirements of 7.2.2.8 of NFPA 58.(4) Provisions designed either to prevent a pull-away during a transfer operation or to stop the flow of products from both cargo tank vehicles or cargo tanks in the event of a pull-away shall be incorporated.(5) Off-truck remote shutoff devices that meet 49 CFR 173.315(n) requirements and are installed on the cargo tank vehicle unloading the product shall satisfy the requirements of 69.4.2.3.9(4).(6) Cargo tank vehicle LP-Gas transfers that are for the sole purpose of testing, maintaining, or repairing the cargo tank vehicle shall be exempt from the requirements of 69.4.2.3.9(1).

[58:7.2.3.9]

69.4.2.4 Hose Inspection.

69.4.2.4.1

Hose assemblies shall be observed for leakage or for damage that could impair their integrity before each use. [58:7.2.4.1]

69.4.2.4.2

The hose assemblies specified in 69.4.2.4.1 shall be inspected at least annually.[58:7.2.4.2]

69.4.2.4.3

Inspection of pressurized hose assemblies shall include inspection for the following:(1) Damage to outer cover that exposes reinforcement(2) Kinked or flattened hose(3) Soft spots or bulges in hose(4) Couplings that have slipped on the hose, are damaged, have missing parts, or have loose bolts(5) Leakage other than permeability leakage

[58:7.2.4.3]

69.4.2.4.4

Hose assemblies shall be replaced, repaired, or continued in service based on theresults of the inspection. [58:7.2.4.4]

69.4.2.4.5

Leaking or damaged hose shall be immediately repaired or removed from service.[58:7.2.4.5]


Submitter Full Name: [ Not Specified ]

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Submittal Date: Tue Oct 23 11:09:31 EDT 2012




CommitteeStatement:

Extracted text addresses additional operational issues regarding the arrangement and operation of transfer systems and should be included in NFPA 1. Text provides value to inspectors and AHJs using the document.

ResponseMessage:

FR-105-NFPA 1-2012




69.5.3.2 Storage Within Buildings Frequented by the Public and in Residential Occupancies . 69.5.3.2.1

The quantity of LP-Gas in cylinders stored or displayed shall not exceed 200 lb (91 kg) in one location, with additional storage separated by 50 ft (15 m). The maximum quantity to be stored in one building shall not exceed 1000 lb (454 kg). [58:8.3.2.1]69.5.3.2.1.1

Where the total quantity stored in a building exceeds 200 lb (91 kg), an approved sprinkler system that, at a minimum, meets the requirement of Section 13.3 and NFPA 13 for Ordinary Hazard (Group 2) shall be installed. [58:8.3.2.1(A)]69.5.3.2.1.2

The sprinkler density shall be 0.300 gpm (1.1 L/min) over the most remote 2000 ft2 (18.6 m2) area, and the hose stream allowance shall be 250 gpm (946 L/min). [58:8.3.2.1(B)]69.5.3.2.2

The cylinders shall not exceed a water capacity of 2.7 lb (1.1 kg) [nominal 1 lb(0.45 kg) LP-Gas]. [58:8.3.2.2]69.5.3.2.3

In restaurants and at food service locations, storage of 10 oz (283 g) butanenonrefillable containers shall be limited to not more than 24 containers and anadditional 24 10 oz (283 g) butane nonrefillable containers stored in anotherlocation within the building where constructed with at least 2-hour fire wallprotection. [58:8.3.2.3]











69.5.4.2.1*

Cylinders at a location open to the public shall be protected by either of the following:

An enclosure in accordance with 6.18 19 .4.2 of NFPA 58

A lockable ventilated enclosure of metal exterior construction [58:8.4.2.1]











69.5.4.2.2*

Protection against vehicular impact Vehicle barrier protection (VBP) shall be provided in accordance with good engineering practice where vehicular traffic is expected at the location. [58:8.4.2.2]











69.5.4.3 Alternate Location and Protection of Storage.

Where the provisions of 69.5.4.1 and 69.5.4.2.1 are impractical at construction sites or at buildings or structures undergoing major renovation or repairs, alternative storage of cylinders shall be acceptable to the AHJ. [58:8.4.3]











69.5.5* Fire Protection.

69.5.5.1 At least one approved portable fire extinguisher having a minimum capacity of 10 lb dry chemical with an A:B:C rating complying with 69.5.5.3 shall be provided on the premises where retail cylinder exchange cabinets storing more than 720 lbs of propane are stored. [ 58: 8.5.1]

69.5.5.2

Storage locations, other than those complying with 69.5.5.1, where the aggregate quantity of propane stored is in excess of 720 lb (327 kg), shall be provided with at least one approved portable fire extinguisher having a 40- or B:C rating and a minimum capacity of 18 lb (9.2 kg) dry chemical .[ 58: 8.5.2]

69.5.5.3

The required fire extinguisher shall be located in accordance with

B:C rating69.5.5.3.1 and 69.5.5.3.2. [ 58: 8.5.3]

69.5.5.3.1

A 40-B:C fire extinguisher shall be located not more than 30 ft (9 m) from the propane storage location . [ 58: 8.5. 3. 1]

69.5.5.

2 The required 3.2

An 80-B:C fire extinguisher shall be located not more than 50 ft

(15 m) from the propane storage location. [ 58: 8.5.3.2]

69.5.5.4

Where fire extinguishers have more than one letter classification, they

can shall be considered to satisfy the requirements of each letter class.[ 58: 8.5.

24 ]












First Revision No. 106-NFPA 1-2012 [ New Section after 69.5.6 ]

69.5.7 Automated Cylinder Exchange Stations.

Cylinder exchange cabinets that include an automated vending system for exchanging cylinders shall comply with the following additional requirements.[58:8.7]

69.5.7.1

Electrical equipment installed in cylinder storage compartments shall comply with therequirements for Class I, Division 2 equipment in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. [58:8.7.1]

69.5.7.2

Cabinets shall be designed such that cylinders can be placed inside only in the upright position. [58:8.7.2]

69.5.7.3

Door releases for access to stored cylinders shall be permitted to be pneumatic, mechanical or electrically powered. [58:8.7.3]

69.5.7.4

A manual override control shall be permitted for use by authorized personnel.[58:8.7.4]

69.5.7.5

The vending system shall not be capable of returning to automatic operation after a manual override until the system has been inspected and reset by authorized personnel. [58:8.7.5]






CommitteeStatement:

Requirements addressing automated cylinder exchange stations are being added to the 2014 edition of NFPA 58 and should be included in NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-106-NFPA 1-2012




69.6.1.2 Fire Extinguishers.

69.6.1.2.1

Each truck or trailer transporting portable containers in accordance with 69.6.1.1 or 9.3.3 of NFPA 58 shall be equipped with at least one approved portable fire extinguisher having a minimum capacity of 18 lb (8.2 kg) dry chemical with a B:C rating. [ 58: 9.3.5.1]

69.6.1.2.2

Where fire extinguishers have more than one letter classification, they can

shall be considered to satisfy the requirements of each letter class. [ 58: 9.3.5 .2 ]











69.6.2.3.1

Cargo tank vehicles parked in any public garage or building shall have LP-Gas liquid removed from the following:

Cargo tank

Piping

Pump

Meter

Hoses Hose

Related equipment [58:9.7.3.1]










First Revision No. 107-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 74.1 ]

74.1 General. 74.1.1

The storage , use, and handling of ammonium nitrate (solid oxidizer) shall comply with Chapter 60.

74.1.2

The storage of ammonium nitrate in the form of crystals, flakes, grains, orprills including fertilizer grade, dynamite grade, nitrous oxide grade, technical grade, and other mixtures containing 60 percent or more by weight ofammonium nitrate shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 400, Hazardous Materials Code.






CommitteeStatement:

Proposed text makes Chapter 74 consistent with other hazardous material chapters in the Code.

Response Message:

FR-107-NFPA 1-2012



First Revision No. 17-NFPA 1-2012 [ New Section after A.1.7.2 ]

A.1.7.6.1

The AHJ enforcing NFPA 1 may not have the technical expertise, required certifications, licensure, or legal authority to enforce all of the provisions and subject matter contained therein. As an example, Chapter 11 contains references to codes and standards that regulate specific building subsystems. These subsystems could be regulated by electrical, mechanical, plumbing, or other specialty enforcement officials with technical expertise or legal authority in the specific area of the subsystem. This paragraph authorizes the AHJ enforcing NFPA 1 to rely on the opinion and authority of these specialty enforcement officials in order to determinecompliance.




Submittal Date: Thu Oct 04 16:26:33 EDT 2012


Committee Statement:

This FR is a recommendation of Task Group 1 and addresses the enforcement of Chapter 11 requirements, for which the AHJ might not have the necessary expertise. The proposed annex language describes the issue it intends to address.

ResponseMessage:

FR-17-NFPA 1-2012



First Revision No. 98-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.1.13.5.2 ]

A.1.13.5.2

Appendix paragraph A.1.13.5.2 was revised by a tentative interim amendment (TIA). See page 1. The following is provided for information purposes only and has been provided by outside sources. Information concerning the noted services has not been independently verified, nor have the services been endorsed by the NFPA or any of its technical committees.

Examples of certification programs for fireworks displays include those conducted through the American Pyrotechnics Association (APA) and the Pyrotechnics Guild International (PGI). Both programs are recognized by serveral state fire marshals' offices throughout the United States. Authorities having jurisdiction should contact the applicable trade organizations or groups that cover each of the activities listed in 1.13.1 for information on recognized certification program(s).






CommitteeStatement:

The FR formally adopts the text from Tentative Interim Amendment 1-12-1 (TIA 1023) issued by the Standards Council on August 11, 2011.

ResponseMessage:

FR-98-NFPA 1-2012



First Revision No. 691-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.3.3.4 ]

A.3.3.4 Aerosol Product .

The base product can be dispensed from the container in such form as a mist, spray, foam, gel, or aerated powder. [30B: A.3.3.1]




Submittal Date: Mon Nov 05 10:00:58 EST 2012







A.3.3.29 Boil-Over.

Boil-over occurs when the residues from surface burning become more dense than the unburned oil and sink below the surface to form a hot layer, which progresses downward much faster than the regression of the liquid surface. When this hot layer, called a “heat wave,” reaches water or water-in-oil emulsion in the bottom of the tank, the water is first superheated and then boils almost explosively, overflowing the tank. Oils subject to boil-over consist of components having a wide range of boiling points, including both light ends and viscous residues. These characteristics are present in most crude oils and can be produced in synthetic mixtures.

A boil-over is an entirely different phenomenon from a slop-over or froth-over. Slop-over involves a minor frothing that occurs when water is sprayed onto the hot surface of a burning oil. Froth-over is not associated with a fire but results when water is present or enters a tank containing hot viscous oil. Upon mixing, the sudden conversion of water to steam causes a portion of the tank contents to overflow. [30: A.3.3.5 6 ]











A.3.3.30 Building.

The term building is to be understood as if followed by the words or portions thereof. (See also A.3.3.251, Structure.) [ 101 : A.3.3.32 36 ]










First Revision No. 516-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.3.3.30.5, A.3.3.30.6,

A.3.3.30.7 ]

Sections A.3.3.30.5, A.3.3.30.6, A.3.3.30.7A.3.3.30.5 Existing Building.

With respect to judging whether a building should be considered existing, the deciding factor is not when the building was designed or when construction started but, rather, the date plans were approved for construction by the appropriate AHJ. [ 101 : A.3.3.32 36 .5]A.3.3.30.6 High-Rise Building. It is the intent of this definition that, in determining the level from which the highest occupiable floor is to be measured, the enforcing agency should exercise reasonable judgment, including consideration of overall accessibility to the building by fire department personnel and vehicular equipment. Where a building is situated on a sloping terrain and there is building access on more than one level, the enforcing agency might select the level that provides the most logical and adequate fire department access. [5000: A.3.3.65 69 .10]A.3.3.30.7 Important Building.

Examples of important buildings include occupied buildings where egress within 2 minutes cannot be reasonably expected and control buildings that require presence of personnel for orderly shutdown of important or hazardous processes. Important buildings can also include unprotected storage where products from fire can harm the community or the environment or buildings that contain high-value contents or critical equipment or supplies. [30:A.3.3.6 8 .1]










First Revision No. 623-NFPA 1-2012 [ New Section after A.3.3.30.10 ]

A.3.3.38 Cathodic Protection.This protection renders a metallic container or piping system or component negatively charged with respect to its surrounding environment. [55: A.3.3.16]




Submittal Date: Fri Nov 02 16:48:01 EDT 2012


Committee Statement: Moved to the A.3.3s.





A.3.3.47.3 ]

Sections A.3.3.47.1, A.3.3.47.2, A.3.3.47.3A.3.3.47.1 Extra (High) Hazards.

Extra (high) hazard occupancies could consist of woodworking; vehicle repair; aircraft and boat servicing; cooking areas; individual product display showrooms; product convention center displays; and storage and manufacturing processes such as painting, dipping, and coating, including flammable liquid handling. Also included is warehousing or in-process storage of other than Class I and Class II commodities. [10:A.5.4.1.3]A.3.3.47.2 Light (Low) Hazards.

Light (low) hazard occupancies can include some buildings or rooms occupied as offices, classrooms, churches, assembly halls, guest room areas of hotels or motels, and so forth. This classification anticipates that the majority of content items are either noncombustible or so arranged that a fire is not likely to spread rapidly. Small amounts of Class B flammables used for duplicating machines, art departments, and so forth, are included, provided that they are kept in closed containers and safely stored. [10:A.5.4.1.1]A.3.3.47.3 Ordinary (Moderate) Hazards.

Ordinary (moderate) hazard occupancies could consist of dining areas, mercantile shops and allied storage, light manufacturing, research operations, auto showrooms, parking garages, workshop or support service areas of light (low) hazard occupancies, and warehouses containing Class I or Class II commodities as defined by NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.

A Class I commodity is defined by NFPA 13 as a noncombustible product that meets one of the following criteria:

Is placed directly on wooden pallets

Is placed in single-layer corrugated cartons, with or without single-thickness cardboard dividers, with or without pallets

Is shrink-wrapped or paper-wrapped as a unit load, with or without pallets

A Class II commodity is defined by NFPA 13 as a noncombustible product that is in slatted wooden crates, solid wood boxes, multiple-layered corrugated cartons, or equivalent combustible packaging material, with or without pallets. [10:A.5.4.1.2]




Submittal Date: Tue Nov 27 09:01:00 EST 2012









A.3.3.58 Combustible Dust.

Dusts traditionally

have been were defined as

a material 420 μm or smaller (capable of passing through a U.S. No. 40 standard sieve).

Combustible particulates with an effective diameter of less than 420 μm should be deemed to fulfill the criterion of the definition. However, flat platelet-shaped For consistency with other standards, 500μm(capable of passing through a U.S. No. 35 standard sieve) is now considered an appropriate size criterion. Particle surface area-to-volume ratio is a key factor in determining the rate of combustion. Combustible particulate solids with a minimum dimension more than 500 μm generally have a surface-to-volume ratio that is too small to pose a deflagration hazard. Flat plateletshaped particles, flakes, or

particles of fibers with lengths that are large compared to their diameter usually do not pass through a

420 500 μm sieve , yet could still pose a deflagration hazard.

Furthermore, many Many particulates accumulate electrostatic charge in handling, causing them to attract each other, forming agglomerates. Often agglomerates behave as if they were larger particles, yet when they are dispersed they present a significant hazard. Consequently, it can be inferred that any

particle particulate that has a

surface area to volume ratio greater than that of a 420 μm diameter sphere should also be deemed a combustible dust.minimum dimension less than or equal to 500 μm could behave as a combustible dust if suspended in air or the process specific oxidizer. If the minimum dimension of the particulate is greater than 500 μm, it is unlikely that the material would be a combustible dust, as determined by test. The determination of whether a sample of combustible material presents a flash fire or explosion hazard could be based on a screening test methodology such as provided in the ASTM E 1226, Standard Test Method for Explosibility of Dust Clouds . Alternatively, a standardized test method such asASTM E 1515, Standard Test Method for Minimum Explosible Concentration of Combustible Dusts , could be used to determine dust explosibility.



There is some possibility that a sample will result in a false positive in the 20 L sphere when tested by the ASTM E 1226 screening test or the ASTM E 1515 test. This is due to the high energy ignition source overdriving the test. When the lowest ignition energy allowed by either method still results in a positive result, the owner/operator can elect to determine whether the sample is a combustible dust with screening tests performed in a larger scale (≥1 m3) enclosure, which is less susceptible to overdriving and thus will provide more realistic results.

This possibility for false positives has been known for quite some time and is attributed to “overdriven” conditions that exist in the 20 L chamber due to the use of strong pyrotechnic igniters. For that reason, the reference method for explosibility testing is based on a 1 m3 chamber, and the 20 L chamber test method is calibrated to produce results comparable to those from the 1 m3 chamber for most dusts. In fact, the U.S. standard for 20 L testing (ASTM E 1226) states, “The objective of this test method is to develop data that can be correlated to those from the 1 m3 chamber (described in ISO 6184-1 and VDI 3673)…” ASTM E 1226 further states, “Because a number of factors(concentration, uniformity of dispersion, turbulence of ignition, sample age,etc.) can affect the test results, the test vessel to be used for routine workmust be standardized using dust samples whose KSt and Pmax parameters are known in the 1 m3 chamber.”

NFPA 68, Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting , also recognizes this problem and addresses it stating that “the 20 L test apparatus is designed to simulate results of the 1 m3 chamber; however, the igniter discharge makes it problematic to determine KSt values less than 50 bar-m/sec. Where the material is expected to yield KSt values less than 50 bar-m/sec, testing in a 1m3 chamber might yield lower values.”

Any time a combustible dust is processed or handled, a potential for deflagration exists. The degree of deflagration hazard varies, depending on the type of combustible dust and the processing methods used.

A dust

explosion deflagration has the following four requirements:

(1) Combustible dust

(2) Dust dispersion in air or other oxidant

(3) Sufficient concentration at or exceeding the minimum explosible concentration (MEC)

Ignition (4) Sufficiently powerful ignition source such as an electrostatic discharge, an electric current arc, a glowing ember, a hot surface, welding slag, frictional heat, or a flame

ConfinementIf the deflagration is confined and produces a pressure sufficient to rupture the confining enclosure, the event is, by definition, an “explosion.”

Evaluation of the hazard of a combustible dust should be determined by the means of actual test data. Each situation should be evaluated and applicable tests selected. The following list represents the factors that are sometimes used in determining the deflagration hazard of a dust:

Minimum explosible concentration ( 1) MEC

(2 ) MIE

Minimum ignition energy(

MIE



3 )

Particle size distribution

(4) Moisture content as received and as tested

(5) Maximum explosion pressure at optimum concentration

(6) Maximum rate of pressure rise at optimum concentration

K St( 7) KSt ( normalized rate of pressure rise) as defined in ASTM E 1226, Standard Test Method for

Pressure and Rate of Pressure Rise for Combustible DustsExplosibility of Dust Clouds

(8) Layer ignition temperature

(9) Dust cloud ignition temperature

(10) Limiting oxidant concentration (LOC) to prevent ignition

(11) Electrical volume resistivity

(12) Charge relaxation time

(13) Chargeability

It is important to keep in mind that as a particulate is processed, handled, or transported, the particle size generally decreases due to particle attrition. Consequently, it is often necessary to evaluate the explosibility of the particulate at multiple points along the process. Where process conditions dictate the use of oxidizing media other than air (nominally taken as 21 percent oxygen and 79 percent nitrogen), the applicable tests should be conducted in the appropriate processspecific medium. [ 654:A.3.3. 4 5 ]











A.3.3.80 Corrosive 173.XX Corrosive Material.

A chemical is considered to be corrosive if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits by the method described in Appendix A to 49 CFR 173, becorrosive if it destroys or irreversibly changes irreversibly the structure of the tissue at the site of contact following an exposure period of 4 hours. Thiswithin a specified period of time using one of the in vivo or in vitro OECD test methods authorized in 49 CFR Part 173.137. For purposes of this code, this term does not refer to action on inanimate surfaces (e .g., steel or aluminum). Available testing data produced prior to September 30, 1995 from the test method in Appendix A to 49 CFR Part 173 in effect on October 1, 1994 canalso be used to determine the corrosivity of a material. [ 400, 2013]






CommitteeStatement:

This FR is a recommendation of Task Group 3 for correlation with NFPA 400.





A.3.3.87 Cylinder Pack.

Six-packs and twelve-packs are terms used to further define cylinder packs with a specific number of cylinders. The characteristic internal water volume of individualcylinders in a cylinder pack ranges from 1.52 ft3 to 1.76 ft3 (43 L to 50 L) or a water capacity of 95 lb to 110 lb (43 kg to 50 kg). [55, A.3.3.30]






Committee Statement: Relocated from A.63.1.3.17.





A.3.3.89.8, A.3.3.89.11, A... ]

SectionsA.3.3.89.4, A.3.3.89.7, A.3.3.89.8, A.3.3.89.11, A.3.3.89.12, A.3.3.89.17, A.3.3.89.18, A.3.3

A.3.3.89.4 Combination Detector.

These detectors do not utilize a mathematical evaluation principle of signal processing more than a simple “or” function. Normally, these detectors provide a single response resulting from either sensing method, each of which operates independent of the other. These detectors can provide a separate and distinct response resulting from either sensing method, each of which is processed independent of the other. [72: A.3.3.59 66 .4]A.3.3.89.7 Fixed-Temperature Detector.

The difference between the operating temperature of a fixed-temperature device and the surrounding air temperature is proportional to the rate at which the temperature is rising. The rate is commonly referred to as thermal lag. The air temperature is always higher than the operating temperature of the device.

Typical examples of fixed-temperature sensing elements are as follows:

Bimetallic. A sensing element comprised of two metals that have different coefficients of thermal expansion arranged so that the effect is deflection in one direction when heated and in the opposite direction when cooled.

Electrical Conductivity. A line-type or spot-type sensing element in which resistance varies as a function of temperature.

Fusible Alloy. A sensing element of a special composition metal (eutectic) that melts rapidly at the rated temperature.

Heat-Sensitive Cable. A line-type device in which the sensing element comprises, in one type, two current-carrying wires separated by heat-sensitive insulation that softens at the rated temperature, thus allowing the wires to make electrical contact. In another type, a single wire is centered in a metallic tube, and the intervening space is filled with asubstance that becomes conductive at a critical temperature, thus establishing electrical contact between the tube and the wire.

Liquid Expansion. A sensing element comprising a liquid that is capable of marked expansion in volume in response to an increase in temperature. [ 72: A.3.3.59 66 .7]

A.3.3.89.8 Flame Detector.

Flame detectors are categorized as ultraviolet, single wavelength infrared, ultraviolet infrared, or multiple wavelength infrared. [ 72 : A.3.3.59 66 .8]A.3.3.89.11 Multi 12 Multi -Criteria Detector.



A multi-criteria detector is a detector that contains multiple sensing methods that respond to fire signature phenomena and utilizes mathematical evaluation principles to determine the collective status of the device and generates a single output. Typical examples of multi-criteria detectors are a combination of a heat detector with a smoke detector, or a combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature heat detector that evaluates both signals using an algorithm to generate an output such as pre-alarm or alarm. The evaluation can be performed either at the detector or at the control unit. Other examples are detectors that include sensor combinations that respond in a predictable manner to any combination of heat, smoke, carbon monoxide, or carbon dioxide. [ 72 : A.3.3.59 66 .11 12 ]A.3.3.89.12 Multi 13 Multi -Sensor Detector. Typical examples of multi-sensor detectors are a combination of a heat detector with a smoke detector, or a combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature heat detector that evaluates both signals using an algorithm to generate an output such as pre-alarm or alarm. The evaluation can be performed either at the detector or at the control unit. Other examples are detectors that include sensor combinations that respond in a predictable manner to any combination of heat, smoke, carbon monoxide, or carbon dioxide. [ 72 : A.3.3.59 66 .12 13 ]A.3.3.89.17 Rate 18 Rate Compensation Detector.

A typical example of a rate compensation detector is a spot-type detector with a tubular casing of a metal that tends to expand lengthwise as it is heated and an associated contact mechanism that closes at a certain point in the elongation. A second metallic element inside the tube exerts an opposing force on the contacts, tending to hold them open. The forces are balanced in such a way that, on a slow rate-of-temperature rise, there is more time for heat to penetrate to the inner element, which inhibits contact closure until the total device has been heated to its rated temperature level. However, on a fast rate-of-temperature rise, there is not as much time for heat to penetrate to the inner element, which exerts less of an inhibiting effect so that contact closure is achieved when the total device has been heated to a lower temperature. This, in effect, compensates for thermal lag. [ 72 :A.3.3.59 66 .17 18 ]A.3.3.89.18 Rate 19 Rate -of-Rise Detector.

Typical examples of rate-of-rise detectors are as follows:

Pneumatic Rate-of-Rise Tubing. A line-type detector comprising small-diameter tubing, usually copper, that is installed on the ceiling or high on the walls throughout the protected area. The tubing is terminated in a detector unit that contains diaphragms and associated contacts set to actuate at a predetermined pressure. The system is sealed except for calibrated vents that compensate for normal changes in temperature.

Spot-Type Pneumatic Rate-of-Rise Detector. A device consisting of an air chamber, a diaphragm, contacts, and a compensating vent in a single enclosure. The principle of operation is the same as that described for pneumatic rate-of-rise tubing.

Electrical Conductivity–Type Rate-of-Rise Detector. A line-type or spot-type sensing element in which resistance changes due to a change in temperature. The rate of change of resistance is monitored by associated control equipment, and an alarm is initiated when the rate of temperature increase exceeds a preset value. [ 72 : A.3.3.59 66 .18 19 ]

A.3.3.102 Exhausted Enclosure.



Exhausted Such enclosures include laboratory hoods, exhaust fume hoods, and similar appliances and equipment used to locally retain and exhaust locally the gases, fumes, vapors, and mists that could be released. Rooms or areas provided with general ventilation, in and of themselves, are not exhausted enclosures. [5000 55 : A.3.3.192.1 39 ]











A.3.3.XX Explosion Control.

NFPA 68, Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting, provides guidance on the use of deflagration venting systems in buildings and other enclosures. The primary purpose of a venting system is to relieve the overpressure produced in an explosion to limit the potential damage to the building where the explosion occurs. Although some structural damage can be anticipated, the use of relief venting is expected to prevent massive building failure and collapse. In cases where detonation is probable, venting is often used in conjunction with barricade construction where the pressure-resistant portions of the building have been constructed to resist the pressures anticipated should an explosive event occur. Design of barricade systems is highly specialized and the subject of military standards applicable to the subject. NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems, provides guidance on the use of suppression, ventilation systems, and thelimiting of oxidants as a means to prevent the occurrence of an explosion. When relief vents are to be used as a means to provide explosion relief, the fundamental requirements of the building code for structural elements, including snow, wind, and seismic events, should be considered. In some instances, the requirements for wind resistance can impose more rigorous requirements on the relief vents than required by the engineering analysis used to determine the relief pressure. In such cases, users must demonstrate that the relief vents will not become airborne or release in such a manner as to create secondary hazards within or external to the building in which they are installed. Specific designs might require approval by the AHJ. [55:A.3.3.40]






Committee Statement: Moved from A.63.1.3.23.





A.3.3.109 Explosive Material.

The term explosive material includes, but is not limited to, dynamite, Black Powder, pellet powder, initiating explosives, detonators, safety fuses, squibs, detonating cord, igniter cord, igniters, and Display Fireworks 1.3G (Class B, Special). The term explosive includes any material determined to be within the scope of Title 18, United States Code, Chapter 40, and also includes any material classified as an explosive, other than Consumer Fireworks 1.4G (Class C, Common), by the Hazardous Materials Regulations of the U.S. Department of Transportation in 49 CFR.

The former classification system used by the DOT included the terms high explosive and low explosive, as further defined in A.3.3.388.3.2 of NFPA 5000. These terms remain in use by the U.S. Bureau of Alcohol Tobacco and Firearms (BATF). Explosive materials classified as hazard Class 1 are further defined under the current system applied by DOT. Compatibility group letters are used in concert with division numbers to specify further limitations on each division noted. For example, the letter G (as in 1.4G) identifies substances or articles that contain a pyrotechnic substance and similar materials. UN/DOT Class 1 Explosives are defined as follows:

Division 1.1 explosives are explosives that are a mass explosion hazard, which is a hazard that instantaneously affects almost the entire load.

Division 1.2 explosives are explosives that are a projection hazard but not a mass explosion hazard.

Division 1.3 explosives are explosives that are a fire hazard and either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard, or both, but not a mass explosion hazard.

Division 1.4 explosives are explosives that pose a minor explosion hazard and meet both of the following criteria:

The explosive effects are largely confined to the package, and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range is to be expected.

An external fire cannot cause virtually instantaneous explosion of almost the entire contents of the package.

Division 1.5 explosives are very insensitive explosives that are comprised of substances that are a mass explosion hazard, but are so insensitive that there is very little probability of initiation or of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of transport.

Division 1.6 explosives are extremely insensitive articles that are not a mass explosion hazard, that are comprised of articles that contain only extremely insensitive detonating substances, and that demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation. [5000:A.3.3.388 406 .3]













A.3.3.122 Fire Hydrant.

See Figure A.3.3.122(a) and Figure A.3.3.122(b). [25: A.3.3.10 12 ]Figure A.3.3.122(a) Typical Fire Hydrant Connection. [25:Figure A.3.3.10 12 (a)]

Figure A.3.3.122(b) Flush-Type Hydrant. [25:Figure A.3.3.10 12 (b)]




Submittal Date: Fri Nov 09 12:15:17 EST 2012







A.3.3.133.1 Gross Floor Area.

Where the term floor area is used, it should be understood to be gross floorarea, unless otherwise specified. [5000: A.3.3.33 35 .8.1]











A.3.3.138.10 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LP-Gas).

In the pure state propylene (Chemical Abstract Service 105-07- 01) has a vapor pressure of 132.8 psig (915.72 kPa) at 70°F (21.1°C). The vapor pressure of commercial propane (Chemical Abstract Service 74-98-6) at 70°F 21.1°C) is 124 psig (855 kPa). Although commercial propane may contain a minor concentration of propylene as in impurity, propylene in the pure state does not meet the definition ofLP-Gas. Propylene in the pure state is commonly found in use as an industrial fuel gas. (See NFPA 51.) [58:A.3.3.36]











A.3.3.138.6 Inert Gas.

Inert gases do not react readily with other materials under normal temperatures and pressures. For example, nitrogen combines with some of the more active metals such as lithium and magnesium to form nitrides, and at high temperatures it will also combine with hydrogen, oxygen, and other elements. The gases neon, krypton, and xenon are considered rare due to their scarcity. Although these gases are commonly referred to as inert gases, the formation of compounds is possible. For example, xenon combines with fluorine to form various fluorides and with oxygen to form oxides; the compounds formed are crystalline solids. [55: A.3.3.43 49 .6]











A.3.3.139 Gas Cabinet.

Doors and access ports for exchanging cylinders and accessing pressure-regulating controls are permitted to be included includedas part of a gascabinet . [5000 55 : A.3.3.271 50 ]










First Revision No. 522-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.3.3.157,

A.3.3.163.1 ]

Sections A.3.3.157, A.3.3.163.1A.3.3.157 Incident Commander (IC).

This position is equivalent to the on-scene incident commander as defined in OSHA 1910.120(8), Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response. The IC has overall authority and responsibility for conducting incident operations and is responsible for the management of all incident operations at the incident site. [472: A.3.3.36 37 ]

A.3.3. XX ISO Module.

The characteristic internal water volume of individual tubular cylinders is 43 ft3 (1218 L) or a water capacity of 2686 lb (1218 kg). The frame of an ISO container module and its corner castings are specially designed and dimensioned to be used in multimodal transportation service on container ships, special highway chassis, and container-on-flatcar railroad equipment. [ 55 : A.3.3.60]

A.3.3. 163.1 Ceiling Limit.

The ceiling limits utilized are to be those published in 29 CFR 1910.1000. [5000: A.3.3.355 370 .1]











A.3.3.173.6 Highly Toxic Material.

While categorization is basically simple in application, the degree of hazard depends on many variables that should be carefully considered individually and in combination. Some examples include the following:

Materials wherein the highly toxic component or mixtures thereof are inextricably bound and cannot be released so there is little or no potential for exposure

Nonfriable solid hazardous materials existing in product forms and in the demonstrated absence of inhalable particles that might not present the same inhalation hazard as the chemical components existing in a friable state

Mixtures of highly toxic materials with ordinary materials, such as water, that might not warrant classification as highly toxic

Any hazard evaluation that is required for the precise categorization of highlytoxic material is required to be performed by experienced, technically competent persons. [ 400, 2013]




Submittal Date: Fri Oct 05 11:43:36 EDT 2012


CommitteeStatement:






A.3.3.173.8 Incompatible Material.

Information on incompatible materials can be found in material safety data sheets (MSDS) or manufacturers’ product bulletins. [ 400, 2013]






CommitteeStatement:






A.3.3.173.14 Unstable (Reactive) Material.

Unstable (reactive) material is classified as follows:

Class 4 unstable (reactive) materials are those that, in themselves, are readily capable of detonation, explosive decomposition, or explosive reaction at normal temperatures and pressures and include, amongothers, materials that are sensitive to localized thermal or mechanical shock at normal temperatures and pressures.

Class 3 unstable (reactive) materials are those that, in themselves, are capable of detonation, explosive decomposition, or explosive reaction, but that require a strong initiating source or that must be heated under confinement before initiation, and include, among others, materials that are sensitive to thermal or mechanical shock at elevated temperatures and pressures.

Class 2 unstable (reactive) materials are those that readily undergo violent chemical change at elevated temperatures and pressures and include, among others, materials that exhibit an exotherm at temperatures less than or equal to 30°F (-1°C) when tested by differential scanning calorimetry.

Class 1 unstable (reactive) materials are those that, in themselves, are normally stable, but that can become unstable at elevated temperatures and pressures and include among others, materials that change or decompose on exposure to air, light, or moisture and that exhibit an exotherm at temperatures greater than 30°F (-1°C), but less than or equal to 57°F (14°C), when tested by differential scanning calorimetry. [ 400, 2013]






CommitteeStatement:






A.3.3.XX Mobile Supply Unit.Examples include ISO modules, tube trailers, and cylinder packs. [55: A.3.3.72]A.3.3.181 Normal Temperature and Pressure (NTP).There are different definitions of normal conditions. The normal conditions defined here are the ones most commonly used in the compressed gas and cryogenic fluidindustry. [55: A.3.3.76]






Committee Statement: Moved from the A.63s.





A.3.3.182.1 Ambulatory Health Care Occupancy.

It is not the intent that occupants be considered to be incapable of self-preservation just because they are in a wheelchair or use assistive walking devices, such as a cane, a walker, or crutches. Rather it is the intent to address emergency care centers that receive patients who have been rendered incapable of self-preservation due to the emergency, such as being rendered unconscious as a result of an accident or being unable to move due to sudden illness. It is not the intent that the term anesthesia be limited to general anesthesia. [ 101 : A.3.3.188.1]











A.3.3.182.8 Detention and Correctional Occupancy.

Detention and correctional occupancies include the following:

Adult and juvenile substance abuse centers

Adult and juvenile work camps

Adult community residential centers

Adult correctional institutions

Adult local detention facilities

Juvenile community residential centers

Juvenile detention facilities

Juvenile training schools [5000: A.3.3.444.5]

It is not the intent to classify as detention and correctional occupancies the areas of health care occupancies where doors are locked against patient egress where needed for the clinical needs of the patients. For example, a dementia treatment center can be adequately protected by the health careoccupancies requirements of Chapter 19 of NFPA 101. [See 19.1.1.1.5, 19.2.2.2.2, 19.2.2.2.4(1), and 19.2.2.2.6 of NFPA 101 .]

The one-resident threshold requirement of 23.1.1.1.4 of NFPA 101 is not meant to force a residential occupancy, where security is imposed on one or more occupants, to be reclassified as a detention and correctional occupancy. [ 101 : A.23.1.1.1.4 6 ]











A.3.3.182.15 Limited Care Facility.

Limited care facilities and residential board and care occupancies both provide care to people with physical and mental limitations. However, the goals and programs of the two types of occupancies differ greatly. The requirements in NFPA 101 for limited care facilities are based on the assumption that these are medical facilities, that they provide medical care and treatment, and that the patients are not trained to respond to the fire alarm; that is, the patients do not participate in fire drills but, rather, await rescue. (See Section 18.7 of NFPA 101 .)

The requirements for residential board and care occupancies are based on the assumption that the residents are provided with personal care and activities that foster continued independence, that the residents are encouraged and taught to overcome their limitations, and that most residents, including all residents in prompt and slow homes, are trained to respond to fire drills to the extent they are able. Residents are required to participate in fire drills. (See Section 32.7 of NFPA 101 .)

Persons with Alzheimer's and related illnesses might be located in a nursing home, limited care facility, or board and care facility. For such persons, it is the level of care provided, not the medical diagnosis, that matters for the purposes of determining whether the facility should meet the requirements for limited care. Where personal care is provided but medical or custodial care is not, the limited care definition does not typically apply. It is the intent of this definition that it not apply to persons not receiving medical or custodial care, provided they are able to assist in their own evacuation, regardless of their medical diagnosis. [ 101 : A.3.3.88.2]











A.3.3.182.26 Residential Occupancy.

Residential occupancies are treated as separate occupancies in this Code as follows:

One- and two-family dwellings (Chapter 24 of NFPA 101)

Lodging or rooming houses (Chapter 26 of NFPA 101)

Hotels, motels, and dormitories (Chapters 28 and 29 of NFPA 101)

Apartment buildings (Chapters 30 and 31 of NFPA 101) [ 101 :A.3.3.178 188 .13]











A.3.3.186 Operating Unit (Vessel) or Process Unit (Vessel).

Unit operations include, but are not limited to, distillation, oxidation, cracking, and polymerization. [30: A.3.3.37 41 ]











A.3.3.191 Oxidizer.

Examples of other oxidizing gases include bromine, chlorine, and fluorine.

The classification of oxidizers is based on the technical committee’sevaluation of available scientific and technical data, actual experience, and its considered opinion. Classification refers to the pure oxidizer. Grosscontamination can cause oxidizers of all classes to undergo exothermic orexplosive reaction, particularly if they also are subjected to confinement andheating. (See B.5.2.2 through B.5.2.5 for oxidizer classifications.)

The classification of oxidizers is based on the degree to which an oxidizing chemical increases, if at all, the burning rate of available combustible fuels. Factors that can influence the burning rate of oxidizers are concentration, particle size, product form, product packaging, and packaging configuration. Examples of Class 1, 2, 3, and 4 chemical oxidizers are listed in B.5.2.2. The definition of the current classes and the oxidizers listed as typical of each Class in B.5.2.1 are based on the technical committee’s evaluation of available data, experience, and results of tests done by the Bureau of Mines and GE Research in the 1970s.

The definition of Class 1, 2, 3, and 4 oxidizers is subjective. Currently, there is no bench scale test method that adequately measures the burning rate of oxidizers for large scale storage. The UN’s Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods includes a bench scale test method (Test O.1) to assign packing groups to solid oxidizers. Thirty grams (1.06 oz) of a mixture of the test substance and cellulose powder is ignited with a Nichrome wire. The time from ignition to the end of visible burning of the mixture is compared with the burning time of several different mixtures of potassium bromated (Class 3) and cellulose powder. The test does not characterize chemical reactivity or thermal stability. The test is not representative of packaged oxidizers. The determination of burning time is strongly dependent on test conditions, particle size, and the test operator’s perception of the end of active burning.

The Fire Protection Research Foundation (FPRF) published National Oxidizing Pool Chemicals Storage Fire Test Project in August 1998. The technical report includes literature abstracts, large-scale calorimetry test data, and intermediate scale rack storage tests. The peak rate of heat release ofpackaging and packaged oxidizers trichloroisocyanuric acid (Trichlor, Class 1)and calcium hypochlorite (available chlorine >68%, Class 3) are summarized in Table A.3.3.191.

The Class 1 Trichlor did not increase the burning rate of the combustible packaging. Class 3 calcium hypochlorite (available chlorine >68%) caused a severe increase in the burning rate of the combustible packaging. In 2006, the FPRF published a report on the Development of an Enhanced HazardClassification System for Oxidizers. The report includes a review of firelosses, historical test data, and current test methods for oxidizing materialsused by transportation and environmental regulatory agencies. Two classification schemes with multiple test methods and performance-based criteria were proposed to distinguish between Class 1, 2, 3, and 4 oxidizers in a storage situation.



Future FPRF effort is proposed to define an appropriate bench scale test, validated by medium scale free burn testing, for oxidizers. The goal of the enhanced classification system would be to prescribe tests and use performance-based criteria to define the different classes of oxidizers based on the degree of burning rate enhancement, chemical reactivity, and thermal stability.

The FPRF completed a project that resulted in the development of a bench-scale test, validated by intermediate scale testing, for solid oxidizers. An enhanced classification system with prescribed tests and performance-based criteria to define the different classes of oxidizers based on the degree of burning rate enhancement was developed. [ Buc, Elizabeth C., OxidizerClassification Research Project: Tests and Criteria, Fire Protection ResearchFoundation, November 2009] [ 400: A.3.3. 69

72 ]

Table A.3.3.191 Results of Large-Scale Calorimetry Tests with Packaging and Packaged Oxidizers on Wood Pallets

Oxidizer and Packaging

Total Weight with Pallets

(lb)

PeakConvective

HRR

(kW)

40 cartons of empty HDPE 2 lb capacity containers

300 1736

40 cartons of pea gravel filled HDPE 2 lb capacity containers

1631 464

40 cartons of granular Trichlor in HDPE 2 lb capacity containers

1891 649

40 cartons of tablet form Trichlor in HDPE 2 lb capacity containers 1882 877

48 cartons of granular calcium hypochlorite in 1 lb capacity Surlin (plastic) bags

1468 6696

36 cartons of granular calcium hypochlorite in HDPE 1 lb capacitycontainers

1452 >16184

For SI units, 1 lb = 0.45 kg.

Source: FPRF, National Oxidizing Pool Chemicals Storage Fire Test Project , Aug. 1998.













A.3.3.193 Packaged Fireworks Merchandise.

Packaged fireworks merchandise is generally fireworks items or groups of fireworks items that have been packaged by the manufacturer or distributor before they are offered for sale to the consumer. The packaging arrangement completely encapsulates the fireworks item or items within paperboard, cardboard, plastic wrap, or similar materials or combinations of materials. Such encapsulation ensures that a person must puncture, tear, unseal, or break open the package or otherwise damage or destroy the packaging materials in order to gain access to, and directly handle, each individual fireworks item to expose its fuse. [1124: A.3.3.50 51 ]











A.3.3. X.X Pressure Vessel.

Pressure vessels of any type can be subject to additional regulations imposed by various states or other legal jurisdictions. Users should be aware that compliance with DOT or ASME requirements might not satisfy all of the required regulations for the location in which the vessel is to be installed or used. Pressure vessels may be constructed to meet requirements of other regulatory agencies, including regulations for Transport, Canada (TC) or various ANSI standards that may be applicable for specific uses. [400: A.3.3.19.15]A.3.3. 205 Process or Processing .

The sequence can include both physical and chemical operations, unless the term is modified to restrict it to one or the other. The sequence can involve, but is not limited to, preparation, separation, purification, or change in state, energy content, or composition. [30:A.3.3.41 45 ]











A.3.3.226 Signal.

A.3.3.226.1 Alarm Signal. Examples of alarm signals include outputs of activated alarm initiating devices, the light and sound from actuated alarm notification appliances, alarm data transmission to a supervising station, and so forth.[72:A.3.3.257.1]

A.3.3.226.2 Fire Alarm Signal.

Examples include outputs from activated fire alarm initiating devices (manual fire alarm box, automatic fire detector, waterflow switch, etc.), the light and sound from actuated fire alarm notification appliances, fire alarm data transmission to a supervising station, and so forth. [72:A.3.3.257.5]

A.3.3.226.3 Supervisory Signal.

Examples include activated supervisory signal-initiating device outputs, supervisory data transmissions to supervising stations, the light and sound from actuated supervisory notification appliances, a delinquency signal indicating a guard’s tour supervisory condition, and so forth.

The term guard’s tour supervisory signal, associated with systems supporting guard’s tour supervisory service, is a message indicating that a guard has activated a guard’s tour reporting station (not in itself an indication of a supervisory condition). Guard’s tour supervisory signals are not a subset of the general category of supervisory signals as used in this Code. [72:A.3.3.257.9]

A.3.3.226.4 Trouble Signal.

Examples include off-normal outputs from integrity monitoring circuits, the light and sound from actuated trouble notification appliances, trouble data transmission to a supervising station, and so forth. [72:A.3.3.257.10]











A.3.3.220 Safety Can.

Safety cans listed to ANSI/UL 30, Standard for Metal Safety Cans, are limited to 5 U.S. gal (19 L). ANSI/UL 1313, Standard for Nonmetallic Safety Cans for Petroleum Products, allows for capacities up to 5 Imperial gal (23 L). [30:A.3.3.44 48 ]











A.3.3.246 Store.

Stores are subclassified as Class A, Class B, or Class C in accordance with NFPA 101. [1124: A.3.3.73 75 ]











A.3.3.253.4 Bulk Oxygen System.

The bulk oxygen system terminates at the point where oxygen at service pressure first enters the supply line. The oxygen containers are either stationary or movable, and the oxygen is stored as a compressed gas or cryogenic fluid. [55: A.3.3.15]

A.3.3.253.X Gaseous Hydrogen System.

The system includes stationary or portable containers, pressure regulators, pressure-relief devices, manifolds, interconnecting piping, and controls as required. [ 55 : A.3.3.93.10]










First Revision No. 533-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.3.3.253.15,

A.3.3.253.16 ]

Sections A.3.3.253.15, A.3.3.253.16A.3.3.253.15 Vapor Processing System.

Examples are systems using blower-assist for capturing vapors and refrigeration, absorption, and combustion systems for processing vapors. [30:A.3.3.52 56 ]A.3.3.253.16 Vapor Recovery System.

Examples are balanced-pressure vapor displacement systems and vacuum-assist systems without vapor processing. [30: A.3.3.53 57 ]











A.3.3.253.16 ]

A.3.3.XX Portable Tank (Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids).A portable tank does not include any cylinder having less than 1000 lb (453.5 kg) water capacity, cargo tank, tank car tank, or trailers carrying cylinders of over 1000 lb (453.5 kg) water capacity. [55: A.3.3.94.1]











A.3.3.XX Tube Trailer.The characteristic internal water volume of individual tubular cylinders ranges from43 ft3 to 93 ft3 (1218 L to 2632 L) or a water capacity of 2686 lb to 5803 lb (1218 kg to 2632 kg). [55: A.3.3.96]











A.3.4.5 Design Specification.

Design specifications include both hardware and human factors, such as the conditions produced by maintenance and training. For purposes of performance-based design, the design specifications of interest are those that affect the ability of the building to meet the stated goals and objectives. [5000:A.3.3.606 607 .1]











A.4.5.8.3

Examples of such features include automatic sprinklers, fire alarm systems, standpipes, and portable fire extinguishers. The presence of a life safety feature, such as sprinklers or fire alarm devices, creates a reasonable expectation by the public that these safety features are functional. When systems are inoperable or taken out of service but the devices remain, they present a false sense of safety. Also, before taking any life safety features out of service, extreme care needs to be exercised to ensure that the feature is not required, was not originally provided as an alternative or equivalent, or is no longer required due to other new requirements in the current Code. It is not intended that the entire system or protection feature be removed. Instead, components such as sprinklers, initiating devices, notification appliances, standpipe hose, and exit systems should be removed to reduce the likelihood of relying on inoperable systems or features. Conversely, equipment, such as fire or smoke dampers, that is not obvious to the public should be able to be taken out of service if no longer required by this Code. Where a door that is not required to be fire protection-rated is equipped with a fire protection listing label, it is not the intent of 4.5.8.3 to require such door to be self- or automatic-closing due merely to the presence of the label. [ 101 : A.4.6.12.3]










First Revision No. 536-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.4.5.9(1) ]

A.4.5.9(1)

Examples of such materials are include steel, concrete, aluminum, masonry, and steel glass . [5000: A.7.1.4.1.1 (a 1 )]











A.10.4.3

Examples of such features include automatic sprinklers, fire alarm systems, standpipes, and portable fire extinguishers. The presence of a life safety feature, such as sprinklers or fire alarm devices, creates a reasonable expectation by the public that these safety features are functional. When systems are inoperable or taken out of service but the devices remain, they present a false sense of safety. Also, before taking any life safety features out of service, extreme care needs to be exercised to ensure that the feature is not required, was not originally provided as an alternative or equivalency, or is no longer required due to other new requirements in the current Code. It is not intended that the entire system or protection feature be removed. Instead, components such as sprinklers, initiating devices, notification appliances, standpipe hose, and exit systems should be removed to reduce the likelihood of relying on inoperable systems or features. Where a door that is not required to be fire protection-rated is equipped with a fire protection listing label, it is not the intent of 4.6.12.3 to require such door to be self- or automatic-closing due merely to the presence of the label. [ 101 : A.4.6.12.3]










First Revision No. 539-NFPA 1-2012 [ New Section after A.10.9.2.1

(3) ]

A.10.9.2.3

Emergency action plans are a critical component of assuring life safety in buildings. Life safety is the result of an interaction of technical and social systems within the building and in the community. Gathering information to evaluate the performance and effectiveness of emergency action plans is important for verifying systemperformance and as a basis for improvement. Such reports should be retained bybuilding management and used to inform the process for revision of the buildingemergency action plan.

Following any drill or actual emergency or reported emergency occurring in the building, an after action report should be prepared by the building owner or designated representative to document the function of the building's life safety hardware, procedures, and occupant emergency organization.

For ordinary drills and reported emergencies, areas of success and areas for improvement should be identified.

For actual emergencies in the building, where there is major occupant movement, damage, or casualties, additional information should be collected. This includes questions concerning the event, as well as performance of life safety systems. It alsoidentifies improvements in areas such as training, maintenance, interaction with local emergency response organizations, or occupant management. The reports fromthese significant events should be shared with the local emergency responseorganization. [101: A.4.8.2.3]










First Revision No. 538-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.10.9.2.1(3) ]

A.10.9.2.1(3)

It is assumed that a majority of buildings will use a total evacuation strategy during a fire. It should be noted that evacuation from a building could occur for reasons other than a fire, but such other reasons are not the primary focus of the Code. As used herein, total evacuation is defined as the process in which all, or substantially all, occupants leave a building or facility in either an unmanaged or managed sequence or order. An alternative to total evacuation, is partial evacuation, which can be defined as the process inwhich a select portion of a building or facility is cleared or emptied of itsoccupants while occupants in other portions mostly carry on normal activity. Ineither case, the evacuation process can be ordered or managed in accordance with an established priority in which some or all occupants of a building or facility clear their area and utilize means of egress routes. This is typically done so that the more endangered occupants are removed before occupants in less endangered areas. Alternative terms describing this sequencing or ordering of evacuation are staged evacuation and phased evacuation.

Table A.10.9.2.1(3) illustrates options for extent of management and extent of evacuation. Some of the options shown might not be appropriate. As noted in Table A.10.9.2.1(3), either total or partial evacuation can include staged(zoned) evacuation or phased evacuation, which is referred to as managed orcontrolled evacuation. It should also be noted that the evacuation process might not include relocation to the outside of the building but might instead include relocation to an area of refuge or might defend the occupants in place to minimize the need for evacuation.

Table A.10.9.2.1(3) Occupant Evacuation Strategies

Extent of Management

Extent of Evacuation Managed Sequence Unmanaged Sequence

No evacuation

Shelter in place No movement —

remain

shelter in place upon direction No movement —

remain

shelter in place per prior instruction

Partial



Relocation or partial evacuation

Managed or controlled partial evacuation

In-building relocation on same floor

In-building relocation to different floors

Occupants of some floors leave building

Unmanaged or uncontrolled partial evacuation

Total evacuationManaged or controlled total evacuation

Unmanaged movement oruncontrolled total evacuation

[ 101: Table A.4.8.2.1(3)]

The different methods of evacuation are also used in several contexts throughout NFPA 101. Though most of the methods of evacuation are not specifically defined or do not have established criteria, various sections of NFPA 101 promulgate them as alternatives to total evacuation. The following sections of NFPA 101 discuss these alternatives in more detail:

Section 4.7 — Provides requirements for fire and relocation drills

7.2.12 — Provides requirements for area of refuge

7.2.4 — Provides requirements for horizontal exits

9.6.3.6 — Provides the alarm signal requirements for different methods of evacuation

9.6.3.9 — Permits automatically transmitted or live voice evacuation or relocation instructions to occupants and requires them in accordance with NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code

14.3.4.2.3 (also Chapter 15) — Describes alternative protection systems in educational occupancies

18.1.1.2/18.1.1.3/Section 18.7 (also Chapter 19) — Provide methods of evacuation for health care occupancies

Chapters 22 and 23 — Provide methods of evacuation for detention and correctional occupancies, including the five groups of resident user categories

Chapters 32 and 33 — Provide method of evacuation for residential board and care occupancies

32.1.5/33.1.5 — For residential board and care occupancies, state that “no means of escape or means of egress shall be considered as complying with the minimum criteria for acceptance, unless emergency evacuation drills are regularly conducted”

40.2.5.1.2 — For industrial occupancies, states that “ancillary facilities in special-purpose industrial occupancies where delayed evacuation is anticipated shall have not less than a 2-hour fire resistance–rated separation from the predominant industrial occupancy and shall have one means of egress that is separated from the predominant industrial occupancy by 2-hour fire resistance–rated construction”



The method of evacuation should be accomplished in the context of the physical facilities, the type of activities undertaken, and the provisions for the capabilities of occupants (and staff, if available). Therefore, in addition to meeting the requirements of the Code, or when establishing an equivalency or a performance-based design, the following recommendations and general guidance information should be taken into account when designing, selecting, executing, and maintaining a method of evacuation:

When choosing a method of evacuation, the available safe egress time (ASET) must always be greater than the required safe egress time (RSET).

The occupants’ characteristics will drive the method of evacuation. For example, occupants might be incapable of evacuating themselves because of age, physical or mental disabilities, physical restraint, or a combination thereof. However, some buildings might be staffed with people who could assist in evacuating. Therefore, the method ofevacuation is dependent on the ability of occupants to move as a group, with or without assistance. For more information, see the definitions under the term Evacuation Capability in Chapter 3 of NFPA 101.

An alternative method of evacuation might or might not have a faster evacuation time than a total evacuation. However, the priority of evacuation should be such that the occupants in the most danger are given a higher priority. This prioritization will ensure that occupants more intimate with the fire will have a faster evacuation time.

Design, construction, and compartmentation are also variables in choosing a method of evacuation. The design, construction, and compartmentation should limit the development and spread of a fire and smoke and reduce the need for occupant evacuation. The fire should be limited to the room or compartment of fire origin. Therefore, the following factors need to be considered:

Overall fire resistance rating of the building

Fire-rated compartmentation provided with the building

Number and arrangement of the means of egress

Fire safety systems should be installed that compliment the method of evacuation, and should include consideration of the following:

Detection of fire

Control of fire development

Confinement of the effects of fire

Extinguishment of fire

Provision of refuge or evacuation facilities, or both

One of the most important fire safety systems is the fire alarm and communication system, particularly the notification system. The fire alarm system should be in accordance with NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, and should take into account the following:

Initial notification of only the occupants in the affected zone(s) (e.g., zone of fire origin and adjacent zones)

Provisions to notify occupants in other unaffected zones to allow orderly evacuation of the entire building

Need for live voice communication

Reliability of the fire alarm and communication system



The capabilities of the staff assisting in the evacuation process should be considered in determining the method of evacuation.

The ability of the fire department to interact with the evacuation should be analyzed. It is important to determine if the fire department can assist in the evacuation or if fire department operations hinder the evacuation efforts.

Evacuation scenarios for hazards that are normally outside of the scope of the Code should be considered to the extent practicable. (See 4.3.1 ofNFPA 101.)

Consideration should be given to the desire of the occupants to self-evacuate, especially if the nature of the building or the fire warrants evacuation in the minds of the occupants. Self-evacuation might also be initiated by communication between the occupants themselves throughface-to-face contact, mobile phones, and so forth.

An investigation period, a delay in the notification of occupants after the first activation of the fire alarm, could help to reduce the number of false alarms and unnecessary evacuations. However, a limit to such a delay should be established before a general alarm is sounded, such as positive alarm sequence as defined in NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code.

Consideration should be given to the need for an evacuation that might be necessary for a scenario other than a fire (e.g., bomb threat, earthquake).

Contingency plans should be established in the event the fire alarm and communication system fail, which might facilitate the need for total evacuation.

The means of egress systems should be properly maintained to ensure the dependability of the method of evacuation.

Fire prevention policies or procedures, or both, should be implemented that reduce the chance of a fire (e.g., limiting smoking or providing fire-safe trash cans).

The method of evacuation should be properly documented, and written forms of communication should be provided to all of the occupants, which might include sign postings throughout the building. Consideration should be given to the development of documentation for an operation and maintenance manual or a fire emergency plan, or both.

Emergency egress drills should be performed on a regular basis. For more information, see Section 4.7 of NFPA 101.

The AHJ should also be consulted when developing the method of evacuation.

Measures should be in place and be employed to sequence or control the order of a total evacuation, so that such evacuations proceed in a reasonably safe, efficient manner. Such measures include special attention to the evacuation capabilities and needs of occupants with disabilities, eitherpermanent or temporary. For comprehensive guidance on facilitating life safety for such populations, go to www.nfpa.org. For specific guidance on stair descent devices, see A.7.2.12.2.3(2) of NFPA 101.



In larger buildings, especially high-rise buildings, it is recommended that all evacuations — whether partial or total — be managed to sequence or control the order in which certain occupants are evacuated from their origin areas and to make use of available means of egress. In high-rise buildings, the exit stairs, at any level, are designed to accommodate the egress flow of only a very small portion of the occupants — from only one or a few stories, and within a relatively short time period — on the order of a few minutes. In case of a fire, only the immediately affected floor(s) should be given priority use of the means of egress serving that floor(s). Other floors should then be given priority use of the means of egress, depending on the anticipated spread of the fire and its combustion products, and to clear certain floors to facilitate eventual fire service operations. Typically, this means that the one or two floors above and below a fire floor will have secondary priority immediately after the fire floor. Depending on where combustion products move, for example, upwards through a building with cool-weather stack effect, the next priority floors will be the uppermost occupied floors in the building.

Generally, in order to minimize evacuation time for most or all of a relatively tall building to be evacuated, occupants from upper floors should have priority use of exit stairs. For people descending many stories of stairs, this priority will maximize their opportunity to take rest stops without unduly extending their overall time to evacuate a building. Thus, the precedence behavior of evacuees should be that people already in an exit stair should normally not defer to people attempting to enter the exit stair from lower floors, except for those lower floors most directly impacted by a fire or other imminent danger. Notably, this is contrary to the often observed behavior of evacuees in high-rise building evacuations where lower floor precedence behavior occurs. (Similarly, in the most commonly observed behavior of people normally disembarking a passenger airliner, people within the aisle defer to people entering the aisle, so that the areas closest to the exit typically clear first.) Changing, and generally managing, the sequence or order within which egress occurs will require effectively informing building occupants and evaluating resulting performance in a program of education, training, and drills.

When designing the method of evacuation for a complex building, all forms of egress should be considered. For example, consideration could be given to an elevator evacuation system. An elevator evacuation system involves an elevator design that provides protection from fire effects so that elevators can be used safely for egress. See 7.2.13 and A.7.2.12.2.4 of NFPA 101 for more information.

For further guidance, see the following publications:

SFPE Engineering Guide to Human Behavior in Fire , which provides information on occupant characteristics, response to fire cues, decision making in fire situations, and methods for predicting evacuation time

NFPA Fire Protection Handbook, 19th edition, Section 2, Chapter 2, which provides good methodology for managing exposures and determining the method of evacuation

NFPA Fire Protection Handbook, 19th edition, Section 13, which provides further commentary on methods of evacuation for differentoccupancies

SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, Section 3, Chapter Chapters 11- 13, which provides provide an overview of some of the research on methods of evacuation and methods for predicting evacuation times [ 101 : A.4.8.2.1(3)]












First Revision No. 540-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.10.9.3, A.10.9.3.1,

A.10.9.3.7 ]

Sections A.10.9.3, A.10.9.3.1, A.10.9.3.7A.10.9.3

Training addresses known knowledge, skill, and ability requirements while education addresses unknown knowledge, skill, and ability requirements. [ 1600 : A.6.11]

A.10.9.3.1

A performance-based curriculum is a program based on competencies and implemented with goals, objectives, and references to be used to measure and evaluate compliance. The performance-based curriculum is implemented and ensures that specified goals and objectives are met. The curriculum allows for the use of equivalencies that demonstrate compliance. The following describes the instructional system design (ISD) use of a performance-based curriculum instructional design model, commonly known as ADDIE (Analysis Design Development Implementation Evaluation):

Establish goals

Analyze the current levels of performance and identify the desire levels

Write performance objectives that include specific expected behavior, conditions under which the behavior is expected, and specific criteria for the behavior

Design evaluation first and instruction and instructional strategies second

Develop the instruction, including all learning support materials

Implement the instruction

Evaluate the learning

Determine follow-up corrective action, if necessary



All personnel designated to perform specific task(s) should demonstrate competence to safely perform those tasks and meet theexpected criteria identified in performance objectives. Competency-based performance is an accepted concept in public, private, and not-for-profit entities. One comprehensive definition of “competency” is: “A cluster of related knowledge, skills, and attitudes that affects a major part of one’s job (a role or responsibility), that correlates with performance on the job, that can be measured against well-accepted standards, and that can be improved via training and development” ( Training , July 1996). An “essential” competency is critical for an employee to perform safely, effectively meeting the criteria identified in the performance objective. Competencies are gained through a multitude of ways: life experience, formal education, apprenticeship, on-the-job experience, self-help programs, andtraining and development programs. All of these together might contribute to competence in performing a designated task. [ 1600 :A.6.11.1]

A.10.9.3.7

Information that should be included in public outreach and awareness efforts include regulatory disclosures such as those required by the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA), the Community Awareness Emergency Response (CAER), and the Clery Act. Other nonregulatory examples of awareness that might be included in public education include severe weather outreach and alerts, shelter-in-place, and evacuation. See also A.6.8 of NFPA 1600. [ 1600 : A.6.11.7]










First Revision No. 541-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.10.12.3.1.11 ]

A.10.12.3.1.11

It is not the intent to require a sign that reads ROOF ACCESS, as such message might be misinterpreted by building occupants as an alternative egress route. However, signs that read ROOF ACCESS are not prohibited, as many such signs have been installed in existing buildings so as to make a requirement for removal impractical. Historically, the ROOF ACCESS sign has provided information for the fire department. Where there is no roof access, such information will be posted via a NO ROOF ACCESS sign. The absence of the NO ROOF ACCESS sign should be understood by the fire department to mean that roof access is possible. [ 101 : A.7.2.2.5.4.1(K M )]











A.10.12.3.3

Where environmental conditions (such as illumination levels and directionality or a complex visual field that draws a person’s attention away from stair treads) lead to a hazardous reduction in one’s ability to perceive stair treads, they should be made of a material that allows ready discrimination of the number and position of treads. In all cases, the leading edges of all treads should be readily visible during both ascent and descent. A major factor in injury-producing stair accidents, and in the ability to use stairs efficiently in conditions such as egress, is the clarity of the stair treads as separate stepping surfaces.

For stair nosing marking, surface-applied material, such as adhesive-backed tape and magnetic strips, should not be used, as it is not durable under the scuffing from users' feet and, in coming loose, it creates a tripping hazard. While a carefully applied and consistently maintained coating is acceptable, contrasting color or photoluminescent material integral with the nosings is preferable because of its permanence. See also 7.1.6.4 and 7.2.2.3.6 of NFPA 101 for slip resistance uniformity requirements, as well as prohibition of projections on the treads.

Guidance on the use of photoluminescent marking is provided by ASTM E2030, Guide for Recommended Uses of Photoluminescent (Phosphorescent) Safety Markings. Additional marking, for example, at the side boundaries of the stair, should be applied in accordance with the guidance provided therein. [ 101: A.7.2.2.5.4.3]











A.10.19.3.2

The 18 in. (457 mm) dimension is not intended to limit the height of shelving on a wall or shelving against a wall in accordance with 10.19.3.2 . Where shelving is installed on a wall and is not directly below sprinklers, the shelves, including storage thereon, can extend above the level of a plane located 18 in. (457 mm) below ceiling sprinkler deflectors. Shelving, and any storage thereon, directly below the sprinklers cannot extend above a plane located 18 in. (457 mm) below the ceiling sprinkler deflectors. [ 13: A.8.6.6]











A.12.4.2

No fire test standard requirement currently exists to which fabric fire safety curtain assemblies can be tested. Only the curtain fabric is tested in accordance with NFPA 251 ASTM E119 , Standard Test Methods of for Fire Tests of Fire Resistance of Building and Construction and Materials . The perimeter and internal framework and all supporting, guide, and operating components used in specific applications are not tested. Variations in size of proscenium openings and the amount of side and head clearances available for individual stages dictate the number of variations in design of the assemblies.[80: A.1.1.1]











A.12.4.6.4.1

Field modifications beyond the scope of the prescriptive allowances permitted by 4.1.3.2 through 4.1.3.4 of NFPA 80 typically result in voiding the fire rating of the assembly. Paragraph 4.1.4.2.1 of NFPA 80 provides an alternative method whereby proposed modifications can be documented and presented to the labeling agency prior to work commencing. Where the proposed modification(s) are within the parameters of the manufacturer’s procedures and will not degrade the fire resistance of the assembly, the labeling agency is permitted to authorize such modifications without a requirement for a subsequent field inspection. [80: A.5.1.4.1]











A.12.4.5

The fire performance evaluation of these assemblies is tested in accordance with NFPA 251 ASTM E119 , Standard Test Methods of for Fire Tests of Fire Resistance of Building and Construction and Materials , for horizontal access doors; NFPA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies , for fire doors and shutters; NFPA 257, Standard on Fire Test for Window and Glass Block Assemblies , for fire windows and glass block; and NFPA 288, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Floor Horizontal Fire Door Assemblies Installed Horizontally in Horizontal Fire Resistance–Rated Floor Systems Assemblies , for doors in horizontal fire-rated assemblies. It is not the intent of this section to establish the degree of protection required or to constitute the approval of any product. These are determined by the AHJ. [80: A.1.1.4]











A.12.4.6.6

Fire doors Doors , shutters, and windows are of no value unless they are properly maintained and closed or are able to close at the time of fire. A periodic inspection and maintenance program should be implemented and should be is generally the responsibility of the property management building owner . [80: A.5.2]










First Revision No. 548-NFPA 1-2012 [ New Section after A.12.4.6.6.1 ]

A.12.4.6.6.2

Newer technology includes use of barcodes and other electronic devices. This sectionrecognizes that completed and filed barcode reports should be considered signed by the inspector. [80: A.5.2.2]

A. 12.4.6.6.2.2

In many cases, AHJs are not able to inspect each building in their jurisdiction each year. Inspection and testing records need to be retained during the intervening periods between the AHJ's formal visits to provide evidence that the inspections and testing were performed as required by this standard. Additionally, maintenance records documenting that the necessary corrective actions have been made in accordance with this standard should be stored with the inspection and testing records for the same period of time. Retaining the records for 7 years allows the AHJ the ability to look back over an extended period of time to verify that the fire door assemblies are being properly maintained. [80: A.5.2.2.2]

A. 12.4.6.6.2.3

Installation of new fire door assemblies should be documented in the same manner and level of detail as the periodic inspections and testing of fire door assemblies required by 12.4.7.3 and 12.4.7.4. Records of new fire door assemblies should be retained with the periodic inspections and testing records for the facility. [80: A.5.2.2.3]

A. 12.4.6.6.2.4(8)

Each fire door assembly inspected and tested should be assigned a unique identifier code (e.g., door number as assigned by the facility) that can be used to track the assembly's compliance and maintenance records throughout the lifetime of its installation. Identifier codes could be a door assembly number, barcode, or other code that is unique to each fire door assembly. [80: A.5.2.2.4(8)]

A. 12.4.6.6.2.4(9)

To aid the AHJ during the review of the inspections and testing reports, the records should include a description of the type of fire door assembly as follows:

Type 6: Swinging door with builders hardware

Type 7: Swinging fire door with fire door hardware

Type 8: Horizontally sliding fire door

Type 9: Special purpose horizontally accordion or folding door

Type 10: Vertically sliding fire door

Type 11: Rolling steel door

Type 12: Fire shutter

Type 13: Service counter fire door

Type 14: Hoistway doors for elevators and dumbwaiter

Type 15: Chute door

Type 16: Access door

Type 17: Fire window [80: A.5.2.2.4(9)]

A. 12.4.6.6.2.4(10)



Functional operation of fire door assemblies should include testing of the closing device, complete closure of the fire door, and full engagement of latch(es) where required by door type. Functional testing of automatic-closing or power-operated fire door assemblies and electrically controlled latching hardware or release devices might need to be coordinated with the facility during other electrically controlled system tests. [80: A.5.2.2.4(10)]

A. 12.4.6.6.2.5

Existing fire door assemblies that have been repaired should be inspected and tested immediately upon completion of the repair work to ensure that they are in compliance with this standard. [80: A.5.2.2.5]

A.12.4.6.6.3.1

Visual inspection and functional testing of fire door and fire window assemblies require the persons performing the inspections and testing to be thoroughly knowledgeable of the various components and systems that are used to create fire-rated assemblies. In the case of swinging doors with builders hardware, theseassemblies are comprised of labeled and listed components from severalmanufacturers. Often, the listing of the door leaf determines which products arepermitted to be installed on an assembly. Inspectors of swinging doors with builders hardware need be able to recognize which components can or cannot be used on specific assemblies, which requires training and experience on behalf of the persons performing the inspections. Additionally, AHJs need to be able to rely on the competency, expertise, experience, and knowledge of the fire door inspectors in their jurisdiction. [80: A.5.2.3.1]

A.12.4.6.6.3.2

Any fire door or fire window assembly or component that has a history of reoccurring failures should be evaluated for possible replacement or other corrective measures.[80: A.5.2.3.2]

A.12.4.6.6.3.6.2(12)

Fusible links should not be coated with any materials such as fireproofing, drywall compound, or spray texturing. [80: A.5.2.3.6.2(12)]

A. 12.4.6.6.3.8

Movable parts of the door assembly can include, but are not limited to, stay rollers, gears, and closing mechanisms. [80: A.5.2.3.8]

A.12.4.6.6.4.1

Doors subject to high-volume use and abuse might warrant an increased frequency ofinspection. Components including, but not limited to, hinges, catches, closers,latches, and stay rollers are especially subject to wear. [80: A.5.2.4.1]

A.12.4.6.6.4.6

The determination of the time required for corrective action should be based on a risk analysis and availability of replacement materials. [80: A.5.2.4.6]













A.12.4.6.

19.5 Movable parts of the door assembly can include but are not limited to stay rollers, gears, and closing mechanisms8

See Annex J of NFPA 80 for information regarding performance-based inspection, testing, and maintenance options for fire door assemblies . [ 80:A.5.

2.14.54]

A.12.4.6.9.1

The determination of the time required for corrective action should be based on a risk analysis and availability of replacement materials. [ 80: A.5.5.1 ]











A.12.5.2

The requirements pertaining to interior finish are intended to restrict the spread of fire over the continuous surface forming the interior portions of a building. The presence of multiple paint layers has the potential for paint delamination and bubbling or blistering of paint. Testing (NFPA Fire Technology, August 1974, “Fire Tests of Building Interior Covering Systems,” David Waksman and John Ferguson, Institute for Applied Technology, National Bureau of Standards) has shown that adding up to two layers of paint with a dry film thickness of about 0.007 in. (0.18 mm) will not change the fire properties of surface-covering systems. Testing has shown that the fire properties of the surface-covering systems are highly substrate dependent and that thin coatings generally take on the characteristics of the substrate. When exposed to fire, the delamination, bubbling, and blistering of paint can result in an accelerated rate of flame spread. [ 101 : A.10.2.1]










First Revision No. 551-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.12.5.3.2(2) ]

A.12.5.3.2(2)

Compliance with 16 CFR 1630, Standard for the Surface Flammability of Carpets and Rugs (FFI-70), is considered equivalent to compliance with ASTM D 2859, Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials . [ 101 : A.10.2.2.2(2)]











A.12.5.4

ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials , and UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials , are considered nationally recognized consensus standard test methods for determining the flame spread index and smoke developed index of building materials and are likely to yield equivalent test results. See also A.12.5.5.1 . [ 101 : A.10.2.3]











A.12.5.4.4

It has been shown that the method of mounting interior finish materials might affect usually affects actual performance. The use of standard mounting methods will be helpful in determining appropriate fire test results. Wherematerials are tested in intimate contact with a substrate to determine aclassification, such materials should be installed in intimate contact with asimilar substrate. Such details are especially important for “thermally thin”materials. For further information, see ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials .

Some interior wall and ceiling finish materials, such as fabrics not applied to asolid backing, do not lend themselves to a test made in accordance with ASTM E 84. In such cases, the large-scale test outlined in NFPA 701, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films, is permitted to be used.

In 1989, the NFPA Technical Committee on Fire Tests eliminated the so-called “small-scale test” from NFPA 701 because the results had been shown not to represent a fire performance that corresponded to what happened in real scale. Since then, NFPA 701 no longer contains a “small-scale test” but it now contains two tests (Test 1 and Test 2), which apply to materials as a function of their areal density. Thus NFPA 701 Test 1 applies to fabrics (other than vinyl-coated fabric blackout linings) having an areal density less than or equal to 21 oz/yd 2 (700 g/m 2 ) while NFPA 701 Test 2 applies to fabrics with an areal density greater than 21 oz/yd 2 (700 g/m 2 ), vinyl-coated fabric blackout linings, decorative objects and films. Representations that materials or products have been tested to the small-scale test in NFPA 701 normally refer to the pre-1989 small-scale test, which no longer exists and which does not represent acceptable fire performance.

Prior to 1978, the test report described by ASTM E 84 included an evaluation of the fuel contribution as well as the flame spread rating and the smoke development value. However, it is now recognized that the measurement on which the fuel contribution is based does not provide a valid measure. Therefore, although the data are recorded during the test, the information is no longer normally reported. Classification of interior wall and ceiling finish thus relies only on flame spread index and smoke development value.

The 450 smoke development value limit is based solely on obscuration. (See A.12.5.5.1.) [ 101 : A.10.2.3.4]













A.12.5.5

Surface nonmetallic raceway products, as permitted by NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, are not interior finishes and are not subject to the provisions of Chapter 12 . [ 101 : A.10.2.4]











A.12.5.5.3.1

Both NFPA 286, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contributionof Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth , and ANSI/UL 1715, Standard for Fire Test of Interior Finish Material , contain smoke obscurationcriteria. ANSI/UL 1040, Standard for Fire Test of Insulated Wall Construction , and FM 4880, Approval Standard for Class I Insulated Wall or Wall and Roof/Ceiling Panels; Plastic Interior Finish Materials; Plastic Exterior Building Panels; Wall/Ceiling Coating Systems; Interior or Exterior Finish Systems , do not include smoke obscuration criteria. Smoke obscuration is an important component of the fire performance of cellular or foamed plastic materials. See A.12.5.5.3.1.2 [ 101 : A.10.2.4.3.1]











A.12.5.8

The flooring radiant panel provides a measure of a floor covering's tendency to spread flames where located in a corridor and exposed to the flame and hot gases from a room fire. The flooring radiant panel test method is to be used as a basis for estimating the fire performance of a floor covering installed in the building corridor.Floor coverings in open building spaces and in rooms within buildings merit nofurther regulation, provided that it can be shown that the floor covering is at least as resistant to spread of flame as a material that meets the U.S. federal flammability standard 16 CFR 1630, Standard for the Surface Flammability of Carpets and Rugs (FF 1-70). All carpeting sold in the United States since 1971 is required to meet this standard and, therefore, is not likely to become involved in a fire until a room reaches or approaches flashover. Therefore, no further regulations are necessary for carpet, other than carpet in exitways and corridors.

It has not been found necessary or practical to regulate interior floor finishes on the basis of smoke development.

Full-scale fire tests and fire experience have shown that floor coverings in open building spaces merit no regulation beyond the U.S. federally mandated DOC FF 1-70 “pill test.” This is because floor coverings meeting the pill test will not spreadflame significantly until a room fire approaches flashover. At flashover, the spread of flame across a floor covering will have minimal impact on the already existing hazard. The minimum critical radiant flux of a floor covering that will pass the FF 1-70 test has been determined to be approximately 0.04 W/cm2 (Tu, King-Mon and Davis, Sanford, Flame Spread of Carpet Systems Involved in Room Fires, NFSIR 76-1013, Center for Fire Research, National Bureau of Standards, June 1976). The flooring radiant panel is only able to determine critical radiant flux values to 0.1 W/cm2. This provision will prevent use of a noncomplying material, which can create a problem, especially when the Code is used outside the United States where U.S.federal regulation FF 1-70 (16 CFR 1630) is not mandated. [101: A.10.2.7]

A.12.5.8.1

Compliance with 16 CFR 1630, “Standard for the Surface Flammability of Carpets and Rugs” (FFI-70), is considered equivalent to compliance withASTM D 2859. [101: A.10.2.7.1]











A.12.5.8.3

The flooring radiant panel provides a measure of a floor covering’s tendency to spread flames where located in a corridor and exposed to the flame and hot gases from a room fire. The flooring radiant panel test method is to be used as a basis for estimating the fire performance of a floor coveringinstalled in the building corridor. Floor coverings in open building spaces andin rooms within buildings merit no further regulation, provided that it can beshown that the floor covering is at least as resistant to spread of flame as amaterial that meets the U.S. federal flammability standard 16 CFR 1630,Standard for the Surface Flammability of Carpets and Rugs (FF 1-70). All carpeting sold in the U.S. since 1971 is required to meet this standard and,therefore, is not likely to become involved in a fire until a room reaches orapproaches flashover. Therefore, no further regulations are necessary for carpet other than carpet in exitways and corridors.

It has not been found necessary or practical to regulate interior floor finishes on the basis of smoke development.

Full-scale fire tests and fire experience have shown floor coverings in open building spaces merit no regulation beyond the United States federally mandated DOC FF 1-70 “pill test.” This is because floor coverings meeting the FF 1-70 regulation will not spread flame significantly until a room fire approaches flashover. At flashover, the spread of flame across a floorcovering will have minimal impact on the already existing hazard. The minimum critical radiant flux of a floor covering that will pass the FF 1-70 regulation has been determined to be approximately 0.04 W/cm 2 (Tu, King-Mon and Davis, Sanford, “Flame Spread of Carpet Systems Involved in Room Fires,” see Annex B of NFPA 101 ). The flooring radiant panel is only able to determine critical radiant flux values to 0.1 W/cm 2 . This provision will prevent use of a noncomplying material, which might create a problem, especially when the Code is used outside the U.S. where U.S. Federal regulation FF 1-70 is not mandated. ASTM E 648, Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source , and NFPA 253, Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source , are considered nationally recognized consensus standard test methods for determining the critical radiant flux from floor covering systems and are likely to yieldequivalent test results. [ 101 : A.10.2.7.3]











A.12.6.3.1

The Class I requirement associated with testing per NFPA 260, StandardMethods of Tests and Classification System for Cigarette Ignition Resistance of Components of Upholstered Furniture ,

or with ASTM E 1353, Standard Test Methods for Cigarette Ignition Resistance of Components of Upholstered Furniture ,

and the char length of not more than

1 1 ⁄ 2

1½ in. (38 mm) required with testing per NFPA 261, Standard Method of Test for Determining Resistance of Mock-Up Upholstered Furniture Material Assemblies to Ignition by Smoldering Cigarettes ,

or with ASTM E 1352, Standard Test Method for Cigarette Ignition Resistance of Mock-Up Upholstered Furniture Assemblies ,

are indicators that the furniture item or mattress is resistant to a cigaretteignition. A fire that smolders for an excessive period of time without flamingcan reduce the tenability within the room or area of fire origin withoutdeveloping the temperatures necessary to operate automatic sprinklers.

The test results from NFPA

260, or from ASTM E 1353, and from NFPA 261, or from ASTM E 1352, 260and from NFPA 261 are suitable for classification purposes but should not be used as input into fire models, because they are not generated in units suitable for engineering calculations.

Until recently, NFPA 260 was equivalent to ASTM E1353, Standard Test Methods for Cigarette Ignition Resistance of Components of Upholstered Furniture , and NFPA 261 was equivalent to ASTM E1352, Standard Test Method for Cigarette Ignition Resistance of Mock-Up Upholstered Furniture Assemblies . However, that changed when NFPA 260 and NFPA 261adopted the new NIST standard reference material (SRM 1196) as the ignitingcigarette and ASTM E1352 and ASTM E1353 did not, meaning that ASTM E1352 and ASTM E1353 use commercial cigarettes that are low ignition propensity and have a low likelihood of properly assessing smoldering potential. [ 101 : A.10.3.2.1]













A.12.6.6

Neither ANSI/ UL 1975, Standard for Fire Tests for Foamed Plastics Used for Decorative Purposes, nor NFPA 289 is intended for evaluating interior wall and ceiling finish materials.

Actual test results for heat, smoke, and combustion product release from ANSI/ UL 1975 or from NFPA 289 might be suitable for use as input into fire models intended for performance-based design. [ 101 : A.10.3.7]











A.12.7.5.1

Firestop materials become systems when installed to the listed firestop system design from an accredited testing laboratory. Installation of firestop materials to the listed system should meet all limitations of the system. FM 4991, Standard for the Approval of Firestop Contractors , and the UL Qualified Firestop Contractor Program both provide a quantified qualification of the firestop installer who understands the detailed installation requirements.

Where the configuration of a penetrating item or group of items is such that a listed system is determined to be nonexistent and reconfiguration of the penetrations or fire resistance rated assembly is determined to be impractical or impossible, alternative methods for maintaining the integrity of the requiredfire–resistance rating of the assembly should be permitted to be establishedusing an engineering analysis based on a comparison of listed systems prepared by a manufacturer’s technical representative of the systems specified, by the laboratory that conducted the original test, or by a professional engineer.

ASTM E 2174, Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed FireStops, provides guidance for the inspection of through-penetration fire stopsystems tested in accordance with ASTM E 814, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops, and ANSI/UL 1479, Standard for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. [ 101 : A.8.3.5.1]











A.13.2.2.5

It is not the intent of 13.2.2.5 to permit the removal of portions of the existing standpipe system other than hose lines, and that such remaining system components be maintained and available for use by the fire department or other appropriate fire suppression personnel.






Committee Statement: The proposed annex text clarifies the intent of 13.2.2.5.





A.13.3.2.6

Small loading docks, covered platforms, ducts, or similar small unheated areas can be protected by dry pendent sprinklers extending through the wall from wet sprinkler piping in an adjacent heated area. Where protecting covered platforms, loading docks, and similar areas, a dry pendent sprinkler should extend down at a 45 degree angle. The width of the area to be protected should not exceed 7 1⁄2 ft (2.3 m). Sprinklers should be spaced not over 12 ft (3.7 m) apart. Exterior projections include, but are not limited to, exterior roofs, canopies, porte-cocheres, balconies, decks, or similar projections. (See Figure A.13.3.2.6.) [13: A.8.15.7]Figure A.13.3.2.6 Dry Pendent Sprinklers for Protection of Covered Platforms, Loading Docks, and Similar Areas. [13: Figure A.8.15.7]










First Revision No. 562-NFPA 1-2012 [ New Section after A.13.3.2.7.3

(1) ]

A.13.3.2.7.3(3)

Examples of low fire hazard uses include spectator sporting events, concerts, andperformances on platforms.

The following uses are not low fire hazard uses: concerts and performances on stages; tradeshows; exhibition and display of combustible items; displays of vehicles, boats, or similar items; or events using open flames or pyrotechnic effects. [101:A.12.3.5.3(3)]











A.13.3.2.11.5

Although this exception is currently not recognized by NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems , a proposal for such exemption has been submitted for consideration by the Technical Committee on Sprinkler System Installation Criteria. This exception is limited to hospitals, as nursing homes and many limited care facilities might have more combustibles within the closets. The limited amount of clothing found in the small clothes closets in hospital patient rooms is typically far less than the amount of combustibles in casework cabinets that do not require sprinkler protection, such as nurse servers. In many hospitals, especially new hospitals, it is difficult to make a distinction between clothes closets and cabinet work. The exception is far more restrictive than similar exceptions for hotels and apartment buildings.NFPA 13 already permits the omission of sprinklers in wardrobes [see 8.1.1(7) of NFPA 13]. It is not the intent of 18.3.5.10 of NFPA 101 to affect the wardrobe provisions of NFPA 13. It is the intent that the sprinkler protection in the room covers the closet as if there were no door on the closet. (See 8.5.3.2.3 of NFPA 13.) [ 101 : A.18.3.5.10]











A.13.3.2.12.10

Although this exception is currently not recognized by NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems , a proposal for such exemption has been submitted for consideration by the Technical Committee on Sprinkler System Installation Criteria. This exception is limited to hospitals, as nursing homes and many limited care facilities might have more combustibles within the closets. The limited amount of clothing found in the small clothes closets in hospital patient rooms is typically far less than the amount of combustibles in casework cabinets that do not require sprinkler protection, such as nurse servers. In many hospitals, especially new hospitals, it is difficult to make a distinction between clothes closets and cabinet work. The exception is far more restrictive than similar exceptions for hotels and apartment buildings.NFPA 13 already permits the omission of sprinklers in wardrobes [see 8.1.1(7) of NFPA 13]. It is not the intent of 19.3.5.10 of NFPA 101 to affect the wardrobe provisions of NFPA 13. It is the intent that the sprinkler protection in the room covers the closet as if there were no door on the closet. (See 8.5.3.2.3 of NFPA 13.) [ 101 : A.19.3.5.10]











A.13.3.2.18.1 ]

A.13.3.2.18.3

The provision of 13.3.2.18.3 differs from NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, because fire data shows that in apartment fires where sprinklerswere present, bathrooms were the area of origin in 1% of the total fires, and resulted in no civilian deaths, civilian injuries, or property loss. [101: A.31.3.5.4]










First Revision No. 739-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.13.3.3.4.1.1 ]

A.13.3.3.4.1.1

The components are not required to be open or exposed. Doors, removable panels, or valve pits Any portion or all of the inspection, testing, and maintenance can be permitted to

satisfy the need for accessibility. Such equipment should not be obstructed by features such as walls, ducts, columns, direct burial, or stock storagebe contracted with an inspection, testing, and maintenance service . [ 25:A.4.1.1]










First Revision No. 740-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.13.3.3.4.1.1.1(A) ]

A.13.3.3.4.1.1.1(A) 1

In order to ensure compliance, the owner should verify that windows, skylights, doors, ventilators, other openings and closures, concealed spaces, unused attics, stair towers, roof houses, and low spaces under buildings do not expose water-filled piping to freezing. This should occur prior to the onset of cold weather and periodically thereafter. [25: A.4.1.1.1.1 ]











A.13.3.3.4.1.2

Inspection, testing, and maintenance can be permitted to be contracted with an inspection, testing, and maintenance serviceOther means of freeze protection for water-filled piping include heated valveenclosures, heat tracing, insulation, antifreeze solutions, or other methods areallowed by the applicable installation standard. Installation standards requireheat tracing protecting fire protection piping against freezing to besupervised. [ 25: A.4.1.2]

A.13.3.3.4.1.3

The components are not required to be open or exposed. Doors, removable panels, or valve pits can be permitted to satisfy the need for accessibility. Such equipment should not be obstructed by features such as walls, ducts, columns, direct burial, or stock storage . [ 25: A.4.1.

23 ]










First Revision No. 742-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.13.3.3.4.1.4,

A.13.3.3.4.1.4.2, A.13.3.3.4.1.5 ]

Sections A.13.3.3.4.1.4, A.13.3.3.4.1.4.2, A.13.3.3.4.1.5A.13.3.3.4.1.4 5

Recalled products should be replaced or remedied. Remedies include entrance into a program for scheduled replacement. Such replacement or remedial product should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the appropriate NFPA installation standards. A recalled product is a product subject to a statute or administrative regulation specifically requiring the manufacturer, importer, distributor, wholesaler, or retailer of a product, or any combination of such entities, to recall the product, or a product voluntarily recalled by a combination of such entities.

Needed corrections and repairs should be classified as an impairment, criticaldeficiency, or noncritical deficiency according to the effect on the fireprotection system and the nature of the hazard protected.

Impairments are the highest priority problem found during inspection, testing, and maintenance and should be corrected as soon as possible. The fireprotection system cannot provide an adequate response to a fire, andimplementation of impairment procedures outlined in 13.3.3.6 is required until the impairment is corrected.

Critical deficiencies need to be corrected in a timely fashion. The fire protection system is still capable of performing, but its performance can be impacted and the implementation of impairment procedures might not be needed. However, special consideration must be given to the hazard in the determination of the classification. A deficiency that is critical for one hazard might be an impairment in another.

Noncritical deficiencies do not affect the performance of the fire protection system but should be corrected in a reasonable time period so that the system can be properly inspected, tested, and maintained.

Assembly occupancies, health care facilities, prisons, high rise buildings, and other occupancies where there is a significant life safety exposure, or the facility cannot be evacuated in a timely manner, require special consideration. As an example, a nonfunctioning waterflow alarm might be considered a critical deficiency in a storage warehouse but an impairment in a hospital.

High hazard occupancies where early response to a fire is critical also require special consideration. A small number of painted sprinklers could be considered an impairment for a system protecting a high hazard occupancy but might be considered a critical deficiency in a metal working shop.

A table showing classifications of needed corrections and repairs is shown in Section E.1 of NFPA 25. [25: A.4.1.4 5 ]

A.13.3.3.4.1.4 5 .2 1 System deficiencies not explained by normal wear and tear, such as hydraulic shock, can often be indicators of system problems and should be investigated and evaluated by a qualified person or engineer. Failure to address these issues could lead to catastrophic failure. Examples of deficiencies that can be caused by issues beyond normal wear and tear are as follows:

Pressure gauge



Gauge not returning to zero

Gauge off scale

Gauge with bent needle

Support devices

Bent hangers and/or rods

Hangers pulled out/off structure

Indication of pipe or hanger movement such as the following:

Hanger scrape marks on pipe, exposed pipe surface where pipe and hangers are painted

Firestop material damaged at pipe penetration of fire-rated assembly

Unexplained system damage

Unexplained system damage beyond normal wear and tear

Bent or broken shafts on valves

Bent or broken valve clappers

Unexplained leakage at branch lines, cross main, or feed main piping

Unexplained leakage at closed nipples

Loose bolts on flanges and couplings

Fire pump

Fire pump driver out of alignment

Vibration of fire pump and/or driver

Unusual sprinkler system piping noises (sharp report, loud bang) [25: A.4.1.4 5 .2 1 ]

A.13.3.3.4.1.5 6

The inspections and tests specified in this standard Code do not address the adequacy of design criteria or the capability of the fire protection system to protect the building or its contents. It is assumed that the original system design and installation were appropriate for the occupancy and use of the building and were approved by all applicable AHJs. If no changes to the water supply or to the building or its use have transpired since it was originally occupied, no evaluation is required. If changes are contemplated, it is the owner’s responsibility to arrange for the evaluation of the fire protection system(s). Where the inspections and tests specified in the standard Codehave been contracted to a qualified inspection provider or contractor, it is not the role of the inspector or contractor to determine if any changes have been made or the subsequent evaluation of the fire protection system. The evaluation of any building changes should be conducted before any proposed change is incorporated and should utilize the appropriate installation standard and input from applicable AHJs.

Fire protection systems should not be removed from service when the building is not in use; however, where a system that has been out of service for a prolonged period (such as in the case of idle or vacant properties) is returned to service, it is recommended that a responsible and experienced contractor be retained to perform all inspections and tests. [25: A.4.1.5 6 ]













A.13.3.3.4.1.6 ]

A.13.3.3.4.1.9

The information needed to provide the appropriate sign can be found with the original system installation and acceptance testing documentation. If these records are not available. the owner needs to obtain this information or have the systemevaluated for the purposes of providing the information required on the sign. Where the evaluation shows that the design utilized the pipe schedule design approach, a further analysis beyond that needed to provide the information for the sign would not be required. [25:A.4.1.9]

A.13.3.3.4.1.9.2

See Figure A.13.3.3.4.1.9.2 for a sample hydraulic information sign. [25:A.4.1.9.2]

FIGURE A.13.3.3.4.1.9.2 Sample Hydraulic Information Sign. [25:FigureA.4.1.9.2]

A.13.3.3.4.1.9.4

See Figure A.13.3.3.4.1.9.4 for a sample pipe schedule system sign. [25:A.4.1.9.4]

FIGURE A.13.3.3.4.1.9.4 Sample Pipe Schedule System Sign. [25:FigureA.4.1.9.4]











A.13.3.3.4.1.6 7

See Annex F of NFPA 25 for an example of a hazard evaluation form. A hazard evaluation is not part of a system inspection. [25: A.4.1.6 7 ]











A.13.3.3.4.3.3, A.13.3.3.5.1.1, A.... ]

SectionsA.13.3.3.4.3.1, A.13.3.3.4.3.3, A.13.3.3.5.1.1, A.13.3.3.5.1.1.1, A.13.3.3.5.1.3, A.13.3.3.5.1.

A.13.3.3.4.3.1

Inspection reports used for system inspections should contain an “Owner’s Section” as shown in Figure A.13.3.3.4.3.1 that the property owner ordesignated representative shall complete. Typical records include, but are notlimited to, valve inspections; flow, drain, and pump tests; and trip tests of dry pipe, deluge, and preaction valves.

Computer programs that file inspection and test results should provide a means of comparing current and past results and should indicate the need for corrective maintenance or further testing.

Acceptance test records should be retained for the life of the system or its special components. Subsequent test records should be retained for a period of 1 year after the next test. The comparison determines deterioration ofsystem performance or condition and the need for further testing or maintenance. [25: A.4.3.1]

Figure A.13.3.3.4.3.1 Owner's Section on Inspection Report. [25:Figure A.4.3.1]

A.13.3.3.4.3. 1.1

Computer programs that file inspection and test results should provide a means of comparing current and past results and should indicate the need for corrective maintenance or further testing. [ 25: A.4.3.1.1]

A.13.3.3.4.3. 3

See Section B.2 of NFPA 25 for information regarding sample forms. [25: A.4.3.3]

A.13.3.3.5.1.1 2

To help in the replacement of like sprinklers, unique sprinkler identification numbers (SINs) are provided on all sprinklers manufactured after January 1, 2001. The SIN accounts for differences in orifice size, deflector characteristics, pressure rating, and thermal sensitivity. [25: A.5.4.1.1 2 ]A.13.3.3.5.1.1 2 .1

Old-style sprinklers are permitted to replace existing old-style sprinklers. Old-style sprinklers should not be used to replace standard sprinklers without a complete engineering review of the system. The old-style sprinkler is the type manufactured before 1953. It discharges approximately 40 percent of the water upward to the ceiling, and it can be installed in either the upright or pendent position. [25: A.5.4.1.1 2 .1]A.13.3.3.5.1.3 4



It is imperative that any replacement sprinkler have the same characteristics as the sprinkler being replaced. If the same temperature range, response characteristics, spacing requirements, flow rates, and K-factors cannot be obtained, a sprinkler with similar characteristics should be used, and the system should be evaluated to verify the sprinkler is appropriate for the intended use. With regard to response characteristics, matching identical Response Time Index (RTI) and conductivity factors is not necessary unless special design considerations are given for those specific values. [25:A.5.4.1.3 4 ]A.13.3.3.5.1.4 5

A minimum of two sprinklers of each type and temperature rating installed should be provided. [25: A.5.4.1.4 5 ]A.13.3.3.5.1.6 5.5

Other One sprinkler wrench design can be appropriate for many types of wrenches could damage the sprinklers sprinklers and should not require multiple wrenches of the same design . [25: A.5.4.1.6 5.5 ]

A.13.3.3.5.1.

7.1 Typical sandwich bags purchased in a grocery store are generally plastic, not cellophane. Plastic bags have a tendency to shrink and adhere to the sprinkler prior to sprinkler activation, creating the potential for disruption of sprinkler spray patterns. Bags placed over sprinklers need to be true cellophane or paper.

5.6(A)

The minimum information in the list containedin the spare sprinkler cabinet should be marked with the following; a general description of the sprinkler, including upright, pendent, residential, ESFR, etc.; and the quantity of sprinklers that is to be maintained in the spare sprinkler cabinet. An example of the list is shown in Figure A.13.3.3.5.1.5.6(A). [ 25: A.5.4.1.

75 . 6. 1]

FIGURE A.13.3.3.5.1.

8 5.6(A) NEED CAPTION. [25:Figure A.5.4.1.5.6.1]

A.13.3.3.5.1.6

Corrosion-resistant or specially coated sprinklers should be installed in locations where chemicals, moisture, or other corrosive vapors exist. [ 25: A.5.4.1. 6]

A.13.3.3.5.1. 8 .1

Typical sandwich bags purchased in a grocery store are generally plastic, not cellophane. Plastic bags have a tendency to shrink and adhere to the sprinkler prior to sprinkler activation, creating thepotential for disruption of sprinkler spray patterns. Bags placed oversprinklers need to be true cellophane or paper. [ 25: A.5.4.1.8.1 ]













A.13.3.3.5.3

Where pressure testing listed CPVC piping, the sprinkler systems should be filled with water and air should be bled from the highest and farthest sprinkler before test pressure is applied. Air or compressed gas should never be used for pressure testing.

For repairs affecting the installation of less than 20 sprinklers, a test for leakage should be made at normal system working pressure. [ 25:A.5.4.3]










First Revision No. 747-NFPA 1-2012 [ New Section after A.13.3.3.6.5.2

(4)(d) ]

A.13.3.3.6.6

Emergency impairments include, but are not limited to, system leakage, interruption of water supply, frozen or ruptured piping, equipment failure, or other impairmentsfound during inspection, testing, or maintenance activities. [25:A.15.6]

A.13.3.3.6.6.2

When one or more impairments are discovered during inspection, testing, andmaintenance activities the owner or owner’s authorized representative should benotified in writing. See Figure A.13.3.3.6.6.2 for an example of written notification. [25:A.15.6.2]

FIGURE A.13.3.3.6.6.2 Sample Impairment Notice. [25:Figure A.15.6.2]

A.13.3.3.6.7

Occasionally, fire protection systems in idle or vacant buildings are shut off and drained. When the equipment is eventually restored to service after a long period of not being maintained, it is recommended that a qualified person perform the work. The following is an example of a procedure:

(1) All piping should be traced from the extremities of the system to the main connections with a careful check for blank gaskets in flanges, closed valves, corroded or damaged sprinklers, nozzles or piping, insecure or missing hangers and insufficient support. Proper repairs or adjustments should be made and needed extensions or alterations for the equipment should be completed.

(2) An air test at low pressure (40 psi) should be conducted prior to allowing water to fill the system. When the piping has been proven tight by passing the air test, water can be introduced slowly into the system with proper precautions against damage by escape of water from previously undiscovered defects. When the system has been filled under normal service pressure, drain valve tests should be made to detect any closed valve that possible could have been overlooked. All available pipes should beflushed and an obstruction investigation completed to make sure that the system is clear of debris.

(3) Where the system was known to have been damaged by freezing or where other extensive damage may have occurred, a full hydrostatic test can be performed in accordance with NFPA 13 to determine whether the system integrity has been maintained.

(4) Dry-pipe valves, quick opening devices, alarm valves and all alarm connections should be examined, put in proper condition and tested.

(5) Fire pumps, pressure and gravity tanks, reservoirs and other water supply equipment should receive proper attention before being placed in service. Each supply should be tested separately; and then together if they are designed to work together.

(6) All control valves should be operated from the closed to fully open position and should be left sealed, locked or equipped with a tamper switch. [25:A.15.7]













A.13.4.2.1.1.2

The purpose for the “Not Sprinkered” column in Table 13.4.2.1.1.2 is to provide guidance for unsprinklered buildings. This does not permit sprinklers to be omitted from pump rooms in fully sprinklered buildings. [20:A.4.12.1.1.2]











A.13.4.4.5

Proper engine temperature, per in accordance with 11.2.8.2 of NFPA 20 and13.4.4.5.1, maintained through the use of a supplemental heater has many benefits, as follows:

Quick starting (a fire pump engine might have to carry a full load as soon as it is started)

Reduced engine wear

Reduced drain on batteries

Reduced oil dilution

Reduced carbon deposits, so that the engine is far more likely to start every time [20: A.11.6.5]











A.13.4.5.1.4(1)

The controller can set the signal trip point above the two-thirds level. But, higher than 3⁄4 of nominal is not recommended to avoid false signals during normal battery aging. [20:A.12.4.1.4(1)]











A.13.4.5.1.

5.2 6

This automatic reset function can be accomplished by the use of a silence switch of the automatic reset type or of the self - supervising type. [ 20: A.12.4.1.

5.26 ]











A.13.4.6.2 1

In addition, representatives of the installing contractor, insurance company, and owner should be present. [20: A.14.2.2 1 ]











A.13.4.7

It is the intent to retain the record drawing, equipment manual, and completed test report for the life of the fire pump system. [20: A.14.3]

A.13.4.7.3

Consideration should be given to stocking spare parts for critical items not readily available. [20: A.14.3.3]

A.13.4.7.4(6)

Recommended spare parts and lubricants should be stored on-site to minimize system impairment. [20: A.14.3.4(6)]











A.13.6.1.3.1

Listed and labeled halon portable fire extinguishers currently comply with Section 13.6 and have demonstrated compliance with the requirements of UL-1093, Standard for Halogenated Agent Fire Extinguishers, which also includes fire testing and rating criteria. As a result of the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Depletethe Ozone Layer, UL has withdrawn UL-1093. This does not imply that extinguishers that are listed and labeled to the requirements of UL-1093 are unsafefor use as fire extinguishers, nor does it mean that UL or the EPA is requiring halon extinguishers be removed from service. It does mean that UL will not accept new designs of halon extinguishers for testing or ULlisting. It also means that no changes or updates are allowed to currently listed models, which had previously demonstrated compliance to UL 1093, by extinguisher manufacturers.

Extinguisher manufacturers are allowed to manufacture their current design of UL listed halon extinguishers with the UL listing mark until October 2014. Halon extinguishers in use will continue to be listed beyond the 2014 date and should be permitted to be used to comply with the requirements of this section when installed, inspected and maintained in accordance with this section.

The listing and labeling organization identification marking may be in the form of a symbol of the organization. The product category marking should identify the extinguisher such as “Carbon Dioxide Fire Extinguisher”, “Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher” and “Clean Agent Fire Extinguisher”. Extinguisher ratings should indicate the classification that includes fire type such as “A”, “B”, or “C” and the associated fire size. Examples of extinguisher ratings are 1-A: 5-B:C which designates a Class A (wood fire) rating with an associated fire size of 1 as described in ANSI/UL711/CAN/ULC-S508, Class B fire (flammable liquid) rating with an associated fire size of 5 as described in ANSI/UL711/CAN/ULC-S508, and Class C compatible rating as described in ANSI/UL711/CAN/ULCS508. [10:A.4.1.1]











A.13.6.4, A.13.6.5, A.13.6... ]

Sections A.13.6.3.2, A.13.6.3.3, A.13.6.4, A.13.6.5, A.13.6.6.1A.13.6.1. 3.2

AHJs should determine the acceptability and credibility of the organization listing or labeling fire extinguishers. Authorities should determine if the organization tests to all the requirements of the standard NFPA 10 . Factors such as the structure of the organization, its principal fields of endeavor, itsreputation and established expertise, its involvement in the standards-writingprocess, and the extent of its follow-up service programs should all be assessed before recognition is given. [10:A.4.1.2]A.13.6.1. 3.3

AHJs should determine the thoroughness of the factory follow-up quality assurance program exercised by third-party certification organizations listing and labeling portable fire extinguishers. The specified factory follow-up standard provides a minimum basis for that determination. Application of the factory follow-up standard provides a reasonable assurance that portable fire extinguishers sold to the public continue to have the same structural reliability and performance as the fire extinguishers the manufacturer originally submitted to the listing and labeling organization for evaluation. [10:A.4.1.3]A.13.6.1. 4

Federal OSHA regulations require that manufacturers communicate information as to the type of chemicals in a product that can be hazardous and the level of hazard. This information is contained in the MSDS created for each chemical or mixture of chemicals and is summarized on labels or tags attached to the product. Additionally, state and local authorities have enacted similar acts and regulations requiring identification of chemicals and hazardous ingredients in products. MSDSs for fire extinguisher agents are available on request from fire equipment dealers or distributors or the fire equipment manufacturer.

The identification of contents information enables determination of the type of chemicals contained in the fire extinguisher and helps to resolvecomplications arising from an unusual use of the agent. The HMIS (in Canada, the WHMIS) developed by the National Paint and Coatings Association uses a three-place format with numerical indexes from 0 to 4. The first place is for “toxic properties,” the second place is for “flammability,” and the third place is for “reactivity” with other chemicals. Most fire extinguishers have a 0 numerical index in the second and third places because they are nonflammable and relatively inert.

Information on the HMIS can be obtained from Label Master, Inc., in Chicago, IL, or from the National Paint and Coatings Association in Washington, DC. Extinguisher contents information can be integrated into the standard fire extinguisher label in some form, or it can be on a separate label or tag. The following example is a typical chemical contents identification marking:

CONTENTS: ABC DRY CHEMICAL/HMIS 1-0-0 MUSCOVITE MICA,MONOAMMONIUM PHOSPHATE AMMONIUM SULFATE/NUISANCE DUST IRRITANT/CONTENTS UNDER PRESSURE [Manufacturer's Name, Mailing Address, Phone Number] [10:A.4.2]

A.13.6.1. 5



The manual can be specific to the fire extinguisher involved, or it can cover many types. [10:A.4.3]A.13.6.1. 6.1 The requirement in 13.6.1. 6.1 brings the standard into line with the 1984 changes to UL 299, Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers, and to UL 711, Rating and Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishers.

Hose. The 1984 edition of UL 299 requires extinguishers rated 2A or higher or 20-B or higher to be equipped with a discharge hose. Beforethis change, almost all 5 lb extinguishers and many 10 lb extinguishers were equipped with a fixed nozzle on the outlet of the extinguisher valve and no hoses. These extinguishers, rated 2A to 4A and 10B to 60B are the ones used to comply with the installation requirements now contained in Chapter 6 of NFPA 10. To properly use one of these extinguishers, the user must keep it in the upright position, apply the dry chemical to the base of the fire, and sweep the discharge back and forth. The requirement for the addition of a hose to these extinguishers came out of the novice fire tests sponsored by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) and the Fire Equipment Manufacturers Association. The film footage of these tests shows that persons who had never used a fire extinguisher before often used both hands to operate these extinguishers, turning the extinguisher cylinder in a horizontal position while squeezing the handle and lever to open the valve. Sometimes they even inverted the extinguisher. The result of such actions is only a partial discharge of the extinguisher contents or possibly only the expellant gas and therefore no extinguishment of the fire. The addition of a hose also makes it much easier to direct the discharge at the base of the flames and to sweep thedischarge from side to side. The requirement to add a hose makes it more likely that the extinguisher will be used in an upright position. In fact, it is almost impossible to do otherwise, since one hand opens the valve and the other hand, which holds the hose, directs the discharge stream to the fire. It is important to note that field modification of an extinguisher is generally not allowed since the modification might not have been evaluated to comply with the test requirements in the applicable UL extinguisher standards, and the extinguisher might not operate as intended. Thus, a fixed nozzle cannot simply be removed from an extinguisher and replaced with a hose and nozzle.

Minimum Discharge Time. This requirement, found in the 1984 edition of UL 711, requires a minimum 13-second discharge duration for an extinguisher rated 2A or higher. The 13-second minimum requirement was the result of recommendations from the novice fire tests mentioned in A.13.6. 1. 6.1(1). Before 1984, almost all 2A-rated dry chemical extinguishers had discharge durations of only 8 to 10 seconds. The novice fire tests clearly showed that longer discharge duration resulted in an increased likelihood of extinguishment. The revision to UL 711 mandated a 50 percent to 60 percent increase in the minimum discharge duration for a 2A-rated dry chemical extinguisher. Modification ofextinguishers with a nozzle/hose that gives different or longer dischargeduration is not allowed. Such modification would not have been evaluated to comply with the test requirements in the applicable UL extinguisher standards, and the extinguisher might not operate as intended.

Pull Pins. A revision to the extinguisher standards, including UL 299, required a maximum 30 lb of force to remove a safety pin or pull pin from an extinguisher. This again came from the novice testing, in which some individuals could not physically remove the pin and actuate the extinguisher. The UL extinguisher standards also included a design requirement so the pin is visible from the front of the extinguisher unless noted by the operating instructions.



Operating Instructions/Marking. The extinguisher standards, including the 1984 revision of UL 299, mandated the use of pictographic operating instructions and code symbols on all but Class D extinguishers and wheeled extinguishers. These requirements also came out of the novice fire tests, which showed many individuals taking too long to read and understand the written operating instructions. The novice tests actuallydeveloped the pictographic operating instructions and tested them on novice operators for effectiveness. The details of the number of instructions per pictogram came from the test program. The novice fire test was also the impetus to making the use code symbols for the various classes of fires more understandable. The new pictographic use code symbols were also mandated in 1984 as well as a uniform method of applying A, B, and C symbols to extinguishers with ABC or BC only ratings. The result was a uniform, consistent set of easily understood symbols that made the extinguisher more user friendly.

Service Manuals. The extinguisher standards, including UL 299, for the first time mandated that extinguisher manufacturers have a service manual for their products. In addition, the 1984 edition of UL 299 required a reference to the service/maintenance manual on the extinguisher nameplate. Prior to 1984, service manuals were not required. [ 10: A.4.4.1]

A.13.6.1.6.2

Fire extinguishers manufactured by companies that are no longer in business may remain in use if they meet the requirements of thisstandard and are maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s service manual. When these extinguishers require recharging or maintenance and the required extinguishing agent or necessary repair parts are not available, the extinguishers should be removed from service. [ 10: A.4.4.2]











A.13.6.7.2.2.2, A.13.6.7.2.2.3, A.... ]

SectionsA.13.6.7.2.2.1, A.13.6.7.2.2.2, A.13.6.7.2.2.3, A.13.6.7.2.2.4, A.13.6.7.2.2.6, A.13.6.7.2.2.6.

A.13.6.7. 2.3. 2.1

Examples of extinguishers for protecting Class A hazards are as follows:

Water type

Halogenated agent type (For halon halogenated agent–type fire extinguishers, see 13.6.7. 2.3. 2.6.)

Multipurpose dry chemical type

Wet chemical type

[10:A.5.3.2.1]A.13.6.7. 2.3. 2.2

Examples of extinguishers for protecting Class B hazards are as follows:

Aqueous film-forming foam (AFFF)

Film-forming fluoroprotein foam (FFFP)

Carbon dioxide

Dry chemical type

Halogenated agent type (For halon halogenated agent–type fire extinguishers, see 13.6.7. 2.3. 2.6.)

[10:A.5.3.2.2]A.13.6.7. 2.3. 2.3 The use of dry chemical fire extinguishers on wet energized electrical equipment (such as rain-soaked utility poles, high-voltage switch gear, and transformers) could aggravate electrical leakage problems. The dry chemical in combination with moisture provides an electrical path that can reduce the effectiveness of insulation protection. The removal of all traces of dry chemical from such equipment after extinguishment is recommended. [10:A.5.3.2.3]A.13.6.7. 2.3. 2.4

The following information pertains to Class D hazards:

Chemical reaction between burning metals and many extinguishing agents (including water) can range from explosive to inconsequential, depending in part on the type, form, and quantity of metal involved. In general, the hazards from a metal fire are significantly increased when such extinguishing agents are applied. The advantages and limitations of a wide variety of commercially available metal fire extinguishing agents are discussed in NFPA 484, Standard for Combustible Metals , and inSection 6, Chapter 26, of the NFPA Fire Protection Handbook. The MSDS of the Class D hazard being protected or the extinguisher manufacturer should be consulted.



The agents and fire extinguishers discussed in this section are of specialized types, and their use often involves special techniques peculiar to a particular combustible metal. A given agent will notnecessarily control or extinguish all metal fires. Some agents are valuable in working with several metals; others are useful in combating only one type of metal fire. The AHJs should be consulted in each case to determine the desired protection for the particular hazard involved.

Certain combustible metals and reactive chemicals require specialextinguishing agents or techniques. See NFPA 484, Standard for Combustible Metals , for additional information. If there is doubt, applicable NFPA standards should be consulted or reference made toNFPA’s Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials ( NFPA 49, Hazardous Chemicals Data , or and NFPA 325, Guide to Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable Liquids, Gases, and Volatile Solids .) (Both NFPA 49 and NFPA 325 have been officially withdrawn from theNational Fire Codes , but the information is still available in NFPA's FireProtection Guide to Hazardous Materials .)

Reference should be made to the manufacturer's recommendations for use and special techniques for extinguishing fires in various combustible metals.

Fire of high intensity can occur in certain metals. Ignition is generally the result of frictional heating, exposure to moisture, or exposure from a fire in other combustible materials. The greatest hazard exists when these metals are in the molten state or in finely divided forms of dust, turnings, or shavings.

The properties of a wide variety of combustible metals and the agents available for extinguishing fires in these metals are discussed in Section 4, Chapter 16, and Section 6, Chapter 26, of the NFPA Fire ProtectionHandbook. [10:A.5.3.2.4]

A.13.6.7. 2.3. 2.6

Halon agent is highly effective for extinguishing fire and evaporates after use, leaving no residue. Halon agent is, however, included in the Montreal Protocol list of controlled substances developed under the United Nations Environment Program. Where agents other than halon can satisfactorily protect the hazard, they should be used instead of halon. Halon use should be limited to extinguishment of unwanted fire; it should not be used for routine training of personnel. [10:A.5.3.2.6]A.13.6.7. 2.3. 2.6.1

ANSI/UL 2129, CAN/ULC-S566, Standard for Halocarbon Clean Agent Fire Extinguishers , and UL 1093 CAN/ULC-S512 , Standard for Halogenated Agent Hand and Wheeled Fire Extinguishers , require halocarbon and halogenated agent nameplates to provide safety guidelines for avoiding overexposure to agent vapors when the agents are discharged into confined spaces. The UL minimum volume requirement for confined spaces is basedon exposure to the agent in the absence of a fire and does not includeconsiderations for fire or agent decomposition products. [ 10: A.5.3.2.6.1]A.13.6.7. 2.3. 2.7

Wheeled fire extinguishers are available in capacities of 33 gal (125 L) for foam units and range from 30 lb to 350 lb (13.6 kg to 158.8 kg) for other types of extinguishers. These fire extinguishers are capable of delivering higher agent flow rates and greater agent stream range than the normal portable-type fire extinguishers. Wheeled fire extinguishers are capable of furnishing increased fire-extinguishing effectiveness for high hazard areas and have added importance where a limited number of people are available.[10:A.5.3.2.7]













A.13.6.7.3.1.1

Light (low) hazard occupancies can include some buildings or rooms occupied as offices, classrooms, churches, assembly halls, guest room areas of hotels or motels, and so forth. This classification anticipates that the majority of content items are either noncombustible or so arranged that a fire is not likely to spread rapidly. Small amounts of Class B flammables used for duplicating machines, art departments,and so forth, are included, provided that they are kept in closed containers and safely stored. [ 10: A.5.4.1.1]











A.13.6.7.3.1.3 ]

Sections A.13.6.7.3.1.2, A.13.6.7.3.1.3A.13.6.7.3.1.2

Ordinary (moderate) hazard occupancies could consist of dining areas, mercantile shops and allied storage, light manufacturing, research operations, auto showrooms, parking garages, workshop or support service areas of light (low) hazard occupancies, andwarehouses containing Class I or Class II commodities as defined by NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems .

A Class I commodity is defined by NFPA 13 as a noncombustible product that meets one of the following criteria:

Is placed directly on wooden pallets

Is placed in single-layer corrugated cartons, with or without single-thickness cardboard dividers, with or without pallets

Is shrink-wrapped or paper-wrapped as a unit load, with or without pallets

A Class II commodity is defined by NFPA 13 as a noncombustible product that is in slatted wooden crates, solid wood boxes, multiple-layered corrugated cartons, or equivalent combustible packagingmaterial, with or without pallets. [ 10: A.5.4.1.2]

A.13.6.7.3.1.3

Extra (high) hazard occupancies could consist of woodworking; vehicle repair; aircraft and boat servicing; cooking areas; individual product display showrooms; product convention center displays; and storage and manufacturing processes such as painting, dipping, andcoating, including flammable liquid handling. Also included is warehousing or in-process storage of other than Class I and Class II commodities. [ 10: A.5.4.1.3]












First Revision No. 771-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.13.6.7.3.2,

A.13.6.7.3.2.2, A.13.6.7.4.1.1, A.13... ]

SectionsA.13.6.7.3.2, A.13.6.7.3.2.2, A.13.6.7.4.1.1, A.13.6.7.4.1.1.2, A.13.6.7.4.4(2), A.13.6.7.4.5

A.13.6.7 2 .3 4 .2

Most buildings have Class A fire hazards. In any occupancy, there could be a predominant hazard as well as special hazard areas requiring supplemental protection. For example, a hospital will generally have need for Class A fire extinguishers covering patients' rooms, corridors, offices, and so forth, but will need Class B fire extinguishers in laboratories and where flammable anesthetics are stored or handled, Class C fire extinguishers in electrical switch gear or generator rooms, and Class K extinguishers in kitchens. [10:A.5.4.2]A.13.6.7 2 .3 4 .2.2

If fire extinguishers intended for different classes of fires are grouped, their intended use should be marked conspicuously to aid in the choice of the proper fire extinguisher at the time of a fire. In an emergency, the tendency is to reach for the closest fire extinguisher. If this fire extinguisher is of the wrong type, the user users could endanger themselves and the property they are endeavoring to protect. Wherever possible, it is preferable to have only those fire extinguishers available that can be safely used on any type of fire in the immediate vicinity. [10:A.5.4.2.2]A.13.6.7 2 .4 5 .1.1

Pressurized flammable liquids and pressurized gas fires are considered to be a special hazard. Class B fire extinguishers containing agents other than dry chemical are relatively ineffective on this type of hazard due to stream and agent characteristics. The system used to rate the effectiveness of fire extinguishers on Class B fires (flammable liquids in depth) is not applicable to these types of hazards. It has been determined that special nozzle design and rates of agent application are required to cope with such hazards. [10:A.5.5.1.1]A.13.6.7 2 .4 5 .1.1.2

A three-dimensional Class B fire involves Class B materials in motion, such as pouring, running, or dripping flammable liquids, and generally includes vertical as well as one or more, horizontal surfaces. Fires of this nature are considered to be a special hazard. The system used to rate fire extinguishers on Class B fires (flammable liquids in depth) is not directly applicable to this type of hazard. The installation of fixed systems should be considered where applicable. [10:A.5.5.1.1.2]A.13.6.7 2 .4 5 .4(2)

Where multiple extinguishers are utilized, simultaneous discharge from multiple locations to eliminate any blind spots created by an obstacle should be employed. [10:A.5.5.4(2)]A.13.6.7 2 .4 5 .5



Fire extinguishers for cooking media (vegetable or animal oils and fats) traditionally followed Table 13.6.8 3 .3.1.1 for extra (high) hazard, requiring a minimum 40-B rated sodium bicarbonate or potassium bicarbonate drychemical extinguisher. The evolution of high-efficiency cooking appliances and the change to hotter-burning vegetable shortening has created a more severe fire hazard. Testing has shown that wet chemical extinguishers have several times the cooking fire–extinguishing capability of a minimum 40-B rated sodium bicarbonate or potassium bicarbonate dry chemical extinguisher, which has prompted the creation of a new classification and a new listing test protocol. The test protocol is found in ANSI/UL 711, CAN/ULC-S508, Standard for Rating and Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishers.

See NFPA 96, Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection ofCommercial Cooking Operations, for further information. Persons in cookingareas need specific training on the use of extinguishers as an essential stepfor personal safety. Class K fire extinguishers equipped with extended wand–type discharge devices should not be used in a manner that results in subsurface injection of wet chemical extinguishing agents into hot cooking media. Subsurface injection causes a thermodynamic reaction comparable to an explosion. Class K fire extinguishers are no longer manufactured with extended wand–type discharge devices. [10:A.5.5.5]




Submittal Date: Wed Nov 28 09:03:14 EST 2012







A.13.6.7 2 .4 5 .5.3

Figure A.13.6.7 2 .4 5 .5.3(a) and Figure A.13.6.7 2 .4 5 .5.3(b) show the recommended wording for the Class K placard. Recommended size is 7 5⁄8 in. × 11 in. (193 mm × 279 mm). [10:A.5.5.5.3]Figure A.13.6.7 2 .4 5 .5.3(a) Typical Class K Placard in English and Spanish. [10:Figure A.5.5.5.3(a)]

Figure A.13.6.7 2 .4 5 .5.3(b) Typical Class K Placard in English and French. [10:Figure A.5.5.5.3(b)]











A.13.6.7.4.6.1 ]

Sections A.13.6.7.4.6, A.13.6.7.4.6.1A.13.6.7 2 .4 5 .6

Delicate electronic equipment includes, but is not limited to, data processing, computers, CAD, CAM, robotics, and reproduction equipment. Use of fire extinguishers containing other extinguishing agents can damage beyond repair both the equipment at the source of the fire and related equipment in the immediate vicinity of the fire. [10:A.5.5.6]A.13.6.7 2 .4 5 .6.1

Dry chemical residue will probably not be able to be completely and immediately removed, and, in addition, multipurpose dry chemical exposed to temperatures in excess of 250°F (121°C) or relative humidity in excess of 50 percent can cause corrosion. [10:A.5.5.6.1]











A.13.6.7.4.6.1 ]

A.13.6.2.5.7.2

A dry chemical fire extinguisher containing ammonium compounds should not be used on oxidizers that contain chlorine. The reaction between the oxidizer and the ammonium salts can produce the explosive compound nitrogen trichloride (NCI3).[10:A.5.5.7.2]

A.13.6.2.5.8.1

Other non-listed agents may be used if acceptable to the AHJ. Other non-listed agents include: specially dried sand, dolomite, soda ash, lithium chloride, talc, foundry flux and zirconium silicate or other agents shown to be effective. Consult NFPA 484 for use and limitations of these agents and other non-listed alternatives. [10:A.5.5.8.1]

A.13.6.2.6.1

Where portable fire extinguishers are required to be installed, the followingdocuments should be reviewed for the occupancies outlined in their respectivescopes:

(1) NFPA 77, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity

(2) NFPA 402, Guide for Aircraft Rescue and Fire-Fighting Operations

(3) NFPA 610, Guide for Emergency and Safety Operations at Motorsports Venues

(4) NFPA 850, Recommended Practice for Fire Protection for Electric Generating Plants and High Voltage Direct Current Converter Stations

(5) NFPA 851, Recommended Practice for Fire Protection for Hydroelectric Generating Plants

(6) NFPA 921, Guide for Fire and Explosion Investigations

(7) NFPA 1452, Guide for Training Fire Service Personnel to Conduct Dwelling FireSafety Surveys [10:A.5.6.1]











A.13.6.8.1.3.3.2, A.13.6.8.1.3.4, A.... ]

SectionsA.13.6.8.1.1, A.13.6.8.1.3.3.2, A.13.6.8.1.3.4, A.13.6.8.1.3.10.4, A.13.6.8.1.3.11, A.13.6.8.3

A.13.6.8 3 .1.1

The following items affect distribution of portable fire extinguishers:

Area and arrangement of the building occupancy conditions

Severity of the hazard

Anticipated classes of fire

Other protective systems or devices

Distances to be traveled to reach fire extinguishers

In addition, the following factors should be considered:

Anticipated rate of fire spread

Intensity and rate of heat development

Smoke contributed by the burning materials

Accessibility of a fire to close approach with portable fire extinguishers

Wheeled fire extinguishers have additional agent and range and should be considered for areas where the additional protection is needed. Portable fire extinguishers offer the occupant a means to assist in evacuation of a building or occupancy. They are useful to knock down the fire if it occurs along the evacuation route. If possible, the individual property should be surveyed for actual protection requirements. [10:A.6.1.1]

A.13.6.8 3 .1.3.3.2

Acceptable means of identifying the fire extinguisher locations could include arrows, lights, signs, or coding of the wall or column. [10:A.6.1.3.3.2]A.13.6.8 3 .1.3.4

In situations where it is necessary that fire extinguishers be provided temporarily, a good practice is to provide portable stands, consisting of a horizontal bar on uprights with feet, on which the fire extinguishers can be hung. [10:A.6.1.3.4]A.13.6.8 3 .1.3.10.4 Vented fire extinguisher cabinets should utilize tinted glass and should be constructed to prevent the entrance of insects and the accumulation of water. Vented fire extinguisher cabinets constructed in this manner lower the maximum internal temperature 10°F to 15°F (5.6°C to 8.3°C). [10:A.6.1.3.10.4]A.13.6.8 3 .1.3.11 The following precautions should be noted where fire extinguishers are located in areas that have temperatures outside the range of 40°F to 120°F (4°C to 49°C):

AFFF and FFFP fire extinguishers cannot be protected against temperatures below 40°F (4°C) by adding an antifreeze charge because it tends to destroy the effectiveness of the extinguishing agent.



Plain water fire extinguishers should not be protected against temperatures below 40°F (4°C) with ethylene glycol antifreeze. Calcium chloride solutions should not be used in stainless steel fire extinguishers.

Fire extinguishers installed in machinery compartments, diesel locomotives, automotive equipment, marine engine compartments, and hot processing facilities can easily be subjected to temperatures above 120°F (49°C). Selection of fire extinguishers for hazard areas with temperatures above the listed limits should be made on the basis of recommendations by manufacturers of this equipment. [10:A.6.1.3.11]

A.13.6.8 3 .3.2.2

Where such personnel are not available, the hazard should be protected by fixed systems. [10:A.6.3.2.2]A.13.6.8 3 .4

Electrical equipment should be de-energized as soon as possible to prevent reignition. [10:A.6.4]






Committee Statement: Editorial renumbering.





A.13.6.3.5.1

Class D fire extinguishers operate much differently than dry chemical extinguishers rated for Class A, B, or C. The extinguishing agent from a Class D extinguisher should be applied to avoid spreading the combustible metal material and/or suspending the metal product in the air which can result in an explosion by slowly applying the agent. The application of a Class D agent on burning metals are intended to control the fire and assist in the formation of oxide crust that limitscombustion. This is accomplished by first encircling the combustible metal material with the agent and then covering the burning metal in a smothering action. It is important to note that metal fires involving large quantities of metal beyond the incipient stage are nearly impossible to control or extinguish with a Class D agent. In most cases the metal will continue to burn after application of the agent in a controlled fashion until it is completely oxidized. Disturbing the oxide crust may result in re-ignition and open burning if complete extinguishment or oxidation of the metal and/or exclusion of oxygen, has not occurred. Fires involving alkali earth metal and transitional metals will begin to form an oxide crust as they burn, which will limit open burning without the application of an extinguishing agent. Application of water or other extinguishing agents may result in an adverse reaction including the potentialfor an explosion. Burning metals may also draw moisture from concrete or asphaltwhich also maintains the potential for explosion. Large amounts of combustible metal materials involved in a fire can remain hot for some time and vigorously re-ignite if disturbed prior to complete extinguishment of the combustible metal materials. (See A.13.6.2.3.2.4.)

Where Class D fire hazards exist, it is common place to place bulk quantities of extinguishing agent near the potential Class D hazard. Depending on what type of metal is present, the Class D agent selected for the protection of the hazard may not be a listed fire extinguishing agent. In the case of the production of lithium metal, the agent of choice is lithium chloride as this material is feed stock to the electrolytic cell where the lithium metal is manufactured. The use of lithium chloride of a lithium fire will not poison the electrolytic cell in which case the cell would have to be drained and relined with fire brick. There are several Class D agents that have been shown to be effective on specific Class D fires. Additional information on Class D agents is provided in NFPA 484. [10:A.6.5.1]

A.13.6.3.5.3

See NFPA 484, Standard for Combustible Metals, for additional information.[10:A.6.5.3]

A.13.6.3.5.4

See NFPA 484, Standard for Combustible Metals, for additional information.[10:A.6.5.4]













A.13.6.9.1.2.1, A.13.6.9.1.2.1.2, A.13... ]

SectionsA.13.6.9.1, A.13.6.9.1.2.1, A.13.6.9.1.2.1.2, A.13.6.9.1.2.3, A.13.6.9.2.1.1, A.13.6.9.2.1.2, A

A.13.6.9 4 .1

Subsection 13.6.9 4 is concerned with the rules governing inspection, maintenance, and recharging of fire extinguishers. These factors are of prime importance in ensuring operation at the time of a fire. The procedure for inspection and maintenance of fire extinguishers varies considerably. Minimal knowledge is necessary to perform a monthly “quick check” or inspection in order to follow the inspection procedure as outlined in 13.6.9 4 .2. [10: A.7.1]A.13.6.9 4 .1.2.1

Persons performing maintenance and recharging of extinguishers should meet one of the following criteria:

Factory training and certification for the specific type and brand of portable fire extinguisher being serviced

Certification by an organization acceptable to the AHJ

Registration, licensure, or certification by a state or a local AHJ

Certification confirms that a person has fulfilled specific requirements as a fireextinguisher service technician and has earned the certification. For thepurpose of this standard Section 13.6 , certification is the process of an organization issuing a document confirming that an applicant has passed a test based on the chapters and annexes of this standard NFPA 10 . Theorganization administering the test issues an official document that is reliedupon as proof of passing the test. Ultimately, the document issued by theorganization administering the test must be acceptable to the AHJ. Some AHJs do not rely on outside organizations and establish their own local licensing programs that include a test. [10:A.7.1.2.1]

A.13.6.9 4 .1.2.1.2

Industrial facilities that establish their own maintenance and recharge facilities and that provide training to personnel who perform these functions are considered to be in compliance with this requirement. Examples include power generation, petrochemical, and telecommunications facilities. A letter from the facility management can be used as the certification document. [10:A.7.1.2.1.2]A.13.6.9 4 .1.2.3

This is not intended to prevent service technicians from performing the 30-day inspections. [10:A.7.1.2.3]A.13.6.9 4 .2.1.1

Frequency of fire extinguisher inspections should be based on the need of the area in which fire extinguishers are located. The required monthly inspection is a minimum. [10:A.7.2.1.1]A.13.6.9 4 .2.1.2

Inspections are should be performed on extinguishers 12 times per year, atleast once per month. [10:A.7.2.1.2]A.13.6.9 4 .2.1.3

Inspections should be more frequent if any of the following conditions exist:



High frequency of fires in the past

Severe hazards

Susceptibility to tampering, vandalism, or malicious mischief

Possibility of or history of theft of fire extinguishers

Locations that make fire extinguishers susceptible to mechanical injury

Possibility of visible or physical obstructions

Exposure to abnormal temperatures or corrosive atmospheres

Characteristics of fire extinguishers, such as susceptibility to leakage

More frequent inspections could be enhanced through electronic monitoring of the fire extinguisher. [ 10: A.7.2.1.3]

A.13.6.4.2.2.1

Fire extinguishers in vehicles should be inspected at the beginning of a shift or whenever the vehicle is used. The inspection should assure that the extinguisher is charged and ready for use. Extinguishers in compartments or trunks may become damaged or otherwise compromised because of weather exposure, other items in the compartment not being secured, or other factors. [ 10: A.7.2.2.1]




Submittal Date: Mon Dec 03 09:11:29 EST 2012







A.13.6.9.3 4.3.3.1

Persons performing maintenance operations usually come from two major groups:

Fire extinguisher service agencies

Trained industrial safety or maintenance personnel

Fire extinguishers owned by individuals are often neglected because aperiodic follow-up program is not planned. It is recommended that such owners become familiar with their fire extinguishers so they can detect telltalewarnings during inspection that suggest the need for maintenance. Whenmaintenance is indicated, it should be performed by trained persons havingproper equipment. (See 13.6.9 4 .1.2.2.)

The purpose of a well-planned and well-executed maintenance program for a fire extinguisher is to maximize the following probabilities:

That the extinguisher will operate properly between the time intervals established for maintenance examinations in the environment to which it is exposed

That the extinguisher will not constitute a potential hazard to persons in its vicinity or to operators or rechargers of fire extinguishers

Any replacement parts needed should be obtained from the manufacturer or arepresentative. [10:A.7.3.3.1 ]










First Revision No. 783-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.13.6.9.3.1.2.1(B) ]

A.13.6.9 4 .3.1.2.1(B) 6

Halon removed from a fire extinguisher is kept in a closed recovery/recharge system until disposition can be made as to whether to recharge the halon back into a fire extinguisher or return unsatisfactory halon to a manufacturer for proper disposal. A listed Halon 1211 closed recovery/recharge system has the following:

Clear sight glass for monitoring the cleanliness of the Halon 1211

A means of determining if the acceptable water content of the halon has been exceeded

A means of mechanically filtering the Halon 1211 and removing excess water

Such a recovery system also has a motor-driven pump system that permits the transfer of halon into a fire extinguisher or supply container without the need to vent the receiving container to reduce its pressure before halon transfer. Closed recovery/recharge systems also include the plumbing, valves, regulators, and safety relief devices to permit convenient, quick transfer of the Halon 1211. [10:A.7.3.1 6 .2.1.2 ]











A.13.6.9.3.1.5 ]

Sections A.13.6.9.3.1.3, A.13.6.9.3.1.5A.13.6.9.3.1.3 4.4

Carbon dioxide hose assemblies have a continuous metal braid that connects to both couplings to minimize the static shock hazard. The reason for the conductivity test is to determine that the hose is conductive from the inlet coupling to the outlet orifice. A basic conductivity tester consists of a flashlight having an open circuit and a set of two wires with a conductor (clamps or probe) at each end.

Figure A.13.6.9.3.1.3 4.4 provides a guide to the design of a conductivity test label. [10:A.7.3.1.3 4 ]

Figure A.13.6.9.3.1.3 Conductivity 4.4 Conductivity Test Label. [10:Figure A.7.3.1.3 4 ]

A.13.6.9 4 .3.1.5 6.2

The following procedure permits rapid removal of the hose by one person without kinking of the hose and without obstruction of flow of the extinguishing agent:

Form a loop over hose supports [see Figure A.13.6.9 4 .3 6 .1.5 2 (a)].

Follow with a reverse loop so that hose passes behind loop [see FigureA.13.6.9 4 .3 6 .1.5 2 (b)].

Repeat steps (1) and (2) until all hose is coiled on the support [see Figure A.13.6.9 4 .3 6 .1.5 2 (c)].

Adjust the coil so that the nozzle is in the downward position [see Figure A.13.6.9 4 .3 6 .1.5 2 (d)]. Hose coiled in this manner pulls off free of twists.

Place nozzle in holder with handle forward in the closed position [see Figure A.13.6.9 4 .3 6 .1.5 2 (e)]. [10: A.7.3 6 .1.5 2 ]

Figure A.13.6.9 4 .3 6 .1.5 2 (a) Counterclockwise Loop. [10:FigureA.7.3 6 .1.5 2 (a)]



Figure A.13.6.9 4 .3 6 .1.5 2 (b) Reverse Loop. [10:Figure A.7.3 6 .1.5 2(b)]



Figure A.13.6.9 4 .3 6 .1.5 2 (c) Procedures in Figure A.13.6.9 and Figure A.13.6.9 Continued. [10:Figure A.7.3 6 .1.5 2 (c)]

Figure A.13.6.9 4 .3 6 .1.5 2 (d) Nozzle in Downward Position. [10:Figure A.7.3 6 .1.5 2 (d)]



Figure A.13.6.9 4 .3 6 .1.5 2 (e) Nozzle in Holder. [10:Figure A.7.3 6 .1.5 2(e)]













A.13.6.9 4 .3.2 1

The annual maintenance of a fire extinguisher requires the services of a trained and certified technician who has the proper tools, listed parts, and appropriate manufacturer’s service manual. Maintenance of fire extinguishers should not be confused with inspection, which is a quick check of the extinguishers that is performed at least every 30 days. Because the detailed maintenance procedures for various extinguisher types and models differ, the specific procedures specified within service manuals need to be followed.

The following list is a sample of maintenance procedures and checks that are commonly associated with that should be followed to determine deficiencies that require additional attention to remediate the condition of the extinguisher as appropriate for rechargeable, stored-pressure dry chemical andhalogenated agent hand portable fire extinguishers:

Remove Visually examine the extinguisher for damage by removing theextinguisher from hanger, bracket, or cabinet and visually examine it for damage the extinguisher for damage, including pressure gauge, cylinder dents, repairs, general corrosion, hose or nozzle threads, handles, and levers .

Verify that the hanger, bracket, or cabinet is the proper one for the extinguisher.

Ensure Verify that the hanger, bracket, or cabinet is secure, undamaged, and properly mounted.

Ensure Verify that the nameplate operating instructions are legible and facing outward.

Confirm that the extinguisher model is not subject to recall and is not obsolete.

Check Verify extinguisher records to determine internal examination and hydrostatic test intervals. Thoroughly examine cylinder for dents, damage, repairs, or corrosion.

Remove Verify the pull pin to ensure that it functions properly and is not damaged or corroded.

Examine

examine for damage or corrosion by removing the pull pin.

Verify the handle and levers to ensure that they are undamaged and operable.

Ensure Verify that the valve stem is correctly extended and not corroded or damaged.

Verify that the pressure gauge or indicator is in the operable range.

Examine the pressure gauge to ensure that it is not damaged, bent, or cracked.

Verify that the gauge-operating pressure corresponds with the nameplate instructions.

Verify that the gauge face corresponds with the proper agent type.



Verify that the gauge threads are compatible with the valve body material.

Remove Verify the nozzle or hose assembly or both are unobstructed by removing and examining the nozzle.

Confirm that the nozzle and hose assembly are correct for the model of extinguisher.

Verify that the hose and couplings are not cut, cracked, damaged, or deformed.

Examine internal valve port surfaces and threads for signs of leakage or corrosion by removing the nozzle or hose assembly and reinstalling the nozzle and hose assembly securely after examination.

Verify that the hose retention band is secure and properly adjusted.

Weigh the extinguisher and verify that it corresponds to the weight listed on the nameplate.

Reinstall the ring pin and install a new tamper seal.

Clean exposed extinguisher surfaces to remove any foreign material.

Record the maintenance on the extinguisher tag or label.

Return the extinguisher to the hanger, bracket, or cabinet.

The following list is a sample of maintenance procedures that should be followed to determine deficiencies that require additional attention to remediate the condition of the extinguisher as appropriate for carbon dioxide hand portable fire extinguishers:

(1) Visually examine the extinguisher for damage by removing the extinguisher from hanger or cabinet and visually examine the extinguisher for damage including; cylinder dents, repairs, general corrosion, hose or nozzle threads, handles and levers.

(2) Verify that the bracket or cabinet is the proper one for the extinguisher.

(3) Verify that the bracket or cabinet is secure, undamaged, and properly mounted.

(4) Verify that the nameplate operating instructions are legible and facingoutward.

(5) Confirm that the extinguisher model is not subject to recall and is notobsolete.

(6) Verify extinguisher records to determine hydrostatic test intervals.

(7) Verify the pull pin functions properly and examine for damage or corrosion by removing the pull pin.

(8) Verify the handle and levers to ensure that they are undamaged and operable.

(9) Verify that the valve stem is correctly extended and not corroded or damaged.

(10) Verify the nozzle or hose assembly or both are unobstructed by removing and examining the nozzle .

(11) Confirm that the nozzle and hose assembly are correct for the model ofextinguisher.

(12) Verify that the hose and couplings are not cut, cracked, damaged, ordeformed.

(13) Examine



exposed thread areas for corrosion, wear, or damage.Ensure that the hose and discharge port for signs of leakage or corrosion by removing the nozzle or hose assembly and reinstalling the nozzle and hose assembly securely after examination.

(14) Conduct a conductivity test on the hose assembly.

(15) Affix the conductivity test label to hose assemblies that pass the conductivity test and replace hoses that fail the conductivity test.

(16) Verify that the safety assembly is not damaged or blocked.

(17) Verify that the hose retention band is secure and properly adjusted.

(18) Weigh the extinguisher to verify that it corresponds to the weight listed on the nameplate.

(19) Reinstall the ring pin and install a new tamper seal.

(20) Clean exposed extinguisher surfaces to remove any foreign material.

(21) Record the maintenance on the extinguisher tag or label.

(22) Return the extinguisher to the hanger, bracket, or cabinet.

The following list is a sample of maintenance procedures and checks that are commonly associated with pressurized water-type hand portable fire extinguishers:

(1) Visually examine the extinguisher for damage by removing the extinguisher from hanger, bracket, or cabinet and visually examine the extinguisher for damage including; pressure gauge, cylinder dents, repairs, general corrosion, hose or nozzle threads, handles and levers.

(2) Verify that the hanger, bracket, or cabinet is the proper one for theextinguisher.

(3) Verify that the hanger, bracket, or cabinet is secure, undamaged, and properly mounted.

(4) Verify that the nameplate operating instructions are legible and facingoutward.


(6) Check extinguisher records to determine hydrostatic test intervals.

(7) Verify the pull pin functions properly and examine for damage or corrosion by removing the pull pin.

(8) Verify the handle and levers to ensure that they are undamaged and operable.

(9) Verify that the valve stem is correctly extended and not corroded ordamaged.

(10) Verify that the pressure gauge is in the operable range.

(11) Verify that the gauge-operating pressure corresponds with the nameplate instructions.

(12) Verify that the gauge face corresponds with the proper agent type.

(13) Verify that the gauge threads are compatible with the valve bodymaterial.

(14) Verify the nozzle or hose assembly or both are unobstructed by removing and examining the nozzle.

(15) Confirm that the nozzle and hose assembly are correct for the model of extinguisher.



(16) Verify that the hose and couplings are not cut, cracked, damaged, or deformed.

(17) Examine internal valve port surfaces and threads for signs of leakage or corrosion

.Reinstall by removing the nozzle or hose assembly and reinstalling the nozzle andhose assembly securely after examination .

Ensure (18) Verify that the hose retention band is secure and properly adjusted.

(19) Weigh the extinguisher to verify that it corresponds to the weight listed on the nameplate.

(20) Reinstall the ring pin and install a new tamper

inspection seal.

(21) Clean exposed extinguisher surfaces to remove any foreign material.


(23) Return the extinguisher to the hanger, bracket, or cabinet.

The following list is a sample of maintenance procedures and checks that are commonly associated with cartridge operated dry chemical and dry powder hand portable fire extinguishers:

(1) Visually examine the extinguisher for damage by removing the extinguisher from hanger, bracket, or cabinet and visually examine the extinguisher for damage including; pressure gauge, cylinder dents, repairs,general corrosion, hose or nozzle threads, handles and levers.

(2) Verify that the hanger, bracket, or cabinet is the proper one for the extinguisher.

(3) Verify that the hanger, bracket, or cabinet is secure, undamaged, and properly mounted.

(4) Verify that the nameplate operating instructions are legible and facing outward.


(6) Verify extinguisher hydrostatic test records to determine the hydrostatic test interval.

(7) Invert the extinguisher and open the nozzle to ensure any pressure is relieved from the shell.

(8) Remove the cartridge guard and check the integral components for damage or corrosion.

(9) Unscrew the cartridge to examine seal. (Replace cartridge if seal is punctured, damaged or corroded.) Verify the seal is not punctured and that it is the proper cartridge for that extinguisher and that it has the proper manufacturer’s seal.

(10) Install shipping cap on cartridge.

(11) Weigh the cartridge on a scale and verify the weight is within the tolerance specified in the manufacturer’s service manual.

(12) Remove the discharge nozzle from its holder and lift the hose breaking the tamper seal.

(13) Operate the puncture lever to verify proper operation.

(14) Check and clean the pressure relief vent in the cartridge receiver in accordance with manufacturer’s service manual.



(15) Remove and examine the cartridge receiver gasket. Replace the gasket if brittle, compression set, cracked, cut, or missing.

(16) Lubricate gasket in accordance with the manufacturers manual and install.

(17) Slowly loosen the fill cap to relieve any trapped pressure and reinstall hand tight.

(18) Examine the hose, nozzle and couplings for any damage.

(19) Operate the discharge nozzle to verify proper operation.

(20) Remove the nozzle tip in accordance with the manufacture’s service manual and verify the proper tip is installed and that it is not damaged. Install the nozzle tip in accordance with manufacturer’s manual.

(21) Remove the discharge hose form the extinguisher and ensure that the hose is not obstructed.

(22) Examine hose o-ring and replace if necessary.

(23) Verify the hose connection is clean and not damaged.

(24) Install hose on extinguisher.

(25) Remove fill cap and examine the threads and seating surfaces for any damage or corrosion.

(26) Verify the pressure relief vent is not obstructed.

(27) Verify the dry chemical agent is the correct type and that there are no foreign materials or caking.

(28) Examine and clean the fill cap, gasket, and indicator in accordance with manufacturer’s manual.

(29) Lubricate and install the fill cap and gasket in accordance with manufacturer’s manual.

(30) Secure the discharge hose in place and install the proper cartridge.

(31) Replace the cartridge guard and install new tamper seals.


(33) Return the extinguisher to the hanger, bracket, or cabinet. [ 10:A.7.3. 2 1 ]










First Revision No. 787-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.13.6.9.3.2(5) ]

A.13.6.9.3.2(5)

Certain fire extinguisher electronic monitoring devices require annual maintenance, such as replacement of the primary or alternate battery or batteries. See specific manufacturers' maintenance recommendations. [ 10: A.7.3.2(5)]











A.13.6.9.3.2.3 ]

Sections A.13.6.9.3.2.2, A.13.6.9.3.2.3A.13.6.9 4 .3.2.2

Where a safety seal or tamper indicator is missing, it can be evidence that the fire extinguisher has been used and therefore should be removed from service. Extreme caution should be exercised before replacing a tamper seal on a nonrechargeable fire extinguisher. [10:A.7.3.2.2]A.13.6.9 4 .3.2.3 Removable extinguisher boots and foot rings are those that are not put on by the extinguisher manufacturer with glue or welded. [10:A.7.3.2.3]











A.13.6.9 4 .3.3 4

In addition to the required tag or label, a permanent file record should be kept for each fire extinguisher. This file record should include the following information, as applicable:

Maintenance date and the name of the person and the agency performing the maintenance

Date of the last recharge and the name of the person and the agency performing the recharge

Hydrostatic retest date and the name of the person and agency performing the hydrostatic test

Description of dents remaining after passing of the hydrostatic test

Date of the 6-year maintenance for stored-pressure dry chemical and halogenated agent types (See 13.6.9 4 .3.1 6 .2.2. )

It is recognized that an electronic bar coding system is often acceptable to the AHJ in lieu of a tag or label for maintenance record keeping.

Under special circumstances or when local requirements are in effect, additional information can be desirable or required. [10:A.7.3.3 4 ]











A.13.6.9 4 .3.3 6 .1 5

Labels should be printed in black with a light blue background. [10:A.7.3.3 6 .1 5 ]











A.13.6.9.3.3.2 4.10

A number of states have regulations requiring an internal marking of an extinguisher that is used to verify if the extinguisher has been depressurized, if the valve has been removed, and if a complete maintenance has been performed. The verification-of-service collar design also requires that the valve be removed before the collar can be attached to the extinguisher. The collar provides the AHJs with a more convenient visual proof that the extinguisher has been disassembled and that maintenance has been most likely performed.

This Code does not specifically require a verification-of-service collar when a hydrostatic test is performed on a fire extinguisher cylinder. All extinguishers are to have the valve removed for hydrostatic testing and are to be subsequently recharged before they are returned to service. To be valid, the date on the verification-of-service collar should always be the same as or more recent than the date on the hydrostatic test label.

Figure A.13.6.9.3.3.2 4.10 provides a guide to the design of a verification-of-service collar. [10: A.7.3.3.2 10 ]

Figure A.13.6.9.3.3.2 Design 4.10 Design of a Verification-of-ServiceCollar. [10:Figure A.7.3.3.2 10 ]






Committee Statement: Editorial renumbering/extract update.





A.13.6.9. 4.7. 1

General safety guidelines for recharging include the following:

Make sure all pressure is vented from the fire the extinguisher before attempting to remove the valve body or to fill the closure. (Warning: Do not depend on pressure-indicating devices to tell if the container is under pressure, because the devices could malfunction.)

Use proper recharge materials when refilling a fire extinguisher. Mixing of some extinguishing agents can cause a chemical reaction, resulting in a dangerous pressure buildup in the container.

The weight of agent as specified on the nameplate is critical. Overfilling could render the fire extinguisher dangerous or ineffective.

Clean and properly lubricate all sealing components to prevent leakage after recharge.

Check pressure-indicating device to ascertain that it is reading properly.

Most manufacturers recommend the use of dry nitrogen as an expellant gas for stored-pressure fire extinguishers. Limiting charging pressure regulator setting to 25 psi (172 kPa) above service pressure, as 13.6.9. 4.7. 4.2 , prevents gauge damage and loss of calibration. (Warning: Never connect the fire extinguisher to be charged directly to the high-pressure source. Connecting directly to the high-pressure source could cause the container to rupture, resulting in injury. Never leave a fire extinguisher connected to the regulator of a high-pressure source for an extended period of time. A defective regulator could cause the container to rupture due to excess pressure.)

Use the manufacturer's recommended charging adapter to prevent damage to a valve and its components.

When recharging separate expellant source fire extinguishers, make sure the filled enclosure is in place and tightened down. Replace all safety devices prior to installing replacement cartridges.

Use only gas cartridges recommended by the manufacturer. Cartridge features such as pressure relief, puncturing capabilities, fill density, and thread compatibility are designed and approved to specific functional requirements.

Use proper safety seals; other types, such as meter seals, could fail to break at the prescribed requirements.

Regulators utilized on wheeled fire extinguishers are factory pinned at the operating pressure and should not be field adjusted. [10:A.7.4 7 .1]













A.13.6.9.4.1.3, A.13.6.9.4.1.3.5, ... ]

SectionsA.13.6.9.4.1.2, A.13.6.9.4.1.3, A.13.6.9.4.1.3.5, A.13.6.9.4.3.1, A.13.6.9.4.3.2, A.13.6.9.4.3.

A.13.6.9. 4.7. 1.2

Some manufacturers require that their fire extinguishers be returned to the factory for recharging. [10:A.7.4 7 .1.2]A.13.6.9. 4.7. 1.3

To determine the gross weight, the entire fire extinguisher should be weighed empty. The weight of the specified recharge agent should be added to that amount. [10:A.7.4 7 .1.3]A.13.6.9. 4.7. 1.3.5 4

The leak test required for stored-pressure and self-expelling types should be sufficiently sensitive to ensure that the fire extinguisher remains operable for at least 1 year. Any tamper indicators or seals need to be replaced after recharging. [10:A.7.4 7 .1.3.5 4 ]A.13.6.9. 4.7. 3 .1

On properties where fire extinguishers are maintained by the occupant, a supply of recharging agents should be kept on hand. These agents should meet the requirements of 13.6.9. 4.7. 3. 1.

The intent of this provision is to maintain the efficiency of each fire extinguisher as produced by the manufacturer and as labeled by one or more of the fire testing laboratories. For example, the extinguishing agent and the additives used in the various types of dry chemical fire extinguishers vary in chemical composition and in particle size and, thus, in flow characteristics. Each fire extinguisher is designed to secure maximum efficiency with the particular formulation used. Changing the agent from that specified on the fire extinguisher nameplate could affect flow rates, nozzle discharge characteristics, and the quantity of available agent (as influenced by density) and would void the label of the testing laboratory.

Certain recharging materials deteriorate with age, exposure to excessive temperature, and exposure to moisture. Storage of recharge agents for long periods of time should be avoided.

Dry powder used for combustible metal fires (Class D) should not become damp, because the powder will not be free flowing. In addition, when drypowder contains sufficient moisture, a hazardous reaction could result whenapplied to a metal fire. [10:A.7.4 7 .3.1 ]

A.13.6.9. 4.7. 3.2

Mixing multipurpose dry chemicals with alkaline-based dry chemicals could result in a chemical reaction capable of developing sufficient pressures to rupture a fire extinguisher. Substituting a different formulation for the one originally employed could cause malfunctioning of the fire extinguisher or result in substandard performance. [10: A.7.4 7 .3.2]A.13.6.9. 4.7. 3.6

Moisture within a non-water-type fire extinguisher creates a serious corrosion hazard to the fire extinguisher shell and also indicates what is probably an inoperative fire extinguisher. Moisture could possibly enter at the following times:



After a hydrostatic test

When recharging is being performed

When the valve has been removed from the cylinder

Where compressed air and a moisture trap are used for pressurizing non-water types

It is extremely important to remove any water or moisture from any fire extinguisher before recharging. Excess moisture in a dry chemical fire extinguisher causes the agent to cake and lump and become unusable. It also causes corrosion to the fire extinguisher shell and valve. In carbon dioxide and halogenated fire extinguishers, excess moisture combined with the extinguishing agent causes extremely corrosive acids to form. These acids can corrode the fire extinguisher shell and valve. [10:A.7.4 7 .3.6]

A.13.6.9. 4.7. 3.7

If the fire extinguisher valve is removed for servicing, it is recommended that the fire extinguisher be purged with nitrogen or argon (as appropriate) or that a vacuum be drawn on the fire extinguisher cylinder prior to recharging. [10:A.7.4 7 .3.7]A.13.6.9. 4.7. 3.9

The preferred source of carbon dioxide for recharging fire extinguishers is from a low-pressure [300 psi at 0°F (2068 kPa at -17.8°C)] supply, supplied either directly or via dry cylinders used as an intermediary means. Dry ice converters should not be used to recharge carbon dioxide portable fire extinguishers. [10: A.7.4 7 .3.9]A.13.6.9. 4.7. 3.10

When stored-pressure fire extinguishers are recharged, overfilling results in improper discharge. [10: A.7.4 7 .3.10]











A.13.6.9 4 .4.4.1

If it becomes necessary to replace a pressure gauge on a fire extinguisher, in addition to knowing the charging pressure, it is important to know the type of extinguishing agent for which the gauge is suitable, as well as the valve body with which the gauge is compatible. This information often is available in the form of markings on the dial face. Where the marking is provided, the extinguishing agent is indicated by references such as “Use Dry Chemicals Only,” while the valve body compatibility is indicated as follows:

Gauges intended for use with aluminum or plastic valve bodies are marked with a line above the gauge manufacturer's code letter.

Gauges intended for use with brass or plastic valve bodies are marked with a line below the manufacturer's code letter.

Universal gauges that can be used with aluminum, brass, or plastic valve bodies are marked with lines above and below the manufacturer's code letter or by the absence of any line above or below the manufacturer's code letter.

Using the proper replacement gauge as to pressure range, extinguishing agent, and valve body compatibility is recommended to avoid or to reduce gauge-related problems. [10: A.7.4.4.1 8 ]










First Revision No. 789-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.13.6.9.4.4.2.3,

A.13.6.9.4.4.3.5 ]

Sections A.13.6.9.4.4.2.3, A.13.6.9.4.4.3.5A.13.6.9. 4.7. 4.2.3 7

A defective regulator could cause the container to rupture due to excess pressure. [10:A.7.4 7 .4.2.3 7 ]A.13.6.9. 4.7. 4.3.5 4

Some Class D , and wet chemical, water mist, fire extinguishers are required to be pressurized with argon. [10: A.7.7. 4.4]

A . 13.6.4.7.4.6

The reason an unregulated source of pressure is not to be used is because the fire extinguisher has the potential to be overpressurized and possibly rupture. [ 10: A.7.7.4.6]

A.13.6.4.11

Weight scales used for weighing a fire extinguisher with a gross weight of 60 lb (27.2 kg) or less should permit readings to 0.25 lb (0.10 kg). Weight scales used for weighing extinguishers and cartridges should permit readings consistent with the tolerances identified on the nameplate of the extinguisher or cartridge. All scales should be calibrated (tested) for accuracy. Accuracy of weight scales should be demonstrated at least daily by the use of test weight(s) having a verified weight. The test method involves placing a test weight on the scale and reading the results. The following method should be used to calibrate weight scales daily or more frequently as needed:

(1) With nothing on the scale, “zero out” the weight scale by adjusting the weight scale calibration knob or wheel or tare/zero button so that it reads zero. A digital scale should be powered and allowed to stabilize before adjusting to read zero.

(2) Place the test weight(s) on the scale.

( 3

.5

) Read the weight that is registered on the scale and if needed, adjust the scale by turning the calibration knob or wheel to show the weight of the test weight that is being tested. Some digital scales have an electronic push button calibration feature to calibrate the weight during a test.

(4) Repeat the testing procedure two more times after any adjustment. The weight that is registered should be exactly the same. Weight scales that do not provide repeatable results within the tolerances specified in the manufacturer’s literature should be repaired or replaced. [ 10: A.7.11 ]








Committee Statement: Editorial renumbering/extract update.





A.13.6.9.4.4.3.5 ]

A.13.7.1.2

The following functions are included in Annex A to provide guidelines for utilizing building systems and equipment in addition to proprietary fire alarm equipment in order to provide life safety and property protection. Building functions that should be initiated or controlled during a fire alarm condition include, but should not be limited to, the following:

(1) Elevator operation consistent with ANSI/ASME A17.1/CSA B44, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators

(2) Unlocking of stairwell and exit doors (see NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives, and NFPA 101, Life Safety Code)

(3) Release of fire and smoke dampers (see NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, and NFPA 90B, Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems)

(4) Monitoring and initiating of self-contained automatic fire extinguishing system(s) or suppression system(s) and equipment (see NFPA 11, Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam; NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems; NFPA 12A, Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems; NFPA 13,Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; NFPA14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems; NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection; NFPA 17, Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems; NFPA 17A, Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems; and NFPA 750, Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems) [72:A.23.3.3.1]











A.13.7.1.4.6.1

The Code intends that only one smoke detector is required to beinstalled at the fire alarm control unit, the notification circuit powerextenders, and the supervising station transmitting equipment, even when the area of the room would require more than one smoke detector if installed according to the spacing rules in NFPA 72 , National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code , Chapter 5. [ 101 :A.9.6.1.8.1]











A.13.7.1.4.9.3 8

A dwelling unit is that structure, area, room, or combination of rooms, including hotel rooms/suites, in which a family or individual lives. A dwelling unit includes living areas only and not common usage areas in multifamily buildings, such as corridors, lobbies, and basements. [ 101 : A.9.6.2.10.3 8 ]











A.13.7.1.4.14.7 ]

Sections A.13.7.1.4.14.4, A.13.7.1.4.14.7A.13.7.1.4.14.4

The primary purpose of fire alarm system annunciation is to enable responding personnel to identify the location of a fire quickly and accurately and to indicate determine the status of emergency equipment or fire safety emergency control functions that might affect the safety of occupants in a fire situation . [ 72 : A.10. 16 18 .3]A.13.7.1.4.14.7 6

Fire alarm system annunciation should, as a minimum, be sufficiently specific to identify a fire alarm signal in accordance with the following:

If a floor exceeds 22,500 ft2 (2090 m2) in area, the floor should be subdivided into detection zones of 22,500 ft2 (2090 m2) or less, consistent with the existing smoke and fire barriers on the floor.

If a floor exceeds 22,500 ft2 (2090 m2) in area and is undivided by smoke or fire barriers, detection zoning should be determined on a case-by-case basis in consultation with the authority having jurisdiction.

Waterflow switches on sprinkler systems that serve multiple floors, areas exceeding 22,500 ft2 (2090 m2), or areas inconsistent with theestablished detection system zoning should be annunciated individually.

In-duct smoke detectors on air-handling systems that serve multiple floors, areas exceeding 22,500 ft2 (2090 m2), or areas inconsistent with the established detection system zoning should be annunciated individually.

If a floor area exceeds 22,500 ft2 (2090 m2), additional zoning should be provided. The length of any zone should not exceed 300 ft (91 m) in any direction. If the building is provided with automatic sprinklers throughout, the area of the alarm zone should be permitted to coincide with the allowable area of the sprinkler zone. [72: A.10.16 18 .6 5 ]











A.13.7.2.27.2.2.2 ]

A.13.7.3.1.1.3

This requirement does not apply to notification appliance circuits. [72:A.10.3.3]

A.13.7.3.1.1.5(1)

The requirement of 10.3.5(1) does not preclude transfer to secondary supply at lessthan 85 percent of nominal primary voltage, provided the requirements of 10.6.7 are met. [72:A.10.3.5(1)]











A.13.7.3.2.1.4, A.13.7.3.2.2.1.1, ... ]

Sections A.13.7.3.2.1.2, A.13.7.3.2.1.4, A.13.7.3.2.2.1.1, A.13.7.3.2.2.3(1), A.13.7.3.2.2.4, A.13.7.3.2.4

A.13.7.3.2.1.2

Shop Drawings. General. Shop drawings for fire alarm systems should provide basic information and should provide the basis for the record drawings required elsewhere in this Code .

Content. Shop drawings should include, to an extent commensuratewith the extent of the work being performed, floor plan drawings, riserdiagrams, control panel wiring diagrams, point-to-point wiring diagrams, conduit, conductor routing, typical wiring diagrams, and other information as described herein.

All shop drawings should be drawn on sheets of uniform size and should include the following information:

Name of protected premises, owner, and occupant (where applicable)

Name of installer or contractor

Location of protected premises

Device legend in accordance with NFPA 170, Standard for Fire Safety and Emergency Symbols

Date of issue and any revisions

Floor plan drawings should be drawn to an indicated scale and should include the following information:

Floor identification

Point of compass (indication of north)

Graphic scale

All walls and doors

All partitions extending to within 10 percent of the ceiling height (where applicable)

Room descriptions

Fire alarm device/component locations

Locations of fire alarm primary power connection(s)

Locations of monitor/control interfaces to other systems

Riser locations

Type and number of fire alarm system components/devices on each circuit, on each floor or level



Type and quantity of conductors and conduit (if used) used for each circuit

Location of all supply and return air diffusers (where automatic detection is used)

Fire alarm system riser diagrams should include the following information:

General arrangement of the system in building cross-section

Number of risers

Type and number of circuits in each riser

Type and number of fire alarm system components/devices on each circuit, on each floor or level

Type and quantity of conductors and conduit (if used) for each circuit

Control unit wiring diagrams should be provided for all control equipment (i.e., equipment listed as either a control unit or control unit accessory), power supplies, battery chargers, and annunciators and should include the following information:

Identification of the control equipment depicted

Location(s)

All field wiring terminals and terminal identifications

All circuits connected to field wiring terminals and circuit identifications

All indicators and manual controls, including the full text of alllabels

All field connections to supervising station signaling equipment, releasing equipment, and fire safety control interfaces

Typical wiring diagrams should be provided for all initiating devices, notification appliances, remote indicators, annunciators, remote test stations, and end-of-line and power supervisory devices. [ 72 :A.10.18.1.2]

A.13.7.3.2.1.4

Protected premises fire alarm systems are often installed under construction or remodeling contracts and subsequently connected to asupervising station alarm system under a separate contract. All contractors should complete the portions of the record of completion form for the portions of the connected systems for which they are responsible. Several partially completed forms might be accepted by the AHJ provided that all portions of the connected systems are covered in the set of forms. [ 72 : A.10.18.1.4]

A.13.7.3.2.2.1.1



The requirements of Chapter 14 of NFPA 72 should be used to perform the installation wiring and operational acceptance tests required when completing the record of completion.

The record of completion form shall be permitted to be used to record decisions reached prior to installation regarding intended system type(s), circuit designations, device types, notification appliance type, power sources, and the means of transmission to the supervisingstation.

An example of a completed record of completion form is shown in Figure A.13.7.3.2.2.1.1 . [ 72 : A.10.18.2.1.1]

Figure A.13.7.3.2.2.1.1 Example of a Filled Out Record of Completion for a Fire Alarm System. [ 72 :Figure A.10.18.2.1.1]

Figure A.13.7.3.2.2.1.1 Continued



















A.13.7.3.2.2.3(1)

The owner's manual should include the following:

A detailed narrative description of the system inputs, evacuation signaling, ancillary functions, annunciation, intended sequence of operations, expansion capability, application considerations, and limitations

Operator instructions for basic system operations, including alarm acknowledgment, system reset, interpretation of system output (LEDs, CRT display, and printout), operation of manual evacuation signaling and ancillary function controls, and change of printer paper

A detailed description of routine maintenance and testing as required and recommended and as would be provided under a maintenance contract, including testing and maintenanceinstructions for each type of device installed. This information should include the following:

Listing of the individual system components that require periodic testing and maintenance

Step-by-step instructions detailing the requisite testing and maintenance procedures, and the intervals at which these procedures shall be performed, for each type of device installed

A schedule that correlates the testing and maintenance procedures that are recommended by A.13.7.3.2.2.3(1)(3)(b) with the listing recommended by A.13.7.3.2.2.3(1)(3)(a)



Detailed troubleshooting instructions for each trouble condition generated from the monitored field wiring, including opens, grounds, and loop failures [These instructions should include a list of all trouble signals annunciated by the system, a description of the condition(s) that causes such trouble signals, and step-by-step instructions describing how to isolate such problems and correct them (or how to call for service, as appropriate).]

A service directory, including a list of names and telephone numbers of those who provide service for the system [ 72 :A.10.18.2.3(1)]

A.13.7.3.2.2.4

Subparagraph 13.7.3.2.2.4 is intended to provide a basis for the AHJ to require third-party verification and certification that the AHJ and the system owner can rely on to reasonably assure that the fire alarm system installation complies with the applicable requirements. [ 72 : A.10.18.2.4]

A.13.7.3.2.4

It is suggested that the annual test be conducted in segments so that all devices are tested annually.

The intent of 13.7.3.2.4 is to prevent a test from being made at intervals exceeding those allowed by Table 13.7.3.2.4 . Annual tests should be made every 12 months; monthly tests should be made every 30 days, and so forth. For example, it is not acceptable to conduct an annual test in January of year one, and December of year two (23-month frequency), just because Table 13.7.3.2.4 requires a test once each year. See the definition of frequency in 3.3.106 ofNFPA 72 for minimum and maximum time between testing events.

Table 13.7.3.2.4, Item 15 . Initiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see NFPA 101 , 9.6.3) to initiate supervisory signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not “supervisory devices,” but they initiate a supervisory signal at the FACU. [ 72 : A.14.4.5]













A.13.7.3.3.7

Protective covers, also called pull station protectors can be installed over manuallyactuated alarm initiating devices to provide mechanical protection, environmental protection, and to reduce the likelihood of accidental or malicious activation. The protective covers must be listed to ensure that they do not hinder the operation of the pull stations and to ensure that they meet accessibility requirements for activation by persons with physical disabilities. The Code explicitly permits installing them over single- or double-action devices. When installed over a double-action device, the assembly effectively becomes a triple-action device. Some units include battery-operated audible warning signals that have been shown to deter malicious activations. To be effective, it is important that the regular staff or occupants be aware of the sound and investigate immediately in order to catch someone who mightotherwise activate the device without cause or to ensure that the device is activated if there is a legitimate reason. [72:A.17.14.7]











A.13.7.3.3.8 ]

Sections A.13.7.3.3.1.1, A.13.7.3.3.8A.13.7.3.3.1 8 .1 3

In environments where red paint or red plastic is not suitable, an alternative material, such as stainless steel, could be used as long as the box meets the requirements of 13 17 . 7 14 . 3.3.5. 8.2 of NFPA 72 . [ 72 : A.17.14.1 8 .1 3 ]A.13.7.3.3.8 8.5

It is not the intent of 13.7.3.3.8 to require manual fire alarm boxes to be attached to movable partitions or to equipment, nor to require the installation of permanent structures for mounting purposes only. [ 72 : A.17.14.8.5 ]










First Revision No. 576-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.13.7.4.3.3.4.2(4) ]

A.13.7.4.3.3.4.2(4)

Corridor geometry is a significant factor that contributes to the development of velocity, temperature, and smoke obscuration conditions at smoke detectors located along a corridor. This is based on the fact that the ceiling jet is confined or constrained by the nearby walls without opportunity for entrainment of air. For corridors of approximately 15 ft (4.5 6 m) in width and for fires of approximately 100 kW or greater, modeling has demonstrated that the performance of smoke detectors in corridors with beams has been shown to be comparable to spot smoke detector spacing on an unconfined smooth ceiling surface. [ 72 : A.17.7.3.2.4.2(4)]











A.13.7.4.3.4.6

The air sampling–type detector system should be able to withstand dusty environments by either air filtering or , electronic discrimination of particle size, or other listed methods or combinations thereof . The detector should be capable of providing optimal time delays of alarm outputs to eliminate nuisance alarms due to transient smoke conditions. The detector should also provide facilities for the connection of monitoring equipment for the recording of background smoke level information necessary in setting alert and alarm levels and delays. [ 72 : A.17.7.3.6.6]











A.13.7.4.3.5

On smooth ceilings, a spacing of not more than 60 ft (18.3 m) between projected beams and not more than one-half that spacing between a projected beam and a sidewall (wall parallel to the beam travel) should be used as a guide. Other spacing should be determined based on ceiling height, airflow characteristics, and response requirements.

In some cases, the light beam projector is mounted on one end wall, with the light beam receiver mounted on the opposite wall. However, it is also permitted to suspend the projector and receiver from the ceiling at a distance from the end walls not exceeding one-quarter the selected spacing (S). (See Figure A.13.7.4.3.5.) [ 72 : A.17.7.3.7]

Figure A.13.7.4.3.5 Maximum Distance at Which Ceiling-Suspended Light Projector and Receiver Can Be Positioned from End Wall Is One-Quarter Selected Spacing (S) . [ 72 : Figure A.17.7.3.7]











A.13.7.4.3.10.2, A.13.7.4.7 ]

Sections A.13.7.4.3.8, A.13.7.4.3.10.2, A.13.7.4.7A.13.7.4.3.8 6

Construction debris, dust (especially gypsum dust and the fines resulting from the sanding of drywall joint compounds), and aerosols can affect the sensitivity of smoke detectors and, in some instances, cause deleterious effects to the detector, thereby significantly reducing the expected life of the detector. [ 72 : A.17.7.1.11]A.13.7.4.3.10 8 .2

Smoke detector spacing depends on the movement of air within the room. [ 72 : A.17.7.6.3.3]A.13.7.4.7

Detectors that cause unwanted alarms should be tested at their lower listed range (or at 0.5 percent obscuration if unmarked or unknown). Detectors that activate at less than this level should be replaced. [ 72 : A.14.4.5 4 .3]











A.14.5.1.3.1

The requirements of 14.5.1.3 are not intended to apply to the swing of cross-corridor doors, such as smoke barrier doors and horizontal exits. Neither are the requirements intended to apply to doors from rooms that are typically unoccupied such as janitor's closets. electrical closets or telecommunications closets. [ 101 : A.7.2.1.4.3.1]











A.14.5.2.5.1

Where the entrance consists of an exterior vestibule, the locking arrangement should be permitted on the egress side of either the interior or exterior door of the vestibule. [101: A.7.2.1.5.5.1]











(14) ]

A.14.5.3.4.2

The presence of fire exit hardware on a door does not imply the door is required to be a fire protection-rated door. [101: A.7.2.1.7.2]











A.14.8.1.2

The normal occupant load is not necessarily a suitable criterion, because the greatest hazard can occur when an unusually large crowd is present, which is a condition often difficult for AHJs to control by regulatory measures. The principle of this Code is to provide means of egress for the maximum probablenumber of occupants, rather than to attempt to limit occupants to a numbercommensurate with available means of egress. However, limits of occupancy are specified in certain special cases for other reasons.

Suggested occupant load factors for components of large airport terminal buildings are given in Table A.14.8.1.2. However, the AHJ might elect to use different occupant load factors, provided that egress requirements are satisfied.

Table A.14.8.1.2 Airport Terminal Occupant Load Factors

Airport

Terminal Area

ft2

(gross)

m2

(gross)

Concourse 100 9.3

Waiting areas 15 1.4

Baggage claim 20 1.9

Baggage handling 300 27.9

[ 101 : Table A.7.3.1.2 ]

The figure used in determining the occupancy load for mall shopping centers of varying sizes was arrived at empirically by surveying over 270 mall shopping centers, by studying mercantile occupancy parking requirements, and by observing the number of occupants per vehicle during peak seasons.

These studies show that, with an increase in shopping center size, there is a decrease in the number of occupants per square foot of gross leasable area.

This phenomenon is explained when one considers that, above a certain shopping center gross leasable area [approximately 600,000 ft2 (56,000 m2)], there exists a multiplicity of the same types of stores. The purpose of duplicate types of stores is to increase the choices available to a customer for any given type of merchandise. Therefore, when shopping center size increases, the occupant load increases as well, but at a declining rate. In using Table A.14.8.1.2, the occupant load factor is applied only to the gross leasable area that uses the mall as a means of egress.

Relative to the 100 ft 2 (9.3 m 2 ) per person occupant load factor specified in Table 14.8.1.2 for concentrated business use, some business use spaces such as call centers and work station areas might necessitate use of an occupant load factor less than 100 ft 2 (9.3 m 2 ) per person. For example, desk cubicles as small as 25 ft 2 (2.3 m 2 ) in area are available in the marketplace. Prudence needs to be exercised when determining the occupant load in concentrated business use areas. [ 101 : A.7.3.1.2]













A.14.8.3.4.1.1

The criteria of 14.8.3.4.1.1 , as initially written, were intended to provide for minimum widths for small spaces such as individual offices. The intent is that these reductions in required width apply to spaces formed by furniture andmovable walls so that accommodations can easily be made for mobility-impaired individuals. One side of a path could be a fixed wall, provided that the other side is movable. This does not exempt the door widths or widths of fixed-wall corridors, regardless of the number of people or length. The allowance for reduction in width has been expanded to include all exit accesses serving not more than six people where the travel length along the reduced-width path does not exceed 50 ft (15 m), regardless of occupancy or use of the space.

Figure A.14.8.3.4.1.1(a) and Figure A.14.8.3.4.1.1(b) present selected anthropometric data for adults. The male and female figures depicted in the figures are average, 50th percentile, in size. Some dimensions apply to very large, 97.5 percentile, adults (noted as 97.5 P). [ 101 : A.7.3.4.1.1]

Figure A.14.8.3.4.1.1(a) Anthropometric Data (in in.) for Adults; Males and Females of Average, 50th Percentile, Size; Some Dimensions Apply to Very Large, 97.5 Percentile (97.5 P), Adults. [ 101 :FigureA.7.3.4.1.1(a)]

Figure A.14.8.3.4.1.1(b) Anthropometric Data (in mm) for Adults; Males and Females of Average, 50th Percentile, Size; Some DimensionsApply to Very Large, 97.5 Percentile (97.5 P), Adults. [ 101 :Figure A.7.3.4.1.1(b)]













A.14.11.7

It is the intent of 14.11.7 to permit the staging of building occupants in exterior discharge areas that are open to the outside air such as parking lots or lawns or areas that are bounded by fences or walls prior to either allowing travel to the public way or reentry into the building. The dimensional criteria 14.11.7 (1) and (2) permit sufficient personal space for each occupant while waiting from a reasonable distance from the building. Greater or closer distances might be permitted based on construction type, sprinkler protection, and exterior wall construction, as well as opening protectives. The provisions of 14.11.7 (3) and (4) require the exterior area(s) to be free of snow and ice. or ponding water: and be compliant with all applicable means of egress safeguards such as, but not limited to, illumination, marking, width, and door swing direction. [101: A.7.7.7]











A.14.12.1.2.2

Photoluminescent materials and battery-powered luminaires require some period of time to restore themselves to full operational capacity after being de-energized.

Photoluminescent products rely on nearby luminaires to maintain their full capacity. When those luminaires are de-energized, the photoluminescent product will gradually deplete its capacity. Listed photoluminescent exit signs and path markers are restored to full rated capacity within one hour and there is no known limit to the number of times they can be discharged and recharged, nor any known degradation of overall capacity or lifetime as a result of discharge / charge cycles.

De-energizing the normal (utility) power source will automatically begin the battery discharge cycle of emergency luminaires, unit equipment, and exit signs provided withbattery backup. Once drained, these batteries will typically require between 24 to 72 hours, depending on the battery technology and charging circuitry design, to regain full capacity. Frequent discharge / charge cycles can reduce overall battery lifetime and, depending on battery technology, might also prematurely reduce overall battery capacity. [101: A.7.8.1.2.2]











A.14.12.1.3

A desirable form of means of egress lighting is by lights recessed in walls about 12 in. (305 mm) above the floor. Such lights are not likely to be obscured by smoke. [ 101 : A.7.8.1.3]











A.14.12.1.4

An example of the failure of any single Failure of a lighting unit is the burning out of an electric bulb deemed to have occurred when the light output drops below 70 percent of its original level . [ 101 : A.7.8.1.4]











Found 2 configuration elements matching the xpath: /systemconfig/systemhomeroot in file C:\TerraXML\terra_view_config.xml











A.14.14.1.2.1

Where a main entrance serves also as an exit, it will usually be sufficiently obvious to occupants so that no exit sign is needed.

The character of the occupancy has a practical effect on the need for signs. In any assembly occupancy, hotel, department store, or other building subject to transient occupancy, the need for signs will be greater than in a building subject to permanent or semipermanent occupancy by the same people, such as an apartment house where the residents are presumed to be familiar with exit facilities by reason of regular use thereof. Even in a permanent residence-type building, however, there is need for signs to identify exit facilities such as outside stairs that are not subject to regular use during the normal occupancy of the building.

There are many types of situations where the actual need for signs is debatable. In cases of doubt, however, it is desirable to be on the safe side by providing signs, particularly because posting signs does not ordinarily involve any material expense or inconvenience.

The requirement for the locations of exit signs visible from any direction of exit access is illustrated in Figure A.14.14.1.2.1. [ 101 : A.7.10.1.2.1]

Figure A.14.14.1.2.1 Location of Exit Signs. [ 101 :Figure A.7.10.1.2.1]













A.14.14.1.5.2

For externally illuminated signs in accordance with 14.14.6 and internally illuminated signs listed without a marked viewing distance, the rated viewingdistance should be considered to be 100 ft (30 m). However, Where placing signs to meet the 100 ft (30 m) viewing distance in other than exit access corridors might create operating difficulties or encourage placement of a sign at their rated viewing distance requires them to be placed above the line ofsight. To resolve the viewing distance versus placement issue , consideration should be given to increasing the level of illumination and the size of the exit legend to the viewing distance proportionally, if signs are placed at greater distances compensate for the additional straight-line distance between the viewer and the sign . [ 101 : A.7.10.1.5.2]






Committee Statement: Extract update





A.14.14.2.1

A sign complying with 14.14.2 and indicating the direction of the nearest approved exit should be placed at the point of entrance to any escalator or moving walk. (See A.14.14.3 .) [ 101 : A.7.10.2.1]











A.14.14.8.1.1

Special signs require sufficient illumination in order for them to be readable at closeproximity. They are not expected to be of a size or illumination level necessary to be readable from a distance, as is the case for an exit sign. [101: A.7.10.8.1.1]











A.16.1.3

See also NFPA 241. [ 101 : A.4.6.11 10 .2]

A.16.2.1.1

Examples of relevant test standards include, but are not limited to, thefollowing:

UL 647, Standard for Unbented Kerosene-Fired Room Heaters and Portable Heaters

ANSI/UL 1278, Standard for Moveable and Wall- or Ceiling-Hung Electric Room Heaters [ 241 : A.5.2.1]










First Revision No. 595-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.16.2.1.5, A.16.2.1.8 ]

Sections A.16.2.1.5, A.16.2.1.8

A.16.2.1.5 7

These operations can necessitate the removal of the heater prior to refueling. The appliance also should be allowed to cool prior to refueling. [ 241: A.5.2.5]

A.16.2.1.8

Misuse of temporary heating devices has resulted in numerous fires and millions of dollars in property loss. Temporary heating equipment, while operating, should be visually inspected every hour to ensure that combustibles have not blown or fallen over near the temporary heating device. During windy periods, it might be necessary to reduce the interval between inspections. Any object near the temporary heating device that is hot to the touch should be moved, or the temporary heating device should be relocated. The visual inspection also should ensure that the appliance is operating properly. Any appliance that is not operating properly should be turned off until repairs have been made. [ 241: A.5.2.

8] 7]

A.16.2.1.5

These operations might necessitate the removal of the heater prior to refueling. The appliance also should be allowed to cool prior to refueling. [ 241 : A.5.2.5]











A.17.3.5.2.1.11.1 ]

Sections A.17.3.5.2.1.8, A.17.3.5.2.1.11.1A.17.3.5.2.1.8

Accessory structures include, but are not limited to, outbuildings, patio covers, gazebos, palapas, and similar outdoor structures. [1144: A.5.8 9 ]A.17.3.5.2.1.11.1

Unprotected heat and flame sources include, but are not limited to, open burning without spark protection, barbecue pits, clay or stone fireplaces, and fire pits. Supervision of burning includes the presence of a source of water or other extinguishing equipment. [1144: A.5.11 12 .1]











A.18.4.3.1.1

The intent of 18.4.3.1.1 is to provide some limited flexibility in those circumstances where there is no water supply available and the fire department’s capabilities todeliver water via a tanker shuttle or drafting operation are also limited. The AHJ should consider establishing additional conditions, such as those contained in 18.4.3.1.2, prior to permitting decreased fire flow capability.




Submittal Date: Mon Oct 22 15:48:11 EDT 2012



The proposed A.18.4.3.1.1 was developed by the NFPA 1 Fire Flow Task Group in conjunction with FR-65, and is intended to clarify those conditions under which the AHJ might modify fire flow requirements in rural and suburban areas.

ResponseMessage:

FR-66-NFPA 1-2012




A.18.4.5.1.2

Approved automatic sprinkler systems for one- and two-family dwellings include those meeting the requirements of NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation ofSprinkler Systems, NFPA 13D, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes, and NFPA 13R, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height.







The proposed A.18.4.5.1.2 was developed by the NFPA 1 Fire Flow Task Group and intends to clarify the types of sprinkler systems that are permitted to utilized in one- and two-family dwellings to take advantage of the permitted fire flow reductions. See also FR-65.

Response Message:

FR-67-NFPA 1-2012




A.18.4.5.1.3

Approved automatic sprinkler systems for one- and two-family dwellings include those meeting the requirements of NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation ofSprinkler Systems, NFPA 13D, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes, and NFPA 13R, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height.







The proposed A.18.4.5.1.3 was developed by the NFPA 1 Fire Flow Task Group and clarifies the types of automatic sprinkler systems that can be utilized in one- and two-family dwellings to take advantage of the permitted fire flow reductions. See also FR-65.

Response Message:

FR-68-NFPA 1-2012




A.18.4.5.1.5

The fire flow reductions specified in 18.4.5.1.2, 18.4.5.1.3, and 18.4.5.1.4 are permitted to be combined. However, where the reductions are combined, the resulting required fire flow is not permitted to be reduced to less than 500 gpm (1900 L/min) for 1 hour.







The proposed A.18.4.5.1.5 was developed by the NFPA 1 Fire Flow Task Group and clarifies the application of 18.4.5.1.5. See also FR-65.

Response Message:

FR-69-NFPA 1-2012




A.18.4.5.2.5

The fire flow reductions specified in 18.4.5.2.2 and 18.4.5.2.3 are permitted to be combined. However, where the reductions are combined, the resulting required fire flow is not permitted to be reduced to less than 500 gpm (1900 L/min) for 1 hour.







The proposed A.18.4.5.2.5 was developed by the NFPA 1 Fire Flow Task Group and clarifies the application of 18.4.5.2.5. See also FR-65.

Response Message:

FR-70-NFPA 1-2012




A.18.4.5.3.4

The provision of 18.4.5.3.4 is intended to limit the required fire flow duration to not more than 2 hours where the building is sprinklered. The 2000 gpm (7571 L/min) limit is based on a 75% reduction of 8000 gpm (30,283 L/min), which is the maximum fire flow required by Table 18.4.5.1.2. The required 2-hour duration is consistent with the maximum hose stream duration requirements of NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.






CommitteeStatement:

The proposed A.18.4.5.3.4 was developed by the NFPA 1 Fire Flow Task Group and provides background on the origin of the values contained in 18.4.5.3.4 to assist the user in its application. See also FR-65.

ResponseMessage:

FR-71-NFPA 1-2012




A.18.4.5.3 4

The fire sprinkler system demand is generally significantly less than the demands in Table 18.4.5.1.2, even after hose stream demands are applied.The sprinkler system demand can be a part of the overall flow available to abuilding site. There is no need to add these flow demands together, which would penalize the building owner that has decided to put fire sprinkler systems in place.






Committee Statement: Renumbered for consistency with FR-65.





A.19.2.1.2.1

Nonmetallic or plastic rubbish containers should be limited in their combustibility and should be tested for heat release with the cone calorimeter, to the recognized standard of ASTM E 1354 or NFPA 271 referred to as the cone or oxygen consumption calorimeter. The cone calorimeter test standard does not indicate the exact conditions (heat flux and orientation) needed for testing. This test is intended to give detailed information as to how the fire performance of materials perform under actual fire conditions. The value of 300 kW/m2 for peak rate of heat release of the rubbish container material corresponds to the value that Douglas fir wood emits under the same conditions. Rubbish containers are often manufactured of polyethylene [effective heat of combustion ca. 19,000 Btu/lb (45 MJ/kg)], which releases much more heat in a fire than the typical contents of the container, much of which is paper (effective heat of combustion ca. 6400 Btu/lb (15 MJ/kg]). For comparison purposes, Table A.19.2.1.2.1 shows peak heat release rates of a series of materials (34 plastics and Douglas fir wood) at an incident heat flux of 40 kW/m2, in the horizontal orientation and at a thickness of 0.25 in. (6 mm) [Hirschler 1992]. For further comparison, a fire test conducted with a small ignition source on a 22.4 lb polyethylene rubbish container resulted in the release of 1.34 MW within 13.35 minutes of ignition (before it had to bemanually extinguished) and caused flashover in the test room. The maximum a container can release is 300 kW/m2 or maximum heat release rate. Douglas fir has a constant of 300 kW/m2 where polyethylene has a peak heat release rate of 1268 kW/m2. Nonmetallic containers such as polyethylene canrepresent more fuel than their contents (high density polyethylene 19,994 Btu/lb versus newsprint at 8000). A detailed review of listings or approvals is advised prior to acceptance.Table A.19.2.1.2.1 Peak Rate of Heat Release of Materials in the Cone Calorimeter at an Incident Heat Flux of 40 kW/ m2 m 2 , in the HorizontalOrientation, at a Thickness of 6 mm



Material

DescriptionAbbreviation

Peak Rate of Heat Release (kW/m2)

1 Polytetrafluorethylene PTFE 14

2 Poly(vinyl chloride) flexible 1 PVC Plenum 1 43



5 Polycarbonate 1 PolyCarb 1 429


7 Chlorinated PVC CPVC 84

8 Poly(vinyl chloride) rigid computer housing

PVC computer 175

9Poly(vinyl chloride) flexible wire FR PVC flex FR 92

10Poly(vinyl chloride) rigid low smoke PVC low smoke 111

11 Cross linked polyethylene FR XLPE FR 192

12 Poly(vinyl chloride) flexible wire semi FR

PVC Flex semi FR

142

13 Poly(vinyl chloride) rigid window PVC window 183

14 Poly(vinyl chloride) flexible wire non FR

PVC Flex non FR

167

15Poly(methyl methacrylate) FR Blend PMMA FR 176

16 Polycarbonate 2 Polycarb 2 420

17Polyphenylene Oxide FR Blend 1 PPO/PS 1 276

18Polyphenylene Oxide FR Blend 2 PPO/PS 2 265

19Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene FR 1 ABS FR 1 291

20Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene FR 2 ABS FR 2 402

21 Poly(vinyl chloride) flexible bath curtain

PVC Flex Poor 237

22 Douglas fir D Fir 221

23 Polystyrene FR PS FR 334

24 Polyacetal P Acetal 360

25Polyurethane Flexible Foam non FR PU 710

26 Poly(methyl methacrylate) PMMA 665

27 Polyurethane Thermoplastic TPU 221

28 Nylon Nylon 1313

29 Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene ABS 944

30 Polystyrene PS 1101

31Styrene acrylonitrile EPDM blend EPDM SAN 956

32 Poly(butylene terephthalate) PBT 1314



Material

DescriptionAbbreviation

Peak Rate of Heat Release (kW/m2)

33 Poly(ethylene terephtahalate) PET 534

34 Polyethylene PE 1408

35 Polypropylene PP 1509

Source: Hirschler 1992. “Heat release from plastic materials”, M.M. Hirschler, Chapter 12 a, in “Heat Release in Fire,” Elsevier, London, UK, Eds. V. Babrauskas and S.J. Grayson, 1992. pp. 375–422.






CommitteeStatement:

The FR deletes the reference to NFPA 271, which has been withdrawn.




First Revision No. 597-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. A.20.1.5.2.4(5) ]

A.20.1.5.2.4(5)

NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code , permits portable butane-fueled appliances in restaurants and in attended commercial food catering operations where fueled by not more than two 10 oz (0.3 kg) LP-Gas capacity, nonrefillable butane containers that have a water capacity not exceeding 1.08 lb (0.5 kg) per container. The containers are required to be directly connected to the appliance, and manifolding of containers is not permitted. Storage of cylinders is also limited to 24 containers, with an additional 24 permitted where protected by a 2-hour fire resistance–rated barrier. [ 101 : A.12.7.2.4(5); 101 :A.13.7.2.4(5)]










First Revision No. 598-NFPA 1-2012 [ New Section after A.20.1.5.3(3)

(a) ]

A.20.1.5.4.1

Fabric applied over unused seating sections should meet the requirements of 20.1.5.4. [101: A.12.7.4.1; 101: A.13.7.4.1]











A.20.1.5.6 6.2

Crowd managers and crowd manager supervisors need to clearly understand the required duties and responsibilities specific to the venue's emergency plan. The crowd management training program in crowd managementshould develop include a clear appreciation of crowd dynamics factors ofincluding space, energy, time, and information, as well as specific crowd management techniques, such as metering. Published guidelines on thesefactors and techniques are found in the SFPE Handbook of Fire ProtectionEngineering , Section 3, Chapter 13. Training should involve specific actions necessary during normal and emergency operations, and include an assessment of people handling capabilities of a space prior to its use, theidentification of hazards, an evaluation of projected levels of occupancy, theadequacy of means of ingress and egress and identification of ingress and egress barriers, the processing procedures such as ticket collection, and the expected types of human behavior. Training should also involve the different types of emergency evacuations and, where required by the emergency plan, relocation and shelter-in-place operations, and the challenges associated with each. [ 101 : A.12.7.6.2 ; 101 : A.13.7.6.2 ]











A.20.4.2.3.3

The purpose of this requirement is to provide a means for building designers, occupants, and operators to clearly designate approved egress corridors that can be identified even though physical or other obvious barriers might not be present to indicate their location. Floor plans used to satisfy this requirement might incorporate more than one function and more than one smoke compartment of the building, provided egress corridors are clearly identified where no fixed barriers are present. Such plans should be accessible to the authority having jurisdiction but should not be required to be posted. [101: A.18.7.3.3; 101: A.19.7.3.3]











A.20.4.2.5.6(2)

The user should verify that the products meet the referenced test methods of NFPA701, and not the small-scale test procedure that was previously eliminated from NFPA 701. [101: A.18.7.5.6(2); 101: A.19.7.5.6(2)]











A.20.6.2.5.4(4)

The percentage of decorations should be measured against the area of any wall orceiling, not the aggregate total of walls, ceilings, and doors. The door is considered part of the wall. The decorations must be located such that they do not interfere with the operation of any door, sprinkler, smoke detector, or any other life safety equipment. Other art might include hanging objects or three-dimensional items. [101:A.20.7.5.4(4); 101: A.21.7.5.4(4)]

A.20.6.2.5.5.2

It is the intent that this provision permits recycling of bottles, cans, paper and similarclean items that do not contain grease, oil, flammable liquids, or significant plastic materials using larger containers or several adjacent containers and not require locating such containers in a room protected as a hazardous area. Containers for medical records awaiting shredding are often larger than 32 gal (121 L). These containers are not to be included in the calculations and limitations of 20.6.2.5.5.1. There is no limit on the number of these containers, as FM Approval Standard 6921, Containers for Combustible Waste, ensures that the fire will not spread outside of the container. FM approval standards are written for use with FM Approvals. The tests can be conducted by any approved laboratory. The portions of the standard referring to FM Approvals are not included in this reference. [101: A.20.7.5.5.2; 101:A.21.7.5.5.2]











A.20.7.2.2

Personal property provides combustible contents for fire development. Therefore, adequate controls are needed to limit the quantity and combustibility of the fuelsavailable to burn to reduce the probability of room flashover. The provisions of20.7.2.4 will not, by themselves, prevent room flashover if personal property controls are not provided. [101: A.22.7.2; 101: A.23.7.2]











A.20.7.2.4

Personal property provides combustible contents for fire development. Therefore, adequate controls are needed to limit the quantity andcombustibility of the fuels available to burn to reduce the probability of roomflashover. The provisions of 20.7.2.4 will not, by themselves, prevent room flashover if personal property controls are not provided. The type, quantity, and arrangement of furniture and other combustibles are important factors indetermining how fast the fire will develop. Furnishings, including upholstereditems and wood items, such as wardrobes, desks, and bookshelves, might provide sufficient fuel to result in room flashover, which is the full fire involvement of all combustibles within a room once sufficient heat has been built up within the room. [ 101 : A.22.7.4; 101 : A.23.7.4]











A.20.15.5.1

Examples of facilities covered by this standard NFPA 61 include, but are not limited to, bakeries, grain elevators, feed mills, flour mills, milling, corn milling (dry and wet), rice milling, dry milk products, mix plants, soybean and other oilseed preparation operations, cereal processing, snack food processing, tortilla plants, chocolate processing, pet food processing, cake mix processing, sugar refining and processing, and seed plants. [61: A.1.1.1]











A.32.4.5.2(4)

It is important that combustible drapes, drops and similar materials exhibit adequatefire performance. The requirement that a decoration be “flame retardant” is notenforceable as such. However, the AHJ may be able to make a judgment of adequatefire performance without requiring testing of the decoration. The AHJ may also require a fire test method different from NFPA 701 or NFPA 289, as some decorations may not be effectively tested by NFPA 701. Examples of approaches that can be taken by the AHJ include information on the composition of the decoration or evidence of its treatment with fire retardants or coatings. [140: A.4.5.2(4)]











A.40.3.2.1.1

Housekeeping for fugitive dusts is most important where the operational intent is that the dust accumulations are not normally present in the occupancy and the building has no deflagration protection features, such as damage limiting/explosion ventingconstruction or classified electrical equipment, and additional personal protection from dust deflagration hazards is not provided. Factors that should be considered in establishing the housekeeping frequency include the following:

(1) Variability of fugitive dust emissions

(2) Impact of process changes and non-routine activities

(3) Variability of accumulations on different surfaces within the room (walls, floors, overheads) [654: A.8.2.1.1]

A.40.3.2.1.3

Unscheduled housekeeping should be performed in accordance with Table A.8.2.1.3(a) to limit the time that a local spill or short-term accumulation of dust is allowed toremain before the local area is cleaned to less than the threshold dustmass/accumulation.

Table A.8.2.1.3(b) shows approximate equivalent depths for the accumulation values in Table A.8.2.1.3(a) when the threshold dust mass/accumulation is 0.2 lb/ft2 (1 kg/m2). The owner/operator can use an approximate depth to facilitate communication of housekeeping needs. [654: A.8.2.1.3]

*****INSERT NFPA 654: TABLE A.8.2.1.3(a)*****

*****INSERT NFPA 654: TABLE A.8.2.1.3(b)*****

A.40.3.2.1.4

When the facility is intended to be operated with more than the dust accumulationdefined by the owner/operator’s chosen criterion in Section 6.1 of NFPA 654,additional protective measures are necessary. This is a concept similar to themaximum allowable quantities established in the building codes. [654: A.8.2.1.4]











A.40.3.2.

2 Factory Mutual recommends that surfaces should be cleaned frequently enough to prevent hazardous accumulations (FM Data Sheet 7-76, “Operations and Maintenance,” 2.3.5)2.4

All of the listed precautions might not be required for limited use of compressed air for cleaning minor accumulations of dust from machines or other surfaces between shifts. A risk assessment should be conducted to determine which precautions are required for the specific conditions under which compressed air is being used. [ 654 : A.8.2.2.4]

A.40.3.2.2.5

Items that should be included in the housekeeping procedure include thefollowing:

(1) A risk analysis that considers the specific characteristics of the dust being cleaned (particle size, moisture content, MEC, MIE) and other safety risks introduced by the cleaning methods used

(2) Personal safety procedures, including fall protection when working at heights

(3) PPE, including flame-resistant garments in accordance with the hazard analysis required by NFPA 2113, Standard on Selection, Care, Use, and Maintenance of Flame-Resistant Garments for Protection of Industrial Personnel Against Flash Fire

(4) Cleaning sequence

(5) Cleaning methods to be used

(6) Equipment, including lifts, vacuum systems, attachments, and so forth [ 654 : A.8.2.2.5]

A.40.3.2.3.1

If a large quantity of material is spilled in an unclassified area, the bulk material should be collected by sweeping, by shoveling, or with a portable vacuum cleaner listed as suitable for Class II locations. Vacuum cleaners meeting the requirements in 40.3.2.3.2 can be used to clean up residual material after the bulk of the spill has been collected.

These requirements for portable vacuum cleaners should be applied to the use of vacuum trucks for combustible dust as well. However, there can be other safety issues concerning vacuum truck applications that are not covered within this section. Given that this application might represent a change from normal procedures, operators should also consider the guidance found in conducting a management of change evaluation. [ 654 : A.8.2.3.1]

A.40.3.2.3.1(6)

Liquids or wet material can weaken paper filter elements, causing them to fail, which can allow combustible dust to reach the fan and motor . [ 654 : A.8.2.

23.1(6) ]













A.40.4.1.2, A.40.4.1.4, A.40.4.3.1 ]

Sections A.40.4.1.1.3, A.40.4.1.2, A.40.4.1.4, A.40.4.3.1A.40.4.1.1 2 .3

Specific attention should be paid to combustible particulate solids where they are introduced into the process stream. Some sources of particulate could include stone, tramp iron, other metallic contaminants, and already burning material. Before a risk management strategy is adopted, both the particulate and the process equipment have to be carefully evaluated.

See Figure A.40.4.1.1 2 .3(a) and Figure A.40.4.1.1 2 .3(b) for examples of foreign material removal. [654: A.9.1.1 2 .3]

Figure A.40.4.1.1 2 .3(a) Pneumatic Separator. [654: Figure A.9.1.1 2 .3(a)]

Figure A.40.4.1.1 2 .3(b) Magnetic Separator. [654: Figure A.9.1.1 2 .3(b)]



A.40.4.1.2 3

If the particulate particle size range includes dusts that can attain concentrations capable of propagating a flame front through a fuel–air mixture, the risk management options in 40.4.1.2 are appropriate. Conversely, if the analysis indicates that the particle size and concentration do not predict a propagating flame front through the fuel–air mixture, the fire protection methods in Chapter 10 of NFPA 654 should be considered. [654:A.9.1.2 3 ]A.40.4.1.4 5

Consideration should be given to the potential for overheating caused by dust entry into bearings. Bearings should be located outside the combustible dust stream, where they are less exposed to dust and more accessible for inspection and service. Where bearings are in contact with the particulate solids stream, sealed or purged bearings are preferred. [654: A.9.1.4 5 ]A.40.4.3.1 2

Bonding minimizes the potential difference between conductive objects. Grounding minimizes the potential difference between objects and ground. [654: A.9.3.1 2 ]











A.40.4.3.2.1(2), A.40.4.3.2.1(3), A.... ]

Sections A.40.

4.3.2.

1, A.40.4.2(5)

The potential for propagating brush discharges exists where nonconductive materialswith breakdown voltages exceeding 4 kV are exposed to processes that generatestrong surface charges such as pneumatic conveying. Such discharges do not occurwhere the breakdown voltage is less than 4 kV. [ 654 : A.9. 3.2.

12 (

2), A5)]

A .40.4.3.2.

1(3), A.40.4.3.2.1(4), A3

Where the bonding/grounding system is all metal, resistance in continuous ground paths is typically less than 10 ohms. Such systems include those having multiplecomponents. Greater resistance usually indicates that the metal path is notcontinuous, usually because of loose connections or corrosion. A grounding system that is acceptable for power circuits or for lightning protection is more than adequate for a static electricity grounding system. [ 654 : A.9.3.2.3]

A .40.4.3.2.

12 (5)

, A.40.4.

The potential for propagating brush discharges exists where nonconductive materialswith breakdown voltages exceeding 4 kV are exposed to processes that generatestrong surface charges such as pneumatic conveying. Such discharges do not occurwhere the breakdown voltage is less than 4 kV. [ 654 : A.9. 3.2.2 (5)]

A.40.4.3.2.

1 3

For further information regarding the hazards and uses of flexible and rigid intermediate bulk containers, see the following publications:

NFPA 77, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity , Section 10.1

Britton, Avoiding Static Ignition Hazards in Chemical Operations , pp. 199–204



Where the bonding/grounding system is all metal, resistance in continuous ground paths is typically less than 10 ohms. Such systems include those having multiplecomponents. Greater resistance usually indicates that the metal path is notcontinuous, usually because of loose connections or corrosion. A grounding system that is acceptable for power circuits or for lightning protection is more than adequate for a static electricity grounding system. [ 654 : A.9.3. 2. 3

.1]

A.40.4.3.

2.1(2) MIE is measured in accordance with ASTM E 2019, Standard Test Method for Minimum Ignition Energy of a Dust Cloud in Air4

A more detailed description of FIBC ignition hazards can be found in IEC 61340-4-4, Electrostatics — Part 4-4: Standard Test Methods for Specific Applications—Electrostatic Classification of Flexible Intermediate Bulk Containers (FIBC) . [ 654 :A.9.3.

3.1(2)4 ]

A.40.4.3.

24 .1

(3) Suitability of Type C FIBCs for specific atmospheres should be determined by the FIBC manufacturer(s). Failure to provide grounding for a Type C FIBC can create a potential static discharge hazard greater than that created by using Type A or Type B FIBCs

Induction charging of ungrounded conductive objects, including personnel, should be addressed as part of the process hazard analysis. The process hazard analysis should also consider that higher rates of transfer into and out of the FIBC increase the rate of charge generation. Consideration should also be given to the possibility of surface (cone) discharges while the FIBC is being filled, regardless of FIBC type. For additional information on these phenomena, refer to NFPA77, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity . The use of internal liners in FIBCs can introduce additional electrostatic ignition hazards and should be subject to expert review prior to use . [ 654 : A.9.3.

34 .1

(3)]

A.40.4.3.4.2.2

For this application, conductive particulate solids typically are those materials having bulk resistivity <106 ohm-m. [ 654 : A.9.3.4.2.2 ]

A.40.4.3. 4.3. 2

.1(4) Suitability of Type D FIBCs for specific atmospheres should be determined by the FIBC manufacturer(s)

See A.40.4.3.4.2.2. [ 654 : A.9.3.4.3.2]

A.40.4.3.4.6

Table A.40.4.3.4.6 provides a useful guide for the selection and use of FIBCs based on the MIE of product contained in the FIBC and the nature of the atmospheresurrounding it . [ 654 : A.9.3.

3.1(4)



4.6 ]

A.40.4.3.

2.1(5) For example, emptying velocities are slow enough to prevent electrostaticaccumulation, MIEs are sufficiently high to preclude electrostatic ignition, orelectrostatic charge generation is sufficiently low4.7

In special cases it may be necessary to use a type of FIBC that is not permitted for the intended application based on the requirements of 40.4.3.4. For such cases, it might be determined that the FIBC is safe to use provided that filling or emptying rates are restricted in order to limit electrostatic charging. In the case of conductive combustible particulate solids, the use of a Type A FIBC might be acceptable provided that the maximum ignition energy from the FIBC or charged product within it is less than the MIE of the combustible particulate solids . [ 654 : A.9.3. 4.7]

A.40.4. 3.

1(5)5.1

Conductive containers are generally made from either metal or carbon-filled plastic having a volume resistivity less than 106 ohm-m. [ 654 : A.9.3.5.1 ]

A.40.4.3.

25 .

2 Certain fabrics that pose significantly less risk of ignition in flammable atmospheres have been developed for use in FIBCs. One such fabric that has been tested for use in atmospheres having a minimum ignition energy of 0.25 mJ or greater and that has been used in FIBCs is documented in the paper for AIChE presented by Ebadat and Mulligan, “Testing the Suitability of FIBCs for Use in Flammable Atmospheres.” 2

Induction charging of ungrounded conductive objects, including personnel, should be addressed as part of the risk evaluation and process hazard analysis when the use of nonconductive RIBC is being considered. The risk evaluation should also consider that higher rates of transfer into and out of the RIBC increase the rate of charge generation, which could result in the propagation of brush discharges or surface (cone) discharges while the RIBC is being filled. For additional information on these phenomena, refer to NFPA 77, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity . [ 654 : A.9.3.

35 .2]











A.40.4.7

This section does not apply to electrical equipment; that topic is addressed in 6.5.2. Dust layer and dust cloud ignition temperatures should be determined byASTM E 2021, Test Method for Hot-Surface Ignition Temperature of Dust Layers; ASTM E 1491, Test Method for Minimum Autoignition Temperature of Dust Clouds; or other recognized test methods acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. Normally the minimum ignition temperature of a layer of a specific dust is lower than the minimum ignition temperature of a cloud of that dust; however, this is not universally true [seeNFPA 499, Recommended Practice for the Classification of Combustible Dusts and of Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas]. The minimum ignition temperature typically decreases with increasing layer thickness, and testing up to maximum layer thickness to be expected on external surfaces is recommended.

The ignition temperature of a layer of dust on hot surfaces could decrease over time if the dust dehydrates or carbonizes. For organic dusts that can dehydrate or carbonize, the temperature should not exceed the lower of the ignition temperature or 329°F (165°C). The ignition temperatures for many materials are shown in NFPA 499, Recommended Practice for the Classification of Combustible Dusts and of Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas. [654: A.9.7]

A.40.4.8.2

Diesel-powered front-end loaders suitable for use in hazardous locations have not been commercially available. The following provisions can be used to reduce the fire hazard from diesel-powered front-end loaders used in Class II hazardous areas as defined in Article 500 of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code:

(1) Only essential electrical equipment should be used, and wiring should be in metal conduit. Air-operated starting is preferred, but batteries are permitted to be used if they are mounted in enclosures rated for Type EX hazardous areas.

(2) Where practical, a water-cooled manifold and muffler should be used.

(3) Loaders that are certified to meet the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) criteria (formerly Schedule 31) found in 30 CFR 36, “Approved Requirements for Permissible Mobile Diesel-Powered Transportation Equipment,” are also acceptable in lieu of A.40.4.8.2(1) and A.40.4.8.2(2).

(4) The engine and hydraulic oil compartments should be protected with fixed, automatic dry-chemical extinguishing systems.

(5) Loaders should have a high degree of maintenance and cleaning. Frequent cleaning (daily in some cases) of the engine compartment with compressed air could be necessary. Periodic steam cleaning also should be done.

(6) Loaders should never be parked or left unattended in the dust explosion hazard or dust fire hazard area. [654: A.9.8.2]













A.40.5.4.2.1

A nozzle listed or approved for use on Class C fires produces a fog discharge pattern that is less likely than a straight stream nozzle to suspend combustible dust, which could otherwise produce a dust explosion potential. [654: A.10.4.2.1]

A.40.5.4.2.2

Fire responders should be cautioned when using straight stream nozzles in the vicinity of combustible dust accumulations that dust clouds can be formed and can be ignited by any residual smoldering or fire. [654: A.10.4.2.2]










First Revision No. 613-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.40.5.5, A.40.5.5.1 ]

Sections A.40.5.5, A.40.5.5.1

A.40.5.5 Automatic sprinkler protection in dust collectors air-material separators , silos, and bucket elevators should be considered. Considerations should include the combustibility of the equipment, the combustibility of the material, and the amount of material present. [654: A.10.5]A.40.5.5.1

A risk evaluation should consider the presence of combustibles both in the equipment and in the area around the process. Considerations should include the combustibility of the building construction, the equipment, the quantity and combustibility of process materials, the combustibility of packaging materials, open containers of flammable liquids, and the presence of dusts. Automatic sprinkler protection in dust collectors air-material separators , silos, and bucket elevators should be considered. [654: A.10.5.1]

A.40.5.9.1

Impairments can include isolating of fire pump controllers, closing of sprinkler system control valves, and isolating and disabling or disconnecting of detection, notification, and suppression systems. [ 654 : A.10.9.1]

A.40.5.9.2

The impairment procedure consists of identifying the impaired system and alerting plant personnel that the protection system is out of service. [ 654 :A.10.9.2]

A.40.5.9.3

The facility manager is responsible for ensuring that the condition causing the impairment is promptly corrected. [ 654 : A.10.9.3]

A.40.5.9.4

When the impairment notification procedure is used, it provides for follow-up by the relevant authorities having jurisdiction. This follow-up helps to ensure that impaired fire and explosion protection systems are not forgotten. When the system is closed and reopened, most companies notify their insurance company, their broker, or the authority having jurisdiction by telephone or other predetermined method. [ 654 : A.10.9.4]

A.40.6.2.2

Where a dust explosion hazard or dust flash fire hazard exists, flame-resistant garments provide a measure of protection for exposed personnel. [ 654 : A.11.2.2]













(8) ]

A.40.6.5.1.1

Qualified contractors should have proper credentials, which include applicable American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) stamps and professional licenses. [654: A.11.5.1.1]

A.40.6.5.4

It is suggested that annual meetings be conducted with regular contractors to review the facility’s safe work practices and policies. Some points to cover include to whom the contractors would report at the facility, who at the facility can authorize hot work or fire protection impairments, and smoking and nonsmoking areas. [654: A.11.5.4]










First Revision No. 615-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.41.3.4.3, A.41.3.4.4 ]

Sections A.41.3.4.3, A.41.3.4.4

A.41.3.4.3

It is advisable that the permit be issued for a maximum period of 24 hours. [ 51B: A.5.4.3]

A.41.3.4.4

In some situations, it is advisable to inspect the area once per shift if conditions warrant. [ 51B: A.5.4.4]











A.42.5.2.3 The following can be used to determine compliance with 42.5.2.3:

ANSI/UL 79 Standard for Power-Operated Pumps for Petroleum Dispensing Products

UL 87, Standard for Power-Operated Pumps for Petroleum Dispensing Products

UL Subject 87A, Outline of Investigation for Power-Operated Dispensing Devices for Gasoline and Gasoline/Ethanol Blends with Nominal Ethanol Concentrations Up to 85 Percent (E0-E85)

ANSI/UL 330, Standard for Hose and Hose Assemblies for Dispensing Flammable Liquids

ANSI/UL 567, Standard for Emergency Breakaway Fittings, Swivel Connectors andPipe-Connection Fittings for Petroleum Products and LP-Gas;

ANSI/UL 842, Standard for Valves for Flammable Fluids

ANSI/UL 2586, Standard for Hose Nozzle Valves. [30A: A.6.2.3]


Submitter Full Name: Kristin Bigda


Submittal Date: Tue Dec 18 15:36:56 EST 2012







A.42.6.1.4.1

Additional fire protection considerations can include items such as fixed suppression systems, automatic fire detection, manual fire alarm stations, transmission of alarms to off-site locations, and limiting volume delivered per transaction. [ 30A: A.7.3.5.1]






Committee Statement: Base paragraph deleted - see FR-15.





A.42.6.1.5.9, A.42.6.2, A.42.6.2.1, ... ]

Sections A.42.6.1.5.7, A.42.6.1.5.9, A.42.6.2, A.42.6.2.1, A.42.6.3.6A.42.6.1.5.7

Natural ventilation can normally be expected to dissipate any fuel vapors before they reach ignitible concentrations if at least two sides of the dispensing area are open to the building exterior. [ 30A:A.7.3.6.7]

A.42.6.1.5.9

Oil/water separators might not be designed to remove or separate flammable or combustible liquids other than oil. [ 30A: A.7.3.6.9]

A.42.6.2

The ventilation requirements contained in this paragraph do not consider exhaust emissions from motor vehicle engines. An appropriate professional should be consulted to determineprecautions necessary to protect against this health hazard. [ 30A:A.7.5]

A.42.6.2.1

Manual control switches for supply and exhaust ventilating systems should be located close to the entrance to the area served. In buildings protected by automatic sprinklers or fire alarm systems, it is recommended that the necessary interlocks be provided to shut down supply and exhaust fans when the sprinklers or fire alarms operate. For service facilities for CNG-fueled vehicles and LNG-fueled vehicles, see NFPA 52. [ 30A: A.7.5.1]

A.42.6.3.6

Enclosed rooms or spaces storing CNG- or LNG-fueled vehicles should prohibit the transmission of gases to other areas of the building. Other areas outside of the enclosure, if not used for repairing or storing CNG- or LNG-fueled vehicles, can use other heating methods. Note that, according to A.1.1 of NFPA 52, CNG weighs about two-thirds as much as air and, therefore, as a gas, will rise in a room. LNG at a temperature of less than or equal to –170°F (–112°C) is heavier than ambient air [at 60°F (15°C)], but as the LNG’s temperature rises, the gas becomes lighter than air. Determination of the potential for gas accumulation should be based on an engineering analysis. (Guidance for classification of hazardous locations isavailable in NFPA 497.) [ 30A: A.7.6.6]








Committee Statement: Base paragraphs deleted - see FR-15.





A.42.11.2.4.2 1 .2 4

See Figure A.42.11.2.4.2 1 .2 4 . [58: A.11.12.2 1 .2 4 ]Figure A.42.11.2.4.2 1 .2 Example 4 Example of Vehicle Identification Marking. [58:Figure A.11.12.2 1 .2 4 ]











A.50.2.2

See Figure A.50.2.2(a) through Figure A.50.2.2(g h ) for clarification of the appropriate clearances required in 50.2.2. [96: A.4.2]Figure A.50.2.2(a) Typical Section View for Building with Two Stories or More with Fire-Rated Floor–Ceiling Assembly. [96:Figure A.4.2(a)]

Figure A.50.2.2(b) Typical Section View for One-Story Building with Fire-Rated Roof–Ceiling Assembly. [Clearances given in FigureA.50.2.2(a) apply also to this drawing.] [96:Figure A.4.2(b)]

Figure A.50.2.2(c) Typical Section View for Building with Two Stories or More with Non-Fire-Rated Ceiling and Fire-Rated Floor. [Clearances given in Figure A.50.2.2(a) apply also to this drawing.] [96:Figure A.4.2(c)]



Figure A.50.2.2(d) Typical Section View for One-Story Building Without Fire-Rated Roof–Ceiling Assembly. [96:Figure A.4.2(d)]

Figure A.50.2.2(e) Detail Drawings Showing Hoods Penetrating Ceilings. [96:Figure A.4.2(e)]



Figure A******Insert Figure Here******

FIGURE A .50.2.2(f) Wall Mounted Fan. [96:Figure A.4.2(f)]

Figure A.50.2.2(g) Example of Clearance Reduction System: 9 in. (229 mm) Clearance to Combustible Material. [96:Figure A.4.2( f g )]

Figure A.50.2.2(g h ) Example of Clearance Reduction System: 3 in. (76 mm) Clearance to Combustible Material. [96:Figure A.4.2(g h )]













A.50.6.1.2.1

Gas fueled appliances should be installed to the requirements of NFPA 54 or NFPA 58. [96: A.12.1.2.1]











A.50.5.6.2

Hoods, grease removal devices, fans, ducts, and other appurtenances should be cleaned to remove combustible contaminants to a minimum of 0.002 in. (50 µm).

When to clean: A measurement system of deposition should be established to trigger a need to clean, in addition to a time reference based on equipment emissions .

The method of measurement is a depth gauge comb, shown in Figure A.50.5.6.2, which is scraped along the duct surface. For example, a measured depth of 0.078 in. (2000 µm) indicates the need to remove the deposition risk. The system would also include point measurement in critical areas. For example, 0.125 in. (3175 µm) in a fan housing requires cleaning. [96: A.11.6.2]

Figure A.50.5.6.2 Depth Gauge Comb. [96:Figure A.11.6.2]











A.52.1

The requirements in Chapter 52 supersede all the hazardous material designations, permits, and requirements in Chapter 60.







The FR resolves questions that have been raised regarding the enforcement and application of Chapter 52.

Response Message:

FR-90-NFPA 1-2012




A.52.3.6

Information on battery room ventilation can be found in IEEE 1635/ASHRAE 21, Guide to Battery Room Ventilation and Thermal Management.






CommitteeStatement:

The IEEE 1635 / ASHRAE 21 Guide to Battery Room Ventilation and Thermal Management, provides several useful formulae in determining rates of ventilation. For spaces containing batteries, the use of this document provides definitive calculations to meet the criteria of 52.3.6. This new Guide was developed by leaders in both the battery community and the ventilation (ASHRAE) community.

Response Message:

FR-92-NFPA 1-2012




A.60.2.19

Examples of use include, but are not limited to, blending, mixing, reacting, distillation, heating or cooling, pumping, compressing, drying, screening, filling, loading and unloading, repackaging, scrubbing, absorbing, neutralizing, and incineration. [400: A.3.3.83 87 ]











A.60.3.1

The hazard rating of a material is a rating assigned under the requirements of NFPA 704, Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response , based on the physical form or conditions of storage or use as determined in the application of the standard categorization and classification of hazardous materials enables the code user to determine the applicability of requirements based on hazard category and class related to the physical and health hazards of materials. The current definitions found in Chapter 3 have been developed using a compilation of criteria found in NFPA codes and standards, requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation, and in some cases definitions established by OSHA in 29 CFR.

A system known as Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS) has been developed based on standards for classification published by the United Nations (UN) Subcommittee of Experts on the GHS. The United States continues its efforts to incorporate the GHS in its federal regulatory scheme. OSHA plans to issue a final rule to harmonize its Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) with the GHS in August 2011.

It is anticipated by the Committee that over time, the GHS will be reviewed for applicability and possible integration into the regulatory scheme developed in NFPA 400 for hazardous materials storage, handling, and use. The evolution of this system of classification will be facilitated by the changes associated with classification, labeling, and Safety Data Sheets. It is not anticipated that the GHS will be fully implemented immediately within NFPA 400, recognizing the historical basis that exists for some of the classifications of materials, such as flammable and combustible liquids .[ 400: A.4.1]











A.60.5.1.5.3.1

The approved powered industrial trucks addressed in NFPA 505, Fire Safety Standard for Powered Industrial Trucks Including Type Designations, Areas of Use, Conversions, Maintenance, and Operations , are trucks that are listed by a testing laboratory for the use intended and should be tested and labeled in accordance with ANSI/ UL 558, Standard for Safety Industrial Trucks, Internal Combustion Engine-Powered , or ANSI/ UL 583, Standard for Safety Electric Battery-Powered Industrial Trucks . [505:1.3.3]











A.60.5.1.14

For seismic requirements and the seismic zone in which the material is located, see the building code. [ 400: A.6.1.14]

A.60.5.1.16.1

Maintenance procedures are an important part of any mechanical integrity program. They should contain information on which equipment is covered; what tests and inspections are to be performed; how to perform the tests and inspections in accordance with recognized industry standards andmanufacturer’s recommendations; what constitutes acceptance of the measured parameters; corrective actions to be taken if the equipment does not meet requirements; and the frequency of the testing and inspection. For examples of additional guidance, refer to Guidelines for Mechanical Integrity Systems (AIChE/CCPS); Guidelines for Safe and Reliable Instrumented Protective Systems (AIChE/CCPS); and Guidelines for Writing Effective Operating and Maintenance Procedures (AIChE/CCPS). [ 400: A.6.1.16.1]











A.61.1.1.1

Chapter 61 provides minimum acceptable requirements for fire prevention and protection in facilities that manufacture and store aerosol products and in mercantile occupancies where aerosol products are displayed and sold. As explained in A.5.1 of NFPA 30B, the hazards presented by each stage of the manufacturing process will vary, depending on the flammability of the baseproduct and on the flammability of the propellant. Considerable judgment will be required of the designer and of the AHJ to provide an adequate level of fireprotection. (See also Annex B of NFPA 30B , Mechanism of Fire Growth in Aerosol Containers.) [30B: A.1.2]










First Revision No. 693-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.61.1.1.5, A.61.1.3 ]

Sections A.61.1.1.5, A.61.1.3

A.61.1.1.5 This Code Chapter 61 does not apply to products that can be dispensed as aerosolized sprays that are not packaged in aerosol containers as defined in 3.3.2 of NFPA 30B. This Code Chapter 61 is not applicable to other applications such as industrial spray adhesives that are dispensed from large [5–125 gal (18.9 L–475 L)] pressurized gas cylinders. There is no assurance that the protection specified in this Code Chapter 61 will be adequate. [30B:A.1.1.4]A.61.1.3

Tests have shown that aerosol products in plastic containers with a heat of combustion of 10.5 kJ/g have been adequately protected as determined by fire tests. See Section B.5 of NFPA 30B for a description of the testing ofaerosol testing products in plastic containers. [30B: A.1.7]











A.61.3.3.2.9 9.5

ESFR ceiling sprinklers are permitted to be used in conjunction with the in-rack sprinkler protection criteria in Table In-rack sprinklers have proven to be the most effective way to fight fires in rack storage. To accomplish this,however, in-rack sprinklers must be located where they will operate early in afire as well as direct water where it will do the most good. Simply maintaininga minimum horizontal spacing between sprinklers does not achieve this goal,because fires in rack storage develop and grow in transverse and longitudinalflues, and in-rack sprinklers do not operate until flames actually impinge onthem. To ensure early operation and effective discharge, in-rack sprinklers inthe longitudinal flue of open-frame racks must be located at transverse flueintersections. The commodity loads shown in Figure 6.3.2.7(e a ) through Table Figure 6.3.2.7(l e ) of NFPA 30B where the following conditions are met:

Roof height does not exceed 30 ft (9.14 m).•

Storage height does not exceed 25 ft (7.62 m).•

Clearance between top of storage and sprinkler deflectors is at least 3 ft (0.91 m).

•

Ceiling sprinkler design criterion is 12 sprinklers operating at a gauge pressure of 75 psi (517 kPa).

•

All in-rack sprinklers are quick-response type are typically 1.2 m (4 ft) cubes. Accounting for flue spaces and vertical clear space between loads, this puts the in-rack sprinklers shown in the figures approximately 1.4 m (4.5 ft) apart horizontally when they are between each load and approximately 2.7 m (9 ft) apart horizontally when they are spaced at every other load. If the length or width of loads exceeds 1.2 m (4 ft), in-rack sprinklers should still be positioned at flue intersections, but additional sprinklers may be necessary between the loads . [ 30B: A.6.3. 9. 2. 9 5 ]










First Revision No. 620-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.63.1.1.4(6),

A.63.1.1.4(7), A.63.1.3.1 ]

Sections A.63.1.1.4(6), A.63.1.1.4(7), A.63.1.3.1A.63.1.1.4(6)

For information, see NFPA 52, Vehicular Gaseous Fuel Systems Code, or NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code. [55: A.1.1.2(6)]A.63.1.1.4(7)

The storage of gases outside of laboratory work areas is covered by NFPA 55. [55:A.1.1.2(7)]A.63.1.3.1

Absolute Pressure. See A.3.3.1.











A.63.1.3.6, A.63.1.3.7 ]

Sections A.63.1.3.4, A.63.1.3.5, A.63.1.3.6, A.63.1.3.7A.63.1.3.4

Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas System. The bulk system terminates at the source valve, which is the point where the gas supply, at service pressure, first enters the supply line, or at a piece of equipment that utilizes the hydrogen gas, such as a hydrogen dispenser. The containers are either stationary or movable, and the source gas for the system is stored as a compressed gas. Bulk hydrogen compressed gas systems can include a bulk storage source, transfer piping and manifold system, compression system, and other components. The gaseous source can include a tube trailer, tube bank, or other high pressure storage vessels used to serve the piping system that transports hydrogen to the end user. Compressors can be installed downstream of the storage supply to boost the pressure of the source gas, and intermediate high pressure storage might bepresent. This is done where the end use requires hydrogen at a pressure higher than that of the bulk supply. In these instances, there may be intermediate storage vessels used to store the gas at elevated pressures. It is not uncommon for the bulk supply as delivered to be furnished at nominal gauge pressure of 3000 psi (20,684 kPa), and the intermediate high pressure storage to be stored at gauge pressures up to 15,000 psi (103,421 kPa). [ 55: A.3.3.12]

A.63.1.3.5

Bulk Inert Gas System. The bulk system terminates at the point where the gas supply, at service pressure, first enters the supply line. The containers are either stationary or movable, and the source gas is stored as a compressed gas or cryogenic fluid. [ 55: A.3.3.13]

A.63.1.3.6

Bulk Liquefied Hydrogen Gas System. The bulk system terminates at the source valve, which is commonly the point where the gas supply, at service pressure, first enters the supply line or a piece of equipment that utilizes the gas or the liquid, such as a hydrogen dispenser. The containers are either stationary or movable, and thesource gas for the system is stored as a cryogenic fluid. A bulk liquefied hydrogen gas system can include a liquid source where the liquid is vaporized and subsequently compressed and transferred to storage in the compressed gaseous form. It is common for liquid hydrogen systems to be equipped with vaporizers that are used to gasify the cryogen for ultimate use in the compressed state; however, there are also systems that can be used to transfer liquid in thecryogenic state. Bulk liquefied hydrogen gas systems can be either in an all-liquid state or in a hybrid system that can consist of storage containers for gas in the liquid state and other containers for gas in the compressed state. For the purposes of the application of the code, a hybrid system is viewed as a bulk liquefied hydrogen gas system. [ 55: A.3.3.14]



A.63.1.3.7

Bulk Oxygen System. The bulk oxygen system terminates at the point where oxygen at service pressure first enters the supply line. The oxygen containers are either stationary or movable, and the oxygen is stored as a compressed gas or cryogenic fluid. [ 55:A.3.3.15]






Committee Statement: Annex notes for definitions moved to the A.3.3s.





A.63.1.3.8

Cathodic Protection . This protection renders a metallic container or piping system or component negatively charged with respect to its surrounding environment. [ 55: A.3.3.16]






Committee Statement: Moved to A.3.3.38.





A.63.1.3.17

Cylinder Pack. Six-packs and twelve-packs are terms used to further define cylinder packs with a specific number of cylinders. Thecharacteristic internal water volume of individual cylinders in a cylinder pack ranges from 1.52 ft 3 to 1.76 ft 3 (43 L to 50 L) or a water capacity of 95 lb to 110 lb (43 kg to 50 kg). [ 55, A.3.3.29]











A.63.1.3.22

Exhausted Enclosure. Such enclosures include laboratory hoods, exhaust fume hoods, and similar appliances and equipment used to retain and exhaust locally the gases, fumes, vapors, and mists that could be released. Rooms or areas provided with general ventilation, in and of themselves, are not exhausted enclosures. [ 55: A.3.3.38]











A.63.1.3.23

Explosion Control. NFPA 68, Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting , provides guidance on the use of deflagration venting systems in buildings and other enclosures. The primarypurpose of a venting system is to relieve the overpressure produced in an explosion to limit the potential damage to the building where the explosion occurs. Although some structural damage can be anticipated, the use of relief venting is expected to prevent massive building failure and collapse. In cases where detonation is probable, venting is often used in conjunction with barricade construction where the pressure-resistant portions of the building have been constructed to resist the pressures anticipated should an explosive event occur. Design of barricade systems is highly specialized and the subject of military standards applicable to the subject. NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems , provides guidance on the use of suppression, ventilation systems, and the limiting of oxidants as a means to prevent the occurrence of an explosion. When relief vents are to be used as a means to provide explosion relief, the fundamental requirements of the building code for structural elements, including snow, wind, and seismic events, should be considered. In some instances, the requirements for wind resistance can impose more rigorous requirements on the relief vents than required by theengineering analysis used to determine the relief pressure. In such cases, users must demonstrate that the relief vents will not become airborne or release in such a manner as to create secondary hazards within or external to the building in which they are installed. Specific designs might require approval by the AHJ. [ 55: A.3.3.39]











A.63.1.3.25.1

Compressed Gas. See A.3.3.138.1 .






Committee Statement: Redundant reference.





A.63.1.3.25.6

Inert Gas. Inert gases do not react readily with other materials under normal temperatures and pressures. For example, nitrogen combines with some of the more active metals such as lithium and magnesium to form nitrides, and at high temperatures it will also combine with hydrogen, oxygen, and other elements. The gases neon, krypton, and xenon are considered rare due to their scarcity. Although these gases are commonly referred to as inert gases, the formation of compounds is possible. For example, xenon combines with fluorine to form various fluorides and with oxygen to form oxides; the compounds formed are crystalline solids. [ 55, 2010]











A.63.1.3.25.13 ]

Sections A.63.1.3.25.9, A.63.1.3.25.13A.63.1.3.25.9

Other Gas. See 3.3.138.12 .

A.63.1.3.25.13

Unstable Reactive Gas. See 3.3.138.18 .






Committee Statement: Redundant references.





A.63.1.3.26

Gas Cabinet. Doors and access ports for exchanging cylinders and accessing pressure-regulating controls are permitted to be included as part of a gas cabinet. [ 55: A.3.3.44]











A.63.1.3.28

Gas Room. See A.3.3.141 .











A.63.1.3.29

Gaseous Hydrogen System. The system includes stationary or portable containers, pressure regulators, pressure-relief devices, manifolds, interconnecting piping, and controls as required. [ 55:A.3.3.48]











A.63.1.3.31 ]

Sections A.63.1.3.30, A.63.1.3.31A.63.1.3.30

Hazard Rating. See A.3.3.145 .

A.63.1.3.31

Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH). See A.3.3.155 .











A.63.1.3.33

ISO Module . The characteristic internal water volume of individual tubular cylinders is 43 ft 3 (1218 L) or a water capacity of 2686 lb (1218 kg). The frame of an ISO container module and its corner castings are specially designed and dimensioned to be used in multimodal transportation service on container ships, special highway chassis, and container-on-flatcar railroad equipment. [ 55: A.3.3.54]











A.63.1.3.34

Liquefied Hydrogen System. The system includes stationary or portable containers, including unconnected reserves, pressure regulators, pressure relief devices, manifolds, interconnecting piping, and controls as required. [ 55: A.3.3.57]











A.63.1.3.39

Mobile Supply Unit. Examples include ISO modules, tube trailers, and cylinder packs. [ 55: A.3.3.63]











A.63.1.3.44

Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL). See A.3.3.163.2 .











A.63.1.3.45

Portable Tank. A portable tank does not include any cylinder having less than 1000 lb (453.5 kg) water capacity, cargo tank, tank car tank, or trailers carrying cylinders of over 1000 lb (453.5 kg) water capacity. [ 55: A.3.3.82.1]











A.63.1.3.46

Pressure Vessel. Pressure vessels of any type can be subject to additional regulations imposed by various states or other legal jurisdictions. Users should be aware that compliance with DOT or ASME requirements might not satisfy all of the required regulations for the location in which the vessel is to be installed or used. Pressure vessels may be constructed to meet requirements of other regulatory agencies, including regulations for Transport, Canada (TC) or various ANSI standards that may be applicable for specific uses. [ 400:A.3.3.18.15]











A.63.1.3.48 ]

Sections A.63.1.3.47, A.63.1.3.48A.63.1.3.47

Short-Term Exposure Limit (STEL). See 3.3.151.3.

A.63.1.3.48

Stationary Tank. See A.3.3.254.6 .











A.63.1.3.51

Tube Trailer. The characteristic internal water volume of individual tubular cylinders ranges from 43 ft 3 to 93 ft 3 (1218 L to 2632 L) or a water capacity of 2686 lb to 5803 lb (1218 kg to 2632 kg). [ 55:A.3.3.84]










First Revision No. 650-NFPA 1-2012 [ Sections A.63.2.6, A.63.2.7,

A.63.2.8, A.63.2.9, A.63.2.18,... ]

Sections A.63.2.6, A.63.2.7, A.63.2.8, A.63.2.9, A.63.2.18, A.63.3.1.3A.63.2.6 7

Electrical and electronic equipment and wiring for use in hazardous locations as defined in Article 500 of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, should meet the requirements of Articles 500 and 501 of NFPA 70. Note that Article 505 also details requirements for this equipment and wiring in hazardous locations and uses a zone classification method rather than the division method of Article 500. [55: A.6.6 7 ]A.63.2.7 8

Under the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.38 established by OSHA regulations, employers must establish an employee alarm system that complies with 29 CFR 1910.165. The requirements of 29 CFR 1910.165 for the employee alarm system include, but are not limited to, systems that are capable of being perceived above ambient noise or light levels by all employees in the affected portions of the workplace. Tactile devices may be used to alert those employees who would not otherwise be able to recognize the audible or visual alarm. The alarm system can be electrically powered or powered by pneumatic or other means. State, local, or other governmental regulations might also establish requirements for employee alarm systems. [55: A.6.7]A.63.2.8

NFPA 68, Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting , provides more information on this subject. [ 55: A.6.

8]A.63.2.

9 10

The intent of this section is to require a water-based fire extinguishing system to keep vessels containing compressed gases cool in the event of an exposure fire, thereby minimizing the likelihood of a release and associated consequences. Accordingly, alternative fire extinguishing systems, such as dry-chemical orgaseous agent systems, should not be substituted. [ 55: A.6.

910 ]A.63.2.

18 19

Figure A.63.2.18 shows three possible locations of the source valve. [ 55: A.6.

1819 ]



Figure A.63.2.

18 Three 19 Three Examples of Source Valve Locations. [55: Figure A.6.

1819 ]

A.63.3.1.3

For information on insulated nitrous oxide systems, see CGA G-8.1, Standard for Nitrous Oxide Systems at Consumer Sites . [ 55 :A.7.1.3] A.63.3.1.4

The compressed gas system equipment referenced is intended to include fuel cell applications, generation of hydrogen from portable or transportable hydrogen generation equipment, batteries, and similar devices and equipment that utilize hydrogen for the purpose of power generation. It does not include hydrogen production facilities intended to produce hydrogen used for distribution orrepackaging operations operated by gas producers, distributors, and repackagers. [ 55 : A.7.1.

14 ]













A.63.3.1.10.2, A.63.3.1.10.3, A.63.3.1... ]

SectionsA.63.3.1.4, A.63.3.1.10.2, A.63.3.1.10.3, A.63.3.1.14.3, A.63.3.1.17.1.2, A.63.3.3.1.12.1

A.63.3.1.4 5

Numerous metal hydrides are currently being tested for gaseous hydrogen storage applications. While certain Class D extinguishing agents have been effective on some metal hydride materials, they have not been tested on the wide range of hydrides. It is crucial to understand any adverse chemical reactions between the hydride and the agent prior to using the fire suppressant. Additionally, it is important to understand that the application should be limited to small incipient stage fires. Larger fires would require the use of personal protective equipment in the application of the extinguishing agent. [55: A.7.1.4 5 ] A.63.3.1.

10.9.2

The goal of this requirement is to prevent unauthorized personnel or those unfamiliar with gas storage systems from tampering with the equipment as well as to prevent the inadvertent or unauthorized removal or use of compressed gases from storage areas. Where the compressed gases are located in an area open to the general public, a common practice is to fence and lock the storage or use area, with access restricted to supplier and user personnel. When the storage or use area is located within the user’s secure area and is not accessible by the general public, it is not always necessary to fence or otherwise secure the individual gas storage or use areas. Personnel access patterns may still mandate that the system be fenced, as determined by the supplier and the user. [ 55 : A.7.1.9.2]

A.63.3.1.11. 2

Figure A.63.3.1.10 11 .2 is a schematic showing the separation distances required by 63.3.1.10 11 .2 . [55: A.7.1.6 11 .2]Figure A.63.3.1.10.2 Separation of Gas Cylinders by Hazard. [55:Figure A.7.1.10 11 .2]



A.63.3.1.10 11 .3

Clearance is required from combustible materials to minimize the effects of exposure fires to the materials stored or used. The requirement to separate the materials from vegetation should not be interpreted to mean that the area is maintained free of all vegetation. In some settings, gas systems are located on grounds that are maintained with formal landscaping. Some judgment must be exercised to determine whether the vegetation poses what might be viewed as an exposure hazard to the materials stored. Cut lawns, formal landscaping, and similar vegetation do not ordinarily present a hazard and should be allowed. On the other hand, tall, dry grass or weeds and vegetation that fringes on the border of an urban–wildland interface might be viewed as a hazard. [55: A.7.1.10 11 .3] A.63.3.1.

14.11.10.1 Electrical devices can include pressure transducers, signal transmitters, shutoff controls, and similar devices. Some of these devices may be nonincendive and suitable for use in hazardous areas. Flammability of gases is not the only concern with respect to electrical circuits, because piping serving systems in use can act as conductors of electrical energy, exposing unrelated portions of the system to electrical hazards if improperly installed. [ 55 : A.7.1.11.10.1]

A.63.3.1.15. 3

The gas supplier should be consulted for advice under these circumstances. [55: A.7.1.14 15 .3]A.63.3.1.17 18 .1.2

Underground piping systems are those systems that are buried and in contact with earth fill or similar materials. Piping located in open-top or grated-top trenches is not considered to be underground although it may be below grade. [55: A.7.1.17 18 .1.2] A.63.3.3.1. 11.1.1

In operations where an automatic emergency shutoff valve is activated by a control system that is operated from a remote station or by remote station software, the software system should be designed to provide a visual indication of the emergency shutdown control system. The visual emergency shutdown function should be able to be identified by trained operators and recognizable to emergency response personnel. [ 55 : A.7.3.1.11.1.1]



A.63.3.3.1. 12.1

An approved means of leak detection and emergency shutoff is one way of meeting the requirements for excess flow control. [55: A.7.3.1.12.1] A.63.3.3.1.12.1.2

When distributed systems are employed, the excess flow control system located at the bulk source may be sized to operate at a release rate greater than any single point of use or branch connection. Additional points of excess flow control may be required throughout the system in order to provide shutdown in the event of a failure in any single system branch. Such systems will generally be designed to operate when flow exceeds the capacity of the point(s) of use served. [ 55 : A.7.3.1.12.1.2]











A.63.4.2.5.5.1 ]

Sections A.63.4.2.4.3, A.63.4.2.5.5.1A.63.4.2.4 3 .3

Vaporizers or heat exchangers used to vaporize cryogenic fluids can accumulate a large load of ice during operation. Additional requirements to be considered in the design include snow load for the area where the installation is located as well as the requirements for seismic conditions. The operating conditions of systems vary, and the designer has a responsibility to consider all the loads that might be imposed. Foundations that could be used to support delivery vehicles as well might require special consideration relevant to live loads as well as for the dead loads imposed by the equipment itself. [55: A.8.2.4 3 .3]A.63.4.2.5 4 .5.1

Pressure relief valves typically are spring-loaded valves where the relief pressure is set by adjustment of a spring. Valves should be sealed to made to be tamper resistant in order to prevent adjustment by other than authorized personnel typically found at a retest facility. An ASME pressure relief valve is designed to comply with the requirements of the ASME Boiler and PressureVessel Code and typically is equipped with a wire and lead seal to prevent resist tampering. [55 : A.8.2.5 4 .5.1]











A.63.4.4.1.1.2 ]

A.63.4.6.2

The purpose of this requirement is to prevent unauthorized personnel or those unfamiliar with cryogenic storage systems from tampering with the equipment. Where the bulk storage system is located in an area open to the general public, a commonpractice is to fence the system and lock it, with access restricted to supplier personnel and sometimes user personnel. When the bulk storage system is located within the user’s secure area and is not open to the general public, it is not always necessary to fence the bulk storage system. Personnel access patterns may still mandate that the system be fenced, as determined by the supplier and the user. [55: A.8.6.2]











A.63.4.7.2.1.4.1

See Figure A.63.4.13.2.7.2.1, which addresses bulk cryogenic systems located in acourtyard. This figure also applies to the case where any or all of the three walls are constructed as fire barrier walls. [55: A.8.7.2.1.4.1]











A.63.4.13.2.7.2.1 ]

A.63.4.14.1.3.1.1

CGA P-18, Standard for Bulk Inert Gas Systems at Consumer Sites, recommends periodic inspection intervals for inert gas systems. [55: A.8.14.1.3.1.1]

A.63.4.14.11.2.3.1

In operations where an automatic emergency shutoff valve is activated by a control system that is operated from a remote station or by remote station software, the software system should be designed to provide a visual indication of the emergency shutdown control system. The visual emergency shutdown function should be able to be identified by trained operators and recognizable to emergency response personnel. [55: A.8.14.11.2.3.1]

A.63.4.14.11.3.4

The inert cryogens, nitrogen and argon, do not require the installation of anoncombustible spill pad, because they do not typically condense oxygen from the air in sufficient quantities to pose a hazard during transfer. [55: A.8.14.11.3.4]

A.63.4.14.11.3.4.1

The noncombustible spill pad is provided for liquid helium transfer operations,because the cryogen is at a temperature that is sufficiently low enough to liquefy oxygen, presenting a hazard when in contact with combustible surfaces. [55: A.8.14.11.3.4.1]











A.65.10.1

The content of Section 65.10 has been extensively reorganized in order to provide all the requirements for a specific facility or store type to appear in one section. To facilitate use of this section for those familiar with the 2003 Code , a guide to this reorganization has been provided in Annex H of NFPA 1124. [ 1124: A.7.1]











A.65.10.1.1

To assist the user of this Code in determining whether a CFRS facility or store is new or existing for the purpose of applying this Code, Table A.65.10.1.1has been provided. [1124: A.7.1.1]Table A.65.10.1.1 Applicability of Section 65.10 to New and Existing CFRS Facilities and Stores

Venue Type Application

Temporary stand – seasonal New

Temporary tent – seasonal New

Temporary facility – seasonal New

Temporary stores (including

bulk retail) – seasonalNew

Permanent stand*

– Year round Existing

– Seasonal Existing

Permanent stand†

– Year round New

– Seasonal New

Permanent tent*



Permanent tent†

– Year round New

– Seasonal New

Permanent CFRS facility*



Permanent CFRS facility†

– Year round New

– Seasonal New

Permanent store*



Permanent store†

– Year round New

– Seasonal New

Note: Change in display or exit layout can require new permit based on local requirements.



* Sales conducted within 1 year prior to the effective date of this code .

† Sales not conducted within 1 year prior to the effective date of this code .

CFRS facility – consumer fireworks retail sales facility

[1124: Table A.7.1.1]











A.65.10.3.6

Appropriate sprinkler system design criteria should be determined based on an engineering analysis prepared by a fire protection engineer. [1124: A.7.3.6]

A.65.10.3.7

See A.65.10.3.6. [1124: A.7.3.7]

A.65.10.3.11.2

To assist the user of this code in determining what is a new CFRS facility according to 65.10.1.1.1, all tents, stands, canopies, and membrane structures are considered to be new. (See also Table A.65.10.1.1.) [1124: A.7.3.11.2]

A.65.10.3.11.6

Refer to NFPA 30A, Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages,for the definitions of a bulk plant and bulk terminal. [1124: A.7.3.11.6]

A.65.10.3.12

It is not the intent of 65.10.3.12 to require compliance with all the provisions of the regulations in 27 CFR Part 555.210, just those specifically contained in 5.3.4 of NFPA 1124. [1124: A.7.3.12]











A.65.10.3.15.2

The

ability to view the entire retail sales area is important for several reasons. For employees, such visibility allows easier supervision of the customers and helps to minimize the possibility of malicious mischief, such as the willful setting of fires in the fireworks merchandise displays. It also allows employees to quickly observe and respond to an incipient fire condition. Response might include the following:

Evacuation of the occupants

Notification of the local fire department

Initiation of a fire attack using the fire extinguishers in the facility, provided that the fire is still small enough

For the customers, such visibility allows them also to quickly see a developing fire condition and react accordingly. Exits and their corresponding paths of travel are more easily observed, thus minimizing panic and facilitating evacuation in a timely manner. Full visibility can be easily achieved by keeping the height of displays and displayed merchandise within the retail sales area below adult eye level. Where displays located around theperimeter of the retail sales area do not impact the ability to view the area, it is not necessary to limit their height. However, if it is desirable to have higher displays of merchandise within the retail sales area, equivalent means ofachieving full visibility should be employed, such as the use of unobstructedsurveillance mirrors strategically located throughout the sales area or theaddition of more employees who can walk the sales floor and monitor thecustomers. following materials are considered to be suitable

for use as flame breaks based on tests conducted at Omega Point Laboratories in 2004 using methods now contained in PYR 1128, StandardMethod of Fire Test for Flame Breaks , full scale fire tests conducted at Southwest Research Institute in 2007 and 2008, analysis of the previously noted fire test data, and other sources such as the UL Fire Resistance Directory .

(1) Sheet steel not less than 18 gauge

(2) Gypsum board not less than 3⁄8 in. (9.5 mm) thick (nominal)

(3) Exterior plywood not less than 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) thick

(4) Particleboard not less than 5⁄8 in. (16 mm) thick (nominal)

(5) Oriented strand board not less than 7⁄16 in. (11 mm) thick (nominal) [1124: A.7.3.15.2]













A.65.10.3.15.3

Flame breaks can be constructed of any of the following:

Sheet steel

Sheet aluminum not less than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) thick

Hardboard not less than 1 ⁄ 8 in. (3 mm) thick

Gypsum board not less than 3 ⁄ 8 in. (10 mm) thick

Wood panels not less than 1 ⁄ 8 in. (3 mm) thick

Plywood not less than 1 ⁄ 4 in. (6 mm) thick

Particleboard not less than 1 ⁄ 4 in. (6 mm) thick

Cement fiberboard

Plastic laminate not less than 1 ⁄ 8 in. (3 mm) thick

Safety glass not less than 1 ⁄ 8 in. (3 mm) thick

Other approved material

2.1

Where installed within a retail display fixture containing consumer fireworks, the flame break should impede or retard the rapid spread of an incipient fire involving the fireworks and their packaging materials as any of the following occurs:

The fire progresses along a display level or shelf.

The fire attacks another display level or shelf above.

The fire attacks another display fixture abutting the display fixture of origin.

As a result of installing flame breaks to impede fire spread, the quantity and rate of smoke production can be retarded as well. Thus, flame breaks can provide the building occupants with additional time to react to an incipient fire and safely evacuate the building. See Figure A.65.10.3.15.

3

2 . 1 . [ 1124: A.7.3.15.

3

2.1 ]Figure A.65.10.3.15.



3 Flame

2.1 Flame Break Design. [1124:Figure A.7.3.15.

3

2.1 ]











A.65.10.3.15.6, A.65.10.3.15.7, ... ]

SectionsA.65.10.3.15.3.3, A.65.10.3.15.6, A.65.10.3.15.7, A.65.10.3.21, A.65.10.3.22, A.65.10.4.8.1(3)

A.65.10.3.15.3 2 .3 4

The purpose of specifying packaged fireworks merchandise is to permit such merchandise to be used in longer lengths of displays of consumer fireworks without the installation of a flame break. It is presumed that packaged fireworks merchandise does not readily ignite when exposed to a fire developing within the retail display area merchandise and does not readily contribute to or accelerate a fire that might spread along the surface of a display. See Figure A.65.10.3.15.3 2 .3 4 . Since the purpose of a flame break is to slow down the rapid spread of a fire involving a retail display of consumerfireworks to allow occupants time to react and evacuate the immediate area,properly packaged fireworks merchandise can also serve the purpose of a flame break. For a description of packaged fireworks merchandise, see A.3.3.81, Covered Fuse. [1124: A.7.3.15.3 2 .3 4 ]Figure A.65.10.3.15.3 2 .3 Packaged 4 Packaged Fireworks Merchandise and Flame Break Requirements. [1124:Figure A.7.3.15.3 2 .3 4 ]

A.65.10.3.15.6 5

This paragraph describes performance criteria for how aerial devices, which are described in C.3.1.2 of NFPA 1124, are to be packaged, displayed, and restrained as needed, depending upon the device and the manner in which it is packaged and displayed. Thus, upon ignition by a fire in the retail sales display area containing aerial devices, the

resultant effect of the ejection of pyrotechnic components will be reasonably limited so as not to pose an undue threat to evacuating occupants or to cause rapid spread of the fire to areas remote from the immediate area of the fire.

The method and manner of packaging and displaying aerial devices have been demonstrated to be effective in accomplishing the intent of this section.

This These performance

criterion



criteria could also be met by

enclosing placing consumer fireworks within bins. The packaging material itself can be designed to contain the consumer fireworks. The placement and arrangement of the aerial devices

within in the packages

or within , in bins , or on shelves are also important factors. Other containment methods include fastening aerial devices together, restraining their movement with packaging materials, or placing aerial devices or packages of aerial devices

within on racks

, or in containers, holders, or other structures. [ 1124 : A.7.3.15.

65 ]

A.65.10.3.15.7 6

Arrangement of horizontal plywood barriers should be as shown in FigureA.65.10.3.15. 7 6 . [ 1124 : A.7.3.15. 7 6 ]

Figure A.65.10.3.15.7 Arrangement 6 Arrangement of Horizontal Barrier Separating Combustible Materials and Consumer Fireworks. [1124:Figure A.7.3.15.7 6 ]

A.65.10.3.21 20 Refer to Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for additional information. [1124:A.7.3.21 20 ]A.65.10.3.22 21



Training might be required by the U.S. Department of Transportation or the Occupational Safety and Health Administration as applicable for the purpose of being employed in the operation of a CFRS or storage facility. [1124:A.7.3.22 21 ]A.65.10.4.8.1.2

NFPA 102 has been referenced for the purpose of determining the requirements for the means of egress in tents and membrane structures except as modified by 65.10.3.14 of this Code for special requirements for the retail sales of consumer fireworks. It should be noted that although Section 9.7 3 of NFPA 102 permits fireworks in any tent or temporary membrane structure, the intent is to prohibit the use, discharge, or ignition of fireworks within the tent or temporary membrane structure because unauthorized open flames are also prohibited in the same section. See Section 7.4 of NFPA 1124. Consumer fireworks in and of themselves do not pose an unusual fire hazard when they are stored or placed on display for retail sales within a tent or temporary membrane structure unless they are actually ignited or discharged. Section 65.10 in this Code contains several provisions that specifically deal with how fireworks can be safely displayed or stored in tents or temporary membrane structures for the purpose of selling them at retail. Those requirements are an effort to minimize the fire hazard associated with such fireworks. [1124: A.7.4.8.1.2]A.65.10.4.9.2.4 3

See NFPA 30 for the separation distances. [1124: A.7.4.9.2.4 3 ]

A.65.10.

54 . 11. 1

.1

Preliminary results of recent full scale fire tests indicate that automatic sprinkler systems designed for an Ordinary Hazard, Group 2 occupancy in accordance with NFPA 13 might be suitable for protecting retail displays of consumer fireworks where the ceiling height does not exceed 10 ft (3.1 m) and might also be adequate for ceiling heights up to 16 ft (4.9 m). This implies that there might be a need to design the sprinkler system in new buildings for an Extra Hazard, Group 1 occupancy for ceiling heights greater than 16 ft (4.9 m). For existing buildings, existing sprinkler systems designed for an Ordinary Hazard, Group 2 occupancy should suffice. Until such time as additional fire testing is completed and more conclusive design criteria can beverified, designers of automatic sprinkler systems for areas where retail sales of consumer fireworks are located might want to consider these design criteria. For additional information contact the American Pyrotechnics Association (APA), PO Box 30438, Bethesda, MD 20824.

The ability to view the entire retail sales area is important for several reasons.For employees, such visibility allows easier supervision of the customers andhelps to minimize the possibility of malicious mischief, such as the willfulsetting of fires in the fireworks merchandise displays. It also allows employees to quickly observe and respond to an incipient fire condition. Response might include the following:

(1) Evacuation of the occupants

(2) Notification of the local fire department

(3) Initiation of a fire attack using the fire extinguishers in the facility, provided that the fire is still small enough



For the customers, such visibility allows them also to quickly see a developing fire condition and react accordingly. Exits and their corresponding paths of travel are more easily observed, thus minimizing panic and facilitating evacuation in a timely manner. Full visibility can be easily achieved by keeping the height of displays and displayed merchandise within the retail sales area below adult eye level. Where displays located around the perimeter of the retail sales area do not impact the ability to view the area, it is not necessary to limit their height. However, if it is desirable to have higher displays of merchandise within the retail sales area, equivalent means of achieving full visibility should be employed, such as the use of unobstructed surveillance mirrors strategically located throughout the sales area or the addition of more employees who can walk the sales floor and monitor the customers. [ 1124 : A.7.4.11.1]

A.65.10.5.1.1

For existing buildings, appropriate sprinkler system criteria should be determined based on an engineering analysis prepared by a fire protection engineer. [1124: A.7.5.1.1]

A.65.10.5.1.2(3)

This item describes performance criteria for how consumer fireworks displayed for sale in stores are to be packaged and , displayed, and restrained as needed, depending upon the device and the manner in which it is packaged and displayed. Thus, upon ignition by a fire in the retail sales display area containing consumer fireworks, the resultant effect of the ejection of pyrotechnic components will be reasonably limited so as not to pose an undue threat to evacuating occupants or to cause rapid spread of the fire to areas remote from the immediate area of the fire. The method and manner of packaging and displaying consumer fireworks have been demonstrated to be effective in accomplishing the intent of this section item . The performance criteria might also be met by enclosing placing consumerfireworks within inside bins. The packaging material itself can be designed to contain the consumer fireworks. The placement and arrangement of the consumer fireworks within the in packages or within bins or on shelves are also important factors. Other containment methods include fastening consumer fireworks together, restraining their movement with packaging materials, or placing consumer fireworks or packages of consumer fireworks within on racks , or in containers, holders, or other structures. [1124:A.7.5.1.2(3)]











A.66.3.3.19

Hazardous Material or Hazardous Chemical. These dangers can arise from, but are not limited to, toxicity, reactivity, instability, or corrosivity. [30,2012 2015 ]











A.66.3.3.33.3.1

Nonmetallic Portable Tank. Permissible nonmetallic portable tanks for shipping Class I, Class II, and Class IIIA liquids are governed by hazardous materials transportation regulations promulgated by the United Nations (UN) and the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT). Small tanks for Class IIIBliquids are not governed by either UN or DOT hazardous materials regulations. Fiber portable tanks for Class IIIB liquids include composite designs consisting of a multi-ply corrugated box with a rigid or flexible inner plastic bladder. [30, 2012 2015 ]











A.66.3.3.40

Warehouse. Warehousing operations referred to in these definitions are those operations not accessible to the public and include general-purpose, merchandise, distribution, and industrial warehouse–type operations. [30,2012 2015 ]











A.66.6.7.5

See NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems , and NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection , for information on these subjects. [ 30: A.6.7.5]











A.66.9.5.5

ANSI Z535.2.2007, Environmental and Facility Safety Signs , Section 9.2, was used to determine the letter height, based on a safe viewing distance of 25 ft (7.5 m). Markings can be reflective to improve visibility. If See ASTM D4956, Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control , for more information on providing reflective surfaces. If international symbols are used, they should be a minimum of 2.0 in. (50 mm) in size. [30: A.9.5.5]











A.66.21.5.2.7

Underground double-wall tanks can be considered to be a type of secondary containment. The terms “double-wall tank” and “jacketed tank” are sometimes used to describe underground secondary containment tanks. [30: A.21.5.2.7]











A.66.21.7.4.1

For further information, see API 2015, Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Tanks ; and API 2015A, A Guide for Controlling the Lead Hazard Associated with Tank Entry and Cleaning ; and API 2015B, Cleaning Open Top and Covered Floating Roof Tanks. 2016, Guidelines and Procedures for Entering and Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks. [30: A.21.7.4.1]











A.66.24.5.6

NFPA 101 , Life Safety Code , provides information on the design of exit facilities. The purpose of the access aisles is to provide for ease of maintenance and emergency operations. [30: A.24.5.6]











A.66.25.5

Some of the specifications for vault design and construction include the following:

(1) The walls and floor of the vault are to be constructed of reinforced concrete at least 6 in. (50 mm) thick.

(2) The top and floor of the vault and the tank foundation must be designed to withstand all anticipated loading, including loading from vehicular traffic, where applicable.

(3) The walls and floor of a belowgrade vault must be designed to withstandanticipated soil and hydrostatic loading.

(4) The vault must be liquidtight.

(5) The vault enclosure must have no openings except those necessary for access to, inspection of, and filling, emptying, and venting of the tank.

(6) The vault must be provided with connections to permit ventilation to dilute, disperse, and remove any vapors prior to personnel entering the vault.

(7) The vault must be provided with a means for personnel entry.

(8) The vault must be provided with an approved means to admit a fire suppression agent. [30: A.25.5]











A.66.28.11.3 ]

A.66.28.11.4.1

Emergency and safety procedures include, but are not limited to, the following:

(1) Procedures for bonding and grounding the tank vehicle

(2) Proper use of portable extinguishers

(3) Procedures for recognizing and eliminating sources of ignition

(4) Procedures for recognizing and understanding contingency plans for handling a spill or leak

(5) Procedures for notifying the appropriate agencies in an emergency [30:A.66.28.11.4.1]











A.69.3.3.1 1.1

When applying Table 69.3.3.1.1 to cylinders, which have their capacities expressed in pounds, the first table entry, <125 gal (<0.5 m3), includes allcylinders. Cylinders have a maximum capacity of 1000 lb or 119 gal (454 kg or 3.8 m3) (water capacity). The “Line of Adjoining Property that can be built upon” refers to the property boundaries of the plot adjacent to the one upon which the tank is located. This is illustrated in Figure A.69.3.3.1.1 taking into consideration a condition that involves property on the other side of a street, highway, navigable waterway, or other right of way. The minimum distance limitation is from the tank to the property line where that property line is common to plots of ground of different ownership and would also apply between the tank and the property line of the far side of a street or other public right of way. [ 58 : A.6.3.1 .1 ]

FIGURE A.69.3.3.1.1 Illustration of Separation Distances from Containers to the Line of Adjoining Property that can be Built Upon. [58:Figure A.6.3.1.1]

A.69.3.3.4.2

Building openings in the context of 69.3.3.4.2 are any opening that communicates air from the exterior to the interior of the building, including windows, doors, or dryer vent terminations below the level of the relief valve discharge. [ 58: A.6.3.4.2]

A.69.3.4.4.3

Clearance is required between combustible materials and propane containers in order to minimize the effects of fires on the container. The requirement to maintain separation

between the container and stored combustible materials is needed so that an accumulation of materials that may represent a hazard to the container does not occur. The term “stored” is intended to denote materials that are purposely placed. Vegetation of any type located near or under the container is not considered to be a hazard. [ 58: A.6.4.4.3]











A.69.3.4.5.8, A.69.3.4.6, A.69.3.4.7... ]

Sections A.69.3.4.5.3, A.69.3.4.5.8, A.69.3.4.6, A.69.3.4.7, A.69.3.5.1A.69.3.4.5 4 .4. 3

For information on determination of flash points, see NFPA 30. [58:A.6.4.5 4 .4. 3]A.69.3.4.5 4 .8 9

Also see NFPA 51 for oxygen systems, and NFPA 55 for gaseous hydrogen systems . [58: A.6.4.5 4 .8 9 ]A.69.3.4.6 4.14

Because of the anticipated flash of some nonrefrigerated LP-Gases when released to the atmosphere, dikes normally serve no useful purpose for these nonrefrigerated installations. [58: A.6.4.6 4.14 ]A.69.3.4.7 5

The presence of such structures can create significant hazards, such as the following:

Pocketing of escaping gas

Interference with application of cooling water by fire departments

Redirection of flames against containers

Impeding the egress of personnel in an emergency [58: A.6.4.7 5 ]

A.69.3.5.1 1.1

It is the intent to allow transfer of liquid into containers in open areas under canopies or roofs where 50 percent or more of the perimeter is not enclosed. [58: A.6.5.1.1 ]











A.69.3.9

Gas leaks have resulted from snow or ice accumulations on gas systems, and snow or ice shedding from roofs onto gas systems. In these incidents, external fires have occurred and in some cases gas has migrated into or under buildings, resulting in interior fires or explosions. Selection of appropriate methods of protection should be based upon the installation and anticipated snow and or ice loading. Possible methods of protection include the following:

(1) Minimizing the extent of above-ground piping.

(2) Locating above-ground piping, regulators, and meters above anticipated snow accumulations.

(3) Locating above-ground piping, regulators and meters on the gable end of buildings, rather than under eaves, to prevent damage from snow or ice shedding off of roofs.

(4) Protecting above-ground piping, regulators, and meters with extended roofoverhangs or dedicated covers.

(5) Adding additional support above-ground piping, regulators and meters to withstand anticipated snow or ice loading. [58:A.6.16]











A.69.3.10.8.3, A.69.3.12.1, A.69.3.... ]

Sections A.69.3.10.2.7, A.69.3.10.8.3, A.69.3.12.1, A.69.3.12.7.6, A.69.4.1A.69.3.10.2.7 6

The requirement for a pilot or an electronic ignition system became effective for heaters with inputs over 50,000 Btu/hr manufactured on or after May 17, 1967. [58: A.6.19 20 .2.7 6 ]A.69.3.10.8.3

The weight of the cylinders will be affected by the specific gravity of the LP-Gas. Weights varying from 16.0 oz to 16.8 oz (454 g to 476 g) are recognized as being within the range of what is nominal. [58: A.6.19 20 .9.3]A.69.3.12.1

Typical non-engine fuel systems include those on commercial, industrial, construction, and public service vehicles such as trucks, semitrailers, trailers, portable tar kettles, road surface heating equipment, mobile laboratories, clinics, and mobile cooking units (such as catering and canteen vehicles). [58:A.6.23 24 .1]A.69.3.12.7.6

Requirements for the design of containers are located in Section 5.2 of NFPA 58. Requirements for container appurtenances are located in Section 5.3 of NFPA 58. [58: A.6.23 24 .7.6]A.69.4.1

Ignition source control at transfer locations is covered in Section 6.22 of NFPA 58. Fire protection is covered in Section 6.25 26 of NFPA 58. [58: A.7.1]











A.69.5.4.2.2 2

There are numerous effective means to provide protection against accidental vehicle impact or damage. The method selected depends upon local conditions with regard to the kinds of traffic that can bereasonably expected and the environment surrounding the location. While additional protection over and above that used to protect the building might not be needed at some locations, others might need additional protection. Examples of such additional protection could be the following:

Guard rails

Steel bollards

Raised sidewalks [ 58: A.8.4.2.2]

Only minimal VBP, such as either parking bumpers (minimum of 6 inches above grade) or sidewalks (minimum of 6 inches above grade), may be needed for cylinder exchange cabinets. The storage cabinets associated with cylinder exchange may provide limited protection against physical damage to the stored cylinders. Examples of such protection include, but are not limited to:(1) Guard rails(2) Steel bollards(3) Raised sidewalks (minimum of 6 in. in height)(4) Fencing(5) Ditches(6) Berms (not to exceed 50% of the container perimeter)(7) Jersey barriers(8) Parking bumpers (minimum of 6 in. in height)(9) Fencing/Gates













A.69.5.5

See 6.25 26 .4.3 4 of NFPA 58. [58: A.8.5]

A.69.6.2.2.2

The term “congested area” is intended to describe situations where access to the vehicle during an emergency would be impeded or where moving the vehicle away from an emergency would be prevented. [ 58: A.9.7.2.2]










First Revision No. 78-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. B.3.2 ]

B.3.2 Evaluation Questions.

The following are sample evaluation questions:

What is the material? Correct identification is important; exact spelling is vital. Check labels, MSDS, ask responsible persons, etc.

What are the concentration and strength?

What is the physical form of the material? Liquids, gases, and finely divided solids have differing requirements for spill and leak control and containment.

How much material is present? Consider in relation to permit amounts, exempt amounts (from Group H Occupancy requirements), amounts thatrequire detached storage, and overall magnitude of the hazard.

What other materials (including furniture, equipment, and building components) are close enough to interact with the material?

What are the likely reactions?

What is the activity involving the material?

How does the activity impact the hazardous characteristics of the material? Consider vapors released or hazards otherwise exposed.

What must the material be protected from? Consider other materials, temperature, shock, pressure, etc.

What effects of the material must people and the environment be protected from?

How can protection be accomplished? Consider the following:

Proper containers and equipment

Separation by distance or construction

Enclosure in cabinets or rooms

Spill control, drainage, and containment

Control systems — ventilation, special electrical, detection and alarm, extinguishment, explosion venting, limit controls, exhaust scrubbers, and excess flow control

Administrative (operational) controls — signs, ignition source control, security, personnel training, established procedures, storage plans, and emergency action plans

Evaluation of the hazard is a strongly subjective process; therefore, the person charged with this responsibility must gather as much relevant data as possible so that the decision is objective and within the limits prescribed in laws, policies, and standards.

It could be necessary to cause the responsible persons in charge to have tests made by qualified persons or testing laboratories to support contentions that a particular material or process is or is not hazardous. See 1.4.2.








CommitteeStatement:

The proposed revision is in response to PI-70, the statement for which follows: The High Rise Building Safety Advisory Committee (HRB-SAC) recommends revising the term “emergency plan” to “emergency action plan”. The term “emergency action plan” is consistent with that used by the industry as well as the fire service. The term “emergency action plan” is also consistent with the document currently being produced by HRB-SAC, titled “Guide for the Development of Emergency Action Plans for High Rise Buildings”. Emergency action plans primarily describe the required actions and responsibilities of building occupants, staff and personnel during a fire emergency and other emergencies that may occur in a building. This includes fire drills, evacuation procedures and strategies, and the use and availability of fire protection systems.

ResponseMessage:

FR-78-NFPA 1-2012



First Revision No. 724-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. B.5.2.2 ]

B.5.2.2 Class 1 Oxidizers.

The following are typical Class 1 oxidizers:

All inorganic nitrates (unless otherwise classified)

All inorganic nitrites (unless otherwise classified)

Ammonium persulfate

Barium peroxide

Calcium hypochlorite (nominal 80 percent, maximum 81 percent) blended with magnesium sulfate heptahydrate (nominal 20 percent,minimum 19 percent) having an available chlorine of less than or equal to 66 percent and a total water content of at least 17 percent.

Calcium peroxide

Hydrogen peroxide solutions (greater than 8 percent up to 27.5 percent)

Lead dioxide

Lithium hypochlorite (39 percent or less available chlorine)

Lithium peroxide

Magnesium peroxide

Manganese dioxide

Nitric acid (40 percent concentration or less)

Perchloric acid solutions (less than 50 percent by weight)

Potassium dichromate

Potassium percarbonate

Potassium persulfate

Sodium carbonate peroxide

Sodium dichloro-s-triazinetrione dihydrate (sodium dicholorisocyanuratedihydrate)

Sodium dichromate

Sodium perborate (anhydrous)

Sodium perborate monohydrate

Sodium perborate tetrahydrate

Sodium percarbonate

Sodium persulfate

Strontium peroxide

Trichloro-s-triazinetrione [trichloroisocyanuric acid (TCCA; trichlor), all physical forms]

Zinc peroxide [400: G.1 3 .2]






Submittal Date: Thu Nov 08 08:42:37 EST 2012









Barium bromate

Barium chlorate

Barium hypochlorite

Barium perchlorate

Barium permanganate

1-Bromo-3-chloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (BCDMH)

Calcium chlorate

Calcium chlorite

Calcium hypochlorite (50 percent or less by weight unless covered by other formulations in B.5.2)

Calcium perchlorate

Calcium permanganate

Chromium trioxide (chromic acid)

Copper chlorate

Halane (1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin)

Hydrogen peroxide (greater than 27.5 percent up to 52 percent)

Lead perchlorate

Lithium chlorate

Lithium hypochlorite (more than 39 percent available chlorine)

Lithium perchlorate

Magnesium bromate

Magnesium chlorate

Magnesium perchlorate

Mercurous chlorate

Nitric acid (more than 40 percent but less than 86 percent)

Nitrogen tetroxide

Perchloric acid solutions (more than 50 percent but less than 60 percent)

Potassium perchlorate

Potassium permanganate

Potassium peroxide

Potassium superoxide

Silver peroxide

Sodium chlorite (40 percent or less by weight)



Sodium perchlorate

Sodium perchlorate monohydrate

Sodium permanganate

Sodium peroxide

Strontium chlorate

Strontium perchlorate

Thallium chlorate

Urea hydrogen peroxide

Zinc bromate

Zinc chlorate

Zinc permanganate [400: G.1 3 .3]













Ammonium dichromate

Calcium hypochlorite (over 50 percent by weight unless covered in other formulations in B.5.2)

Calcium hypochlorite (over 50 percent by weight)

Chloric acid (10 percent maximum concentration)

Hydrogen peroxide solutions (greater than 52 percent up to 91 percent)

Mono-(trichloro)-tetra-(monopotassium dichloro)-penta-s-triazinetrione

Nitric acid, fuming (more than 86 percent concentration)

Perchloric acid solutions (60 percent to 72 percent by weight)

Potassium bromate

Potassium chlorate

Potassium dichloro-s-triazinetrione (potassium dichloroisocyanurate)

Sodium bromate

Sodium chlorate

Sodium chlorite (over 40 percent by weight)

Sodium dichloro-s-triazinetrione anhydrous (sodium dichloroisocyanurate anhydrous) [400: G.1 3 .4]













Ammonium perchlorate (particle size greater than 15 microns)

Ammonium permanganate

Guanidine nitrate

Hydrogen peroxide solutions (greater than 91 percent)

Tetranitromethane

Ammonium perchlorate less than 15 microns is classified as an explosive and, as such, is not covered by NFPA 400. (See NFPA 495.) [400: G.1 3 .5]










First Revision No. 64-NFPA 1-2012 [ Chapter E ]

Annex E Fire Hydrant Locations and Distribution

This annex is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document unlessspecifically adopted by the jurisdiction.

E.

1 Scope1 General .

Fire hydrants shall be provided in accordance with Annex E for

the protection ofall new buildings

,or

portions of buildings, hereafter constructed.buildings relocated into the jurisdiction unless otherwise permitted by E.1.1 or E.1.2.

E.

2 Location1 .

1

Fire hydrants shall not be

provided along required fire apparatus access roads and adjacent public streets.E.3 Number of Fire Hydrants.

The minimum number of fire hydrants available to a building shall not be less than that listed in Table E.3 . The number of fire hydrants available to a complex or subdivision shall not be less than that determined by spacing requirements listed in Table E.3 when applied to fire apparatus access roads and perimeter public streets from which fire operations could be conducted.

Table E.3 Number and Distribution of Fire Hydrants

Number and Distribution of Fire Hydrants Maximum Distance from Any Point on Street

or Road Frontage

to a Hydrant 4,5 Fire Flow Requirements Minimum Number

of Hydrants Average Spacing



Between Hydrants 1,2,3,4 gpm L/min ft m ft m 1750 or less 6650 or less 1 500 152 250 76 2000–2250 7600–8550 2 450 137 225 69 2500 9500 3 450 137 225 69 3000 11,400 3 400 122 225 69 3500–4000 13,300–15,200 4 350 107 210 64 4500–5000 17,100–19,000 5 300 91 180 55 5500 20,900 6 300 91 180 55 6000 22,800 6 250 76 150 46 6500–7000 24,700–26,500 7 250 76 150 46 7500 or more 28,500 or more 8 or more 6

200 61 120 37

Note: 1 gpm = 3.8 L/min; 1 ft = 0.3 m.

1 Reduce by 100 ft (30.5 m) for dead-end streets or roads.

2 Where streets are provided with median dividers that can be crossed by fire fighters pulling hose lines, or arterial streets are provided with four or more traffic lanes and have a traffic count

required where the water distribution system is not capable of providing a fire flow of greater than 500 gpm (1893 L/min) at a residual pressure of 20 psi (139.9 kPa).

E.1.2

Fire hydrants shall not be required where extension of the water distribution system is deemed to be impractical by the authority having jurisdiction. (See Note 1 in E.6.1.)

E.1.3

The provisions of E.1.1 and E.1.2 shall not eliminate the fire flow requirements of Section 18.4.

E.1.4

The distances specified in Annex E shall be measured along fire department access roads in accordance with 18.2.3. (See Note 2 in E.6.2.)

E.1.5

Where fire department access roads are provided with median dividers incapable of being crossed by fire apparatus, or where fire department access roads have traffic counts of more than 30,000 vehicles per day,

hydrant spacing shall average 500 ft (152.4 m) on each side of the street and be arranged

hydrants shall be placed on both sides of the fire department access road on an alternating basis

up to a fire flow requirement of 7000 gpm (26,

500 L/min) and 400 ft (122 m ) or higher fire flow requirements.

3 Where new water mains are extended along streets where hydrants are not needed for protection of structures or similar fire problems, fire hydrants shall beprovided at spacing not to exceed 1000 ft (305 m) to provide for transportationhazards.

4 For and the distances specified by Annex E shall be measured independently of the hydrants on the opposite side of the fire department access road.

E.1.6

Fire hydrants shall be located not more than 12 ft from the fire department access road.

E.2 Detached One- and Two-Family Dwellings.



Fire hydrants shall be provided for detached one- and two-family dwellings

protected by an automatic sprinkler system, with a required fire flow of not greater than 1750 gpm, the average distance between hydrants shall not exceed 800 ft, and the maximum distance from a street or road frontage to a hydrant shall not exceed 400 ft. Notes 1 and 5 shall also apply to

in accordance with both of the following:

(1) The maximum distance to a fire hydrant from the closest point on the building shall not exceed 600 ft (122 m).

(2) The maximum distance between fire hydrants shall not exceed 800 ft (244 m).

E.3 Buildings Other than Detached One- and Two-Family Dwellings.

Fire hydrants shall be provided for buildings other than detached one- and two-family dwellings

constructed on a dead-end street or road.

5 Reduce by 50 ft (15.2 m) for dead-end streets or roads.

6 One hydrant for each 1000 gpm (3785 L/min) or fraction thereof.

E.4 Consideration of Existing Fire Hydrants.

Existing fire hydrants on public streets shall be permitted to be considered as available. Existing fire hydrants on adjacent properties shall not be considered available unless fire apparatus access roads extend between properties and easements are established to prevent obstruction of such roads.E.5 Distribution of Fire Hydrants.

The average spacing between fire hydrants shall not exceed that listed in Table E.3 .

Exception: The AHJ shall be permitted to accept a deficiency of up to 10 percent where existing fire hydrants provide all or a portion of the required fire hydrant service. Regardless of the average spacing, fire hydrants shall be located such that all points on streets and access roads adjacent to a building are within the distances listed in Table E.3 . .

in accordance with both of the following:

(1) The maximum distance to a fire hydrant from the closest point on the building shall not exceed 400 ft (76 m).

(2) The maximum distance between fire hydrants shall not exceed 500 ft (152 m).

E.4 Minimum Number of Fire Hydrants for Fire Flow.

E.4.1

The minimum number of fire hydrants needed to deliver the required fire flow for new buildings in accordance with Section 18.4 shall be determined in accordance with Section E.4.

E.4.2

The aggregate fire flow capacity of all fire hydrants within 1000 ft (305 m) of the building, measured in accordance with E.1.4 and E.1.5, shall be not less than the required fire flow determined in accordance with Section 18.4.

E.4.3



The maximum fire flow capacity for which a fire hydrant shall be credited shall be as specified by Table E.4.3. Capacities exceeding the values specified in Table E.4.3 shall be permitted when local fire department operations have the ability to accommodate such values. (See Note 3 in E.6.3.)

Table E.4.3 Maximum Fire Hydrant Fire Flow Capacity

Distance to Building a Maximum Capacity b

ft m gpm L/min

≤ 250 ≤ 76 1500 5678

> 250 and ≤ 500 > 76 and ≤ 152 1000 3785

> 500 and ≤ 1000

> 152 and ≤ 305 750 2839

a Measured in accordance with E.1.4 and E.1.5

b Minimum 20 psi (139.9 kPa) residual pressure

E.4.6

Fire hydrants required by Section E.2 and Section E.3 shall be included in the minimum number of fire hydrants for fire flow required by Section E.4.

E.5 Testing and Maintenance.

E.5.1

Private water supply systems shall be tested and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems .

E.5.2

Public water supply systems providing fire flow shall be tested and maintained in accordance with ANSI/AWWA G200, Standard for Distribution Systems Operation and Management .

E.6 Notes.

The following notes are explanatory and are not part of the mandatory text for Annex E.

E.6.1 Note 1.

The conditions where a local jurisdiction might determine that extension of the water distribution system is deemed to be impractical are varied and should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Conditions that should be considered in determining if an extension is impractical should include, but not be limited to, the following:

(1) Distance required to extend the water distribution system

(2) Capability of the existing water distribution system to meet the fire flowdemand

(3) Density and occupancy of the proposed development

(4) Potential additional future development in the area of the extension

(5) Other codes and standards, which might warrant extension of the water distribution system

(6) Future anticipated improvements to the water distribution system

E.6.2 Note 2.



Fire department access roads are intended to include public streets provided they meet the requirements of 18.2.3.

E.6.3 Note 3.

It is not the intent of Table E.4.3 to limit the actual fire flow capacity of a firehydrant, only the fire flow capacity for which a fire hydrant is credited basedon its distance from the building.






CommitteeStatement:

The proposed rewrite of Annex E was developed by the NFPA 1 Fire Hydrant task group, and accomplishes the following: provides guidance on determining conditions where extension of a water distribution system might be impractical; clarifies the method for determining fire hydrant distance measurements; establishes minimum number of required hydrants based on needed fire flow; establishes maximum fire flow credit per hydrant based on distance to building; establishes minimum testing and maintenance requirements for private and public water supply systems. The FR is proposed as a rewrite of Annex E for the First Draft for the purpose of soliciting public comments. It is the intent of the committee to consider moving the Annex E provisions into Chapter 18 for the Second Draft, depending on the public comments.

Response Message:

FR-64-NFPA 1-2012



First Revision No. 108-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. G.1.1 ]

G.1.1 NFPA Publications.

National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.

NFPA 2, Hydrogen Technologies Code , 2011 edition.

NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 11, Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam, 2010 edition.

NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 13D, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes, 2010 2013, edition.

NFPA 13E, Recommended Practice for Fire Department Operations in Properties Protected by Sprinkler and Standpipe Systems, 2010 edition.

NFPA 13R, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection, 2012 edition.

NFPA 16, Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems, 2011 edition.

NFPA 20, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 22, Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 24, Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems, 2011 2014 edition.

NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 30A, Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 30B, Code for the Manufacture and Storage of Aerosol Products,2011 2015 edition.

NFPA 31, Standard for the Installation of Oil-Burning Equipment, 2011 edition.

NFPA 33, Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials, 2011 edition.

NFPA 45, Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals, 2011 edition.

NFPA 51, Standard for the Design and Installation of Oxygen–Fuel Gas Systems for Welding, Cutting, and Allied Processes, 2007 2013 edition.



NFPA 51B, Standard for Fire Prevention During Welding, Cutting, and OtherHot Work, 2009 2014 edition.

NFPA 52, Vehicular Gaseous Fuel Systems Code, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code, 2010 2013edition.

NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, 2011 2014 edition.

NFPA 59A, Standard for the Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG), 2009 2013 edition.

NFPA 68, Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting, 20072013 edition.

NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems, 2008 2014 edition.

NFPA 70 ®, National Electrical Code ®, 2011 2014 edition.

NFPA 72 ®, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 77, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity, 2007 2014 edition.

NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 80A, Recommended Practice for Protection of Buildings from ExteriorFire Exposures, 2012 edition.

NFPA 82, Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling Systemsand Equipment, 2009 2014 edition.

NFPA 86, Standard for Ovens and Furnaces, 2011 2015 edition.

NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 91, Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists, and Noncombustible Particulate Solids, 2010 edition.

NFPA 92A 92 , Standard for Smoke - Control Systems Utilizing Barriers andPressure Differences , 2009 2012 edition.

NFPA 96, Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations, 2011 2014 edition.

NFPA 99, Health Care Facilities Code, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 101 ®, Life Safety Code ®, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 101A, Guide on Alternative Approaches to Life Safety, 2010 2013edition.

NFPA 102, Standard for Grandstands, Folding and Telescopic Seating, Tents,and Membrane Structures, 2011 edition.

NFPA 105, Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 170, Standard for Fire Safety and Emergency Symbols, 2009 2012edition.

NFPA 204, Standard for Smoke and Heat Venting, 2012 edition.

NFPA 220, Standard on Types of Building Construction, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 232, Standard for the Protection of Records, 2012 edition.



NFPA 241, Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, andDemolition Operations, 2009 2013 edition.

NFPA

251, Standard Methods of Tests of Fire Resistance of Building and Construction and Materials , 2006 edition.

NFPA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, 2008 2012edition.

NFPA

255, Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials , 2006 edition.

NFPA 257, Standard on Fire Test for Window and Glass Block Assemblies,2007 2012 edition.

NFPA 259, Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 260, Standard Methods of Tests and Classification System forCigarette Ignition Resistance of Components of Upholstered Furniture, 2009 2013 edition.

NFPA 261, Standard Method of Test for Determining Resistance of Mock-UpUpholstered Furniture Material Assemblies to Ignition by SmolderingCigarettes, 2009 2013 edition.

NFPA 265, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Room Fire GrowthContribution of Textile or Expanded Vinyl Wall Coverings on Full Height Panels and Walls, 2011 edition.

NFPA

271, Standard Method of Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release Rates for Materials and Products Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter , 2009 edition.

NFPA 286, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth, 2011 edition.

NFPA 288, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Floor Fire Door AssembliesInstalled Horizontally in Fire Resistance–Rated Floor Systems, 2007 2012edition.

NFPA 289, Standard Method of Fire Test for Individual Fuel Packages, 2009 2013 edition.

NFPA 291, Recommended Practice for Fire Flow Testing and Marking ofHydrants, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 302, Fire Protection Standard for Pleasure and Commercial MotorCraft, 2010 2015 edition.

NFPA 303, Fire Protection Standard for Marinas and Boatyards, 2011 edition.

NFPA 326, Standard for the Safeguarding of Tanks and Containers for Entry, Cleaning, or Repair, 2010 edition.

NFPA 329, Recommended Practice for Handling Releases of Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases, 2010 edition.

NFPA 385, Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flammable and CombustibleLiquids, 2007 2012 edition.

NFPA 400, Hazardous Materials Code, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 409, Standard on Aircraft Hangars, 2011 edition.



NFPA 415, Standard on Airport Terminal Buildings, Fueling Ramp Drainage,and Loading Walkways, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 418, Standard for Heliports, 2011 edition.

NFPA 495, Explosive Materials Code, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 496, Standard for Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for ElectricalEquipment, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 497, Recommended Practice for the Classification of FlammableLiquids, Gases, or Vapors and of Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas, 2008 2012 edition.

NFPA 505, Fire Safety Standard for Powered Industrial Trucks Including Type Designations, Areas of Use, Conversions, Maintenance, and Operations, 2011 2013 edition.

NFPA 600, Standard on Industrial Fire Brigades, 2010 edition.

NFPA 601, Standard for Security Services in Fire Loss Prevention, 2010edition.

NFPA 654, Standard for the Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions from theManufacturing, Processing, and Handling of Combustible Particulate Solids,2006 2013 edition.

NFPA 655, Standard for Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions, 2007 2012 edition.

NFPA 701, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textilesand Films, 2010 edition.

NFPA 703, Standard for Fire Retardant–Treated Wood and Fire-RetardantCoatings for Building Materials, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 704, Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response, 2012 edition.

NFPA 720, Standard for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detection and Warning Equipment, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 801, Standard for Fire Protection for Facilities Handling RadioactiveMaterials, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 914, Code for Fire Protection of Historic Structures, 2010 edition.

NFPA 1031, Standard for Professional Qualifications for Fire Inspector andPlan Examiner, 2009 2014 edition.

NFPA 1033, Standard for Professional Qualifications for Fire Investigator, 2009 2014 edition.

NFPA 1035, Standard for Professional Qualifications for Fire and Life Safety Educator, Public Information Officer, and Juvenile Firesetter Intervention Specialist, 2010 edition.

NFPA 1037, Standard for Professional Qualifications for Fire Marshal, 2007 2012 edition.

NFPA 1122, Code for Model Rocketry, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 1123, Code for Fireworks Display, 2010 2014 edition.

NFPA 1124, Code for the Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Retail Sales of Fireworks and Pyrotechnic Articles, 2006 2013 edition.

NFPA 1127, Code for High Power Rocketry, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 1141, Standard for Fire Protection Infrastructure for Land Development in Wildland, Rural, and Suburban Areas, 2012 edition.



NFPA 1142, Standard on Water Supplies for Suburban and Rural FireFighting, 2012 edition.

NFPA 1144, Standard for Reducing Structure Ignition Hazards from WildlandFire, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 1221, Standard for the Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Emergency Services Communications Systems, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 1600 ®, Standard on Disaster/Emergency Management and BusinessContinuity Programs, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 1620, Standard for Pre-Incident Planning, 2010 edition.

NFPA 5000 ®, Building Construction and Safety Code ®, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials , 2010 edition .

NFPA Fire Protection Handbook, 19th edition, 2003.

NFPA Fire Technology, August 1974, “Fire Tests of Building Interior CoveringSystems”.

SFPE Engineering Guide.

SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 3rd edition, 2002.






CommitteeStatement:

The FR updates the referenced NFPA publications to the most current editions as referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

ResponseMessage:

FR-108-NFPA 1-2012



First Revision No. 124-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. G.1.2.2 ]

G.1.2.2 ANSI Publications.

American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

ICC/ ANSI A117.1, American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities,

1998

2009 .

ANSI/CMA Z129.1 , American National Standard for Hazardous IndustrialChemicals - Precautionary Labeling , 2006 .

ANSI/FM 4950, Evaluating Welding Pads, Welding Blankets and Welding Curtains for Hot Work Operations , 2007 .

ANSI /AIHA Z9.7, Recirculation of Air from Industrial Process Exhaust Systems,

2004

2007 .

ANSI/ISA 12.02.01 , Electrical Apparatus for Use in Class I, Zones 0, 1 & 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations - Intrinsic Safety , 2002 .

ANSI/ISA 61241, (12.10.

05

02 ), Electrical Apparatus for Use in Zone 20, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous (Classified) Locations - General Requirements , 2006 .






CommitteeStatement:

The FR updates the noted ANSI publications to the current editions as referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-124-NFPA 1-2012




G.1.2.3 API Publications.

American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L Street NW, Washington, DC 20005-4070.

“An Engineering Analysis of the Effects of Oxygenated Fuels on Marketing Vapor Recovery Equipment”.

API 12R1, Setting, Maintenance, Inspection, Operation, and Repair of Tanksin Production Service.

API 620, Recommended Rules for the Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-Pressure Storage Tanks, 2008 11th edition, 2012 .

API Standard 650, Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage, 2007 11th edition,2011 .

API 653, Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction, 2008 4th edition, 2012 .

API 1501, Filtration and Dehydration of Aviation Fuels , 1st edition, 1965 .

API RP 1615, Installation of Underground Petroleum Storage Systems , 6th edition, 2011.

API 2015, Safe Entry and

Cleaning

of

Petroleum Storage Tanks , 6th

ed.

edition ,

2001

reaffirmed 2016 .

API

2015A, Guide for Controlling the Lead Hazard Associated with Tank Entry and Cleaning , 1982.

API 2015B, Cleaning Open-Top and Covered Floating-Roof Tanks , 1981.

API

2218, Fireproofing Practices in Petroleum and Petrochemical Processing Plants , 2nd

ed.

edition , 1999.

API 2350, Overfill Protection for Storage Tanks in Petroleum Facilities , 2nd ed., 2005

4th edition, 2012 .

API RP 1621, Bulk Liquid Stock Control at Retail Outlets , 1993 2001 .

API RP



2003, Protection Against

Ignitions

Ignition Arising Out of Static, Lightning, and Stray Currents , 7th edition, 2008.






CommitteeStatement:

The FR updates the noted API documents to the most current editions as referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-111-NFPA 1-2012




G.1.2.4 ASME Publications.

American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.

Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

ASME A17.1 /CSA B44 , Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators , 2007 .

ANSI/ASME B31.8, Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems,2010 .






CommitteeStatement:

The FR updates the noted ASME publications to the current editions as referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-112-NFPA 1-2012




G.1.2.5 ASTM Publications.

ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.

ASTM Manual on Flash Point Standards and Their Use.

ASTM D 2859, Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials, 2006 (2011) .

ASTM D 4206, Standard Test Method for Sustained Burning of Liquid Mixtures using the Small-Scale Open Cup Apparatus, 1996 (2007).

ASTM D 4207, Standard Test Method for Sustained Burning of Low ViscosityLiquid Mixtures by the Wick Test, withdrawn, last edition 1991.

ASTM D 6469, Standard Guide for Microbial Contamination in Fuels and Fuel Systems, 2008 2011 .

ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 2009a 2012b .

ASTM E 119, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, 2008a 2012a .

ASTM E 502, Standard Test Method for Selection and Use of ASTMStandards for the Determination of Flash Point of Chemicals by Closed CupMethods, 2007e1.

ASTM E 814, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through PenetrationFire Stops, 2008b 2011a .

ASTM E 1226, Standard Test Method for Pressure and Rate of Pressure Rise for Combustible Dusts, 2005 Explosibility of Dust Clouds , 2010 .

ASTM E 1352, Standard Test Method for Cigarette Ignition Resistance of Mock-Up Upholstered Furniture Assemblies, 2008a.

ASTM E 1353, Standard Test Methods for Cigarette Ignition Resistance of Components of Upholstered Furniture, 2008a 2008ae1 .

ASTM E 1354, Standard Test Method for Heat and Visible Smoke Release Rates for Materials and Products Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter, 2009 2011b .

ASTM E 1472, Standard Guide for Documenting Computer Software for Fire Models, 2007 (withdrawn) .

ASTM E 1537, Standard Test Method for Fire Testing of Upholstered Furniture, 2007 2012 .

ASTM E 1590, Standard Test Method for Fire Testing of Mattresses, 20072012 .

ASTM E 2019, Standard Test Method for Minimum Ignition Energy of a Dust Cloud in Air, 2003 (2007).

ASTM E 2030, Guide for Recommended Uses of Photoluminescent(Phosphorescent) Safety Markings, 2008 2009a .

ASTM E 2174, Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops, 2004 2010ae1 .








CommitteeStatement:

The FR updated the referenced ASTM publications to the current editions as referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-113-NFPA 1-2012




G.1.2.6 AWS Publications.

American Welding Society, 550 NW LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126.

ANSI/AWS F-4.1, Recommended Safe Practices for the Preparation of Containers and Piping for Welding and Cutting of Containers and Piping , 1994 2007 .






CommitteeStatement:

The FR updates the referenced AWS publication to the current edition as referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-114-NFPA 1-2012




G.1.2.8 CGA Publications.

Compressed Gas Association, 4221 Walney Road, 5th floor, Chantilly, VA 20151-2923.

CGA C-6 (C-6.3), Standards for Visual Inspection of Steel Compressed GasCylinders, 2007.

CGA C-6.1, Standards for Visual Inspection of High Pressure AluminumCompressed Gas Cylinders, 2006.

CGA C-6.2, Guidelines for Visual Inspection and Requalification of Fiber Reinforced High Pressure Cylinders, 2005 2009 .

CGA C-10, Recommended Procedures for Changes of Gas Service forCompressed Gas Cylinders, 2005.






CommitteeStatement:

The FR updates the referenced CGA publication to the current edition as referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-115-NFPA 1-2012




G.1.2.10 FAA Publication.

Federal Aviation Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 800 Independence Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20591.

FAA A/C 150/5390-2B, Heliport Design,1994 2004 .






CommitteeStatement:

The FR updates the noted FAA publication to the current edition as referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-116-NFPA 1-2012




G.1.2.14 PEI Publications.

Petroleum Equipment Institute, P.O. Box 2380, Tulsa, OK 74101-2380.

PEI RP100, Recommended Practices for Installation of Underground LiquidStorage Systems, 2011 .

PEI RP200, Recommended Practices for Installation of Aboveground StorageSystems for Motor Vehicle Fueling, 2003 2008 .






CommitteeStatement:

The FR updates the noted PEI publications to the current editions as referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-117-NFPA 1-2012




G.1.2.15 Scott Specialty Gases Publications.

Scott Specialty Gases, 6141 Easton Road, Box 310, Plumsteadville, PA 18949.

Design and Safety Handbook, 2004 2006 .






CommitteeStatement:

The FR updates the noted publication to the current edition as referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-118-NFPA 1-2012




G.1.2.19 UL Publications.

Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.

ANSI/UL 30, Standard for Metal Safety Cans , 1995, revised 2009.

ANSI/UL 142, Standard for Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids , 2006, revised 2010.

ANSI/UL 199, Standard for Automatic Sprinklers for Fire-Protection Service,2005, revised 2008.

ANSI/UL 263, Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials2003, revised

20072011 .

ANSI/UL 296A, Standard for Waste Oil-Burning Air-Heating Appliances ,2010.

ANSI/ UL 299, Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers , 2002 , Revised 2009 .

ANSI/UL 300, Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishing Systems for Protection of Commercial Cooking Equipment, 2005 , Revised 2010 .

ANSI/UL 711, Standard for Rating and Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishers,2004, revised 2009.

ANSI/ UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials , 2008 , Revised 2010 .

ANSI/UL 913, Standard for Intrinsically Safe Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for Use in Class I, II, and III Division 1, Hazardous (Classified) Locations, 2006, revised

20102011 .

ANSI/UL 969, Standard for Marking and Labeling Systems , 1995, Revised 2008.

ANSI/UL 1040, Standard for Fire Test of Insulated Wall Construction, 1996, revised 2007.

UL 1093, Standard for Halogenated Agent Fire Extinguishers , 1995.

ANSI/UL 1313, Nonmetallic Safety Cans for Petroleum Products , 1993, revised 2007.

ANSI/UL 1479, Standard for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops ,2003, revised 2010.

ANSI/UL 1709, Standard for Rapid Rise Fire Tests of Protection Materials for Structural Steel,

2005, revised 20072011 .

ANSI/UL 1715, Standard for Fire Test of Interior Finish Material, 1997, revised 2008.



ANSI/UL 1746, Standard for External Corrosion Protection Systems for Steel Underground Storage Tanks , 2007.

ANSI/UL 1975, Standard for Fire Tests for Foamed Plastics Used for Decorative Purposes, 2006.

ANSI/UL 2085, Standard for Protected Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, 1997, revised

19992010 .

ANSI/UL 2129, Halocarbon Clean Agent Fire Extinguishers , 2005 , Revised 2011 .

UL Subject 199B, Outline of Investigation for Control Cabinets for Automatic Sprinkler Systems Used for Protection of Commercial Cooking Equipment, 2006.

UL Subject 199E, Outline of Investigation for Fire Testing of Sprinklers and Water Spray Nozzles for Protection of Deep Fat Fryers, 2004.

UL Subject 2436, Outline of Investigation for Spill Containment For Stationary Lead Acid Battery Systems , 2006.






CommitteeStatement:

Delete reference to UL 1093 since UL 1093 has been withdrawn as a result of the Montreal Protocol which eliminated the use halogenated agents in fire extinguishers by 2007. Add ANSI approval designation to UL 299 and UL 723 as these standards are ANSI approved. Update other referenced standards to most current edition as indicated.

ResponseMessage:

FR-119-NFPA 1-2012

Public Input No. 59-NFPA 1-2012 [Section No. G.1.2.19]




G.1.2.20 ANSI/UL Publication.

Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.






CommitteeStatement:

Delete this section since the standard(s) it is intended to list are included in section G.1.2.19.

Response Message:

FR-120-NFPA 1-2012

Public Input No. 60-NFPA 1-2012 [Section No. G.1.2.20]




G.1.2.21 United Nations Publications.

United Nations Publications, United Nations Plaza, Room DC2–853, New York, NY 10017.

United Nations Recommendation on Transportation UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods,2003 2011 .






CommitteeStatement:

The FR updates the noted UN publication to the current edition as referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-121-NFPA 1-2012



First Revision No. 122-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. G.2 ]

G.2 Informational References.

The following documents or portions thereof are listed here as informational resources only. They are not a part of the requirements of this document.G.2.1 NFPA Publications.

National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.

NFPA 13E, Recommended Practice for Fire Department Operations in Properties Protected by Sprinkler and Standpipe Systems , 2010 edition.

NFPA 18, Standard on Wetting Agents , 2011 edition.

NFPA 53, Recommended Practice on Materials, Equipment, and Systems Used in Oxygen-Enriched Atmospheres , 2011 edition.

NFPA 70 ® , National Electrical Code ® , 2011 edition.

NFPA 70A, National Electrical Code ® Requirements for One- and Two-Family Dwellings , 2005 edition.

NFPA 70B, Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance , 2010 edition.

NFPA 70E ® , Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace ® , 2012 edition.

NFPA 73, Standard for Electrical Inspections for Existing Dwellings , 2011edition.

NFPA 75, Standard for the Protection of Information Technology Equipment , 2009 edition.

NFPA 76, Standard for the Fire Protection of Telecommunications Facilities , 2009 edition.

NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery , 2012 edition.

NFPA 85, Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code , 2011 edition.

NFPA 92B, Standard for Smoke Management Systems in Malls, Atria, and Large Spaces , 2009 edition.

NFPA 99B, Standard for Hypobaric Facilities , 2010 edition.

NFPA 99C, Standard on Gas and Vacuum Systems , 2005 edition.

NFPA 101A, Guide on Alternative Approaches to Life Safety , 2010 edition.

NFPA 115, Standard for Laser Fire Protection , 2008 edition.

NFPA 122, Standard for Fire Prevention and Control in Metal/Nonmetal Mining and Metal Mineral Processing Facilities , 2010 edition.

NFPA 130, Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and Passenger Rail Systems , 2010 edition.

NFPA 150, Standard on Fire and Life Safety in Animal Housing Facilities , 2009 edition.

NFPA 214, Standard on Water-Cooling Towers , 2011 edition.



NFPA 260, Standard Methods of Tests and Classification System for Cigarette Ignition Resistance of Components of Upholstered Furniture , 2009 edition.

NFPA 262, Standard Method of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for Use in Air-Handling Spaces , 2011 edition.

NFPA 268, Standard Test Method for Determining Ignitibility of Exterior Wall Assemblies Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source , 2007 edition.

NFPA 269, Standard Test Method for Developing Toxic Potency Data for Use in Fire Hazard Modeling , 2007 edition.

NFPA 270, Standard Test Method for Measurement of Smoke Obscuration Using a Conical Radiant Source in a Single Closed Chamber , 2008 edition.

NFPA 271, Standard Method of Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release Rates for Materials and Products Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter , 2009 edition.

NFPA 286, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth , 2011 edition.

NFPA 287, Standard Test Methods for Measurement of Flammability of Materials in Cleanrooms Using a Fire Propagation Apparatus (FPA) , 2007 edition.

NFPA 288, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Floor Fire Door Assemblies Installed Horizontally in Fire Resistance–Rated Floor Systems , 2007 edition.

NFPA 291, Recommended Practice for Fire Flow Testing and Marking of Hydrants , 2010 edition.

NFPA 301, Code for Safety to Life from Fire on Merchant Vessels , 2008 edition.

NFPA 306, Standard for the Control of Gas Hazards on Vessels , 2009 edition.

NFPA 326, Standard for the Safeguarding of Tanks and Containers for Entry, Cleaning, or Repair , 2010 edition.

NFPA 408, Standard for Aircraft Hand Portable Fire Extinguishers , 2010edition.

NFPA 412, Standard for Evaluating Aircraft Rescue and Fire-Fighting Foam Equipment , 2009 edition.

NFPA 423, Standard for Construction and Protection of Aircraft Engine Test Facilities , 2010 edition.

NFPA 424, Guide for Airport/Community Emergency Planning , 2008 edition.

NFPA 484, Standard for Combustible Metals , 2012 edition.

NFPA 499, Recommended Practice for the Classification of Combustible Dusts and of Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas , 2008 edition.

NFPA 502, Standard for Road Tunnels, Bridges, and Other Limited Access Highways , 2011 edition.

NFPA 520, Standard on Subterranean Spaces , 2010 edition.

NFPA 550, Guide to the Fire Safety Concepts Tree , 2007 edition.

NFPA 555, Guide on Methods for Evaluating Potential for Room Flashover , 2009 edition.

NFPA 600, Standard on Industrial Fire Brigades , 2010 edition.



NFPA 720, Standard for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detection and Warning Equipment , 2012 edition.

NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems , 2011 edition.

NFPA 804, Standard for Fire Protection for Advanced Light Water Reactor Electric Generating Plants , 2010 edition.

NFPA 805, Performance-Based Standard for Fire Protection for Light Water Reactor Electric Generating Plants , 2010 edition.

NFPA 820, Standard for Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment andCollection Facilities , 2012 edition.

NFPA 850, Recommended Practice for Fire Protection for Electric Generating Plants and High Voltage Direct Current Converter Stations , 2010 edition.

NFPA 851, Recommended Practice for Fire Protection for Hydroelectric Generating Plants , 2010 edition.

NFPA 853, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Fuel Cell Power Systems , 2010 edition.

NFPA 901, Standard Classifications for Incident Reporting and FireProtection Data , 2011 edition.

NFPA 921, Guide for Fire and Explosion Investigations , 2011 edition.

NFPA 1201, Standard for Providing Fire and Emergency Services to the Public , 2010 edition.

NFPA 1452, Guide for Training Fire Service Personnel to Conduct Dwelling Fire Safety Surveys , 2010 edition.

NFPA 1620, Standard for Pre-Incident Planning , 2010 edition.

NFPA 1961, Standard on Fire Hose , 2007 edition.

NFPA 1962, Standard for the Inspection, Care, and Use of Fire Hose, Couplings, and Nozzles and the Service Testing of Fire Hose , 2008 edition.

NFPA 1964, Standard for Spray Nozzles , 2008 edition.

G.2.2 Other Publications.

G.2.2.1 CGA Publications.

Compressed Gas Association, 4221 Walney Road, 5th Floor, Chantilly, VA 20151.

CGA-C-7, Guide to the Preparation of Precautionary Labeling and Marking of Compressed Gas Containers , 2004.

G.2.2.2 CSA Publications.

Canadian Standards Association, 5060 Spectrum Way, Mississauga, Ontario, L4W 5N6, Canada.

CSA–B44, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators , 2007.

G.2.2.3 Other Publications.

Farm Chemicals Handbook , Meister Publishing Co., Willoughby, OH, 1999.

Introduction to Performance-Based Fire Safety , Society of Fire Protection Engineers, 7315 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 6206, Bethesda, MD 20814, 2005.








CommitteeStatement:

Section G.2 is superfluous. Informational references are located in Section G.1 where they are referenced in the annexes of NFPA 1.

ResponseMessage:

FR-122-NFPA 1-2012



First Revision No. 123-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. G.3 ]

G.3 References 2 References for Extracts.

The following documents are listed here to provide reference information, including title and edition, for extracts given throughout the nonmandatory sections of this code as indicated by a reference in brackets [ ] following a section or paragraph. These documents are not a part of the requirements of this document unless also listed in Chapter 2 for other reasons.

NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 20, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for FireProtection, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems, 2011 2014 edition.

NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 30A, Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 30B, Code for the Manufacture and Storage of Aerosol Products,2011 2015 edition.

NFPA 31, Standard for the Installation of Oil-Burning Equipment, 2011 edition.

NFPA 33, Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials, 2011 edition.

NFPA 45, Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals, 2011 edition.

NFPA 51B, Standard for Fire Prevention During Welding, Cutting, and Other Hot Work, 2009 2014 edition.

NFPA 52, Vehicular Gaseous Fuel Systems Code, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code, 2010 2013edition.

NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, 2011 2014 edition.

NFPA 61, Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Dust Explosions in Agricultural and Food Processing Facilities, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems, 2008 2014 edition.

NFPA 70 ® , National Electrical Code ®, 2011 2014 edition.

NFPA 70B, Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 72 ®, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 88A, Standard for Parking Structures, 2011 2015 edition.



NFPA 96, Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations, 2011 2014 edition.

NFPA 99, Health Care Facilities Code, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 101 ®, Life Safety Code ®, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 102, Standard for Grandstands, Folding and Telescopic Seating, Tents, and Membrane Structures, 2011 edition.

NFPA 140, Standard on Motion Picture and Television Production Studio Soundstages, Approved Production Facilities, and Production Locations, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 220, Standard on Types of Building Construction, 2012 2015 edition.

NFPA 241, Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, andDemolition Operations, 2009 2013 edition.

NFPA 303, Fire Protection Standard for Marinas and Boatyards, 2011 edition.

NFPA 307, Standard for the Construction and Fire Protection of MarineTerminals, Piers, and Wharves, 2011 edition.

NFPA 312, Standard for Fire Protection of Vessels During Construction, Conversion, Repair, and Lay-Up, 2011 edition.

NFPA 400, Hazardous Materials Code, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 407, Standard for Aircraft Fuel Servicing, 2012 edition.

NFPA 415, Standard on Airport Terminal Buildings, Fueling Ramp Drainage,and Loading Walkways, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 418, Standard for Heliports, 2011 edition.

NFPA 472, Standard for Competence of Responders to Hazardous Materials/Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 654, Standard for the Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions from theManufacturing, Processing, and Handling of Combustible Particulate Solids,2006 2013 edition.

NFPA 914, Code for Fire Protection of Historic Structures, 2010 edition.

NFPA 1124, Code for the Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Retail Sales of Fireworks and Pyrotechnic Articles, 2006 2013 edition.

NFPA 1144, Standard for Reducing Structure Ignition Hazards from WildlandFire, 2008 2013 edition.

NFPA 1600 ®, Standard on Disaster/Emergency Management and Business Continuity Programs, 2010 2013 edition.

NFPA 5000 ®, Building Construction and Safety Code ®, 2012 2015 edition.








CommitteeStatement:

The FR updates the noted NFPA publications to the current editions as extracted in Annex A of NFPA 1.

Response Message:

FR-123-NFPA 1-2012





Date post:	19-Nov-2023
Category:	Documents
Upload:	khangminh22
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times

First Revision No. 448-NFPA 1-2012 [ Section No. 65.10.3.15 ]

Documents